Energy Save
Annual Report 2011

Plain-text annual report

ENSTAR GROUP LTD FORM 10-K (Annual Report) Filed 02/24/12 for the Period Ending 12/31/11 Telephone CIK Symbol SIC Code 441-292-3645 0001363829 ESGR 6799 - Investors, Not Elsewhere Classified Industry Misc. Financial Services Sector Fiscal Year Financial 12/31 http://www.edgar-online.com © Copyright 2013, EDGAR Online, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Distribution and use of this document restricted under EDGAR Online, Inc. Terms of Use. Table of Contents UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D.C. 20549 Form 10-K FOR ANNUAL AND TRANSITION REPORTS PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 or Commission File Number 001-33289 ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) P.O. Box HM 2267 Windsor Place, 3rd Floor, 18 Queen Street Hamilton HM JX Bermuda (Address of principal executive offices, including zip code) Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (441) 292-3645 Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes (cid:1) No (cid:3) Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes (cid:3) No (cid:1) Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes (cid:1) No (cid:3) Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes (cid:1) No (cid:3) Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. (cid:3) Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one): Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes (cid:3) No (cid:1) The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates, computed by reference to the closing price as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, June 30, 2011, was approximately $762,470,217. As of February 22, 2012, the registrant had outstanding 13,854,447 voting ordinary shares and 2,725,637 non-voting convertible ordinary shares, each par value $1.00 per share. DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A relating to its 2012 annual general meeting of shareholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K. (cid:1) ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 (cid:3) TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the transition period from to BERMUDA N/A (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) Title of Each Class Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered Ordinary shares, par value $1.00 per share The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC Large accelerated filer (cid:1) Accelerated filer (cid:3) Non-accelerated filer (cid:3) Smaller reporting company (cid:3) (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)  Table of Contents Table of Contents 2 Page PART I Item 1. Business 3 Item 1A. Risk Factors 44 Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 55 Item 2. Properties 56 Item 3. Legal Proceedings 57 Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures 57 PART II Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 58 Item 6. Selected Financial Data 60 Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 62 Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Information About Market Risk 115 Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 118 Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 178 Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 178 Item 9B. Other Information 178 PART III Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 179 Item 11. Executive Compensation 179 Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 179 Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 179 Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services 179 PART IV Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 180 Table of Contents PART I ITEM 1. BUSINESS Company Overview Enstar Group Limited, or Enstar, was formed in August 2001 under the laws of Bermuda to acquire and manage insurance and reinsurance companies in run-off and portfolios of insurance and reinsurance business in run-off, and to provide management, consulting and other services to the insurance and reinsurance industry. Since our formation, we have acquired 35 insurance and reinsurance companies and 17 portfolios of insurance and reinsurance business and are now administering those businesses in run-off. Of the 17 portfolios of insurance and reinsurance business, 10 were Reinsurance to Close, or “RITC” transactions, with Lloyd’s of London insurance and reinsurance syndicates in run-off, whereby the portfolio of run-off liabilities is transferred from one Lloyd’s syndicate to another. Insurance and reinsurance companies and portfolios of insurance and reinsurance business we acquire that are in run-off no longer underwrite new policies. We derive our net earnings from the ownership and management of these companies and portfolios of business in run-off primarily by settling insurance and reinsurance claims below the acquired value of loss reserves and from returns on the portfolio of investments retained to pay future claims. In addition, we provide management and consultancy services, claims inspection services and reinsurance collection services to our affiliates and third-party clients for both fixed and success-based fees. Our primary corporate objective is to grow our net book value per share. We believe growth in our net book value is driven primarily by growth in our net earnings, which is in turn partially driven by successfully completing new acquisitions. We evaluate each acquisition opportunity presented by carefully reviewing the portfolio’s risk exposures, claim practices, reserve requirements and outstanding claims, and may seek an appropriate discount and/or seller indemnification to reflect the uncertainty contained in the portfolio’s reserves. Based on this initial analysis, we can determine if a company or portfolio of business would add value to our current portfolio of run-off business. If we determine to pursue the purchase of a company in run-off, we then proceed to price the acquisition in a manner we believe will result in positive operating results based on certain assumptions including, without limitation, our ability to favorably resolve claims, negotiate with direct insureds and reinsurers, and otherwise manage the nature of the risks posed by the business. At the time we acquire a company in run-off, we estimate the fair value of liabilities acquired based on external actuarial advice, as well as our own views of the exposures assumed. While we earn a larger share of our total return on an acquisition from commuting the liabilities that we have assumed, we also try to maximize reinsurance recoveries on the assumed portfolio of business. In the primary (or direct) insurance business, the insurer assumes risk of loss from persons or organizations that are directly subject to the given risks. Such risks may relate to property, casualty, life, accident, health, financial or other perils that may arise from an insurable event. In the reinsurance business, the reinsurer agrees to indemnify an insurance or reinsurance company, referred to as the ceding company, against all or a portion of the insurance risks arising under the policies the ceding company has written or reinsured. When an insurer or reinsurer stops writing new insurance business, either entirely or with respect to a particular line of business, the insurer, reinsurer, or the line of discontinued business is in run-off. In recent years, the insurance industry has experienced significant consolidation. As a result of this consolidation and other factors, the remaining participants in the industry often have portfolios of business that are either inconsistent with their core competency or provide excessive exposure to a particular risk or segment of the market (i.e. property/casualty, asbestos, environmental, director and officer liability, etc.). These non-core and/or discontinued portfolios are often associated with potentially large exposures and lengthy time periods before resolution of the last remaining insured claims resulting in significant uncertainty to the insurer or 3 Table of Contents reinsurer covering those risks. These factors can distract management, drive up the cost of capital and surplus for the insurer or reinsurer, and negatively impact the insurer’s or reinsurer’s credit rating, which makes the disposal of the unwanted company or portfolio an attractive option. Alternatively, the insurer may wish to maintain the business on its balance sheet, yet not divert significant management attention to the run-off of the portfolio. The insurer or reinsurer, in either case, is likely to engage a third party, such as us, that specializes in run-off management to purchase the company or portfolio, or to manage the company or portfolio in run-off. In the sale of a run-off company, a purchaser, such as us, may pay a discount to the book value of the company based on the risks assumed and the relative value to the seller of no longer having to manage the company in run-off. Such a transaction can be beneficial to the seller because it receives an up-front payment for the company, eliminates the need for its management to devote any attention to the disposed company and removes the risk that the established reserves related to the run-off business may prove to be inadequate. The seller is also able to redeploy its management and financial resources to its core businesses. In some situations an insurer or reinsurer may wish to divest itself of a portfolio of non-core legacy business that may have been underwritten alongside other ongoing core business that the insurer or reinsurer does not want to dispose of and so cannot sell the non-core business. In such instances we are able to provide economic finality for the insurer or reinsurer by providing a retroactive loss portfolio reinsurance contract to protect the insurer or reinsurer against deterioration of the subject portfolio of loss reserves. Alternatively, if the insurer or reinsurer hires a third party, such as us, to manage its run-off business, the insurer or reinsurer will, unlike in a sale of the business, receive little or no cash up front. Instead, the management arrangement may provide that the insurer or reinsurer will retain the profits, if any, derived from the run-off with certain incentive payments allocated to the run-off manager. By hiring a run-off manager, the insurer or reinsurer can outsource the management of the run-off business to experienced and capable individuals, while allowing its own management team to focus on the insurer’s or reinsurer’s core businesses. Our preferred approach to managing run-off business is to align our interests with the interests of the owners through both fixed management fees and certain incentive payments. Under certain management arrangements to which we are a party, however, we receive only a fixed management fee and do not receive any incentive payments. Following the purchase of a run-off company, or acquisition of a portfolio of business in run-off, or a new consulting engagement to manage a run-off company or portfolio of business, it is incumbent on the new owner or manager to conduct the run-off in a disciplined and professional manner in order to efficiently discharge the liabilities associated with the business while preserving and maximizing its assets. Our approach to managing our acquired companies in run-off, as well as run-off companies or portfolios of businesses on behalf of third-party clients, includes negotiating with third-party insureds and reinsureds to commute their insurance or reinsurance agreement (sometimes called policy buy-backs) for an agreed upon up-front payment by us, or the third-party client, and to more efficiently manage payment of insurance and reinsurance claims. We attempt to commute policies with direct insureds or reinsureds in order to eliminate uncertainty over the amount of future claims. Commutations and policy buy-backs provide an opportunity for the company to exit exposures to certain policies and insureds generally at a discount to the ultimate liability and provide the ability to eliminate exposure to further losses. Such a strategy also contributes to the reduction in the length of time and future cost of the run-off. Following the acquisition of a company in run-off, or acquisition of a portfolio of business in run-off, or new consulting engagement, we will spend time analyzing the acquired exposures and reinsurance receivables on a policyholder-by-policyholder basis. This analysis enables us to identify those policyholders and reinsurers we wish to approach to discuss commutation or policy buy-back. Furthermore, following the acquisition of a company or portfolio of business in run-off, or new consulting engagement, we will often be approached by policyholders or reinsurers requesting commutation or policy buy-back. In these instances we will also carry out a full analysis of the underlying exposures in order to determine the viability of a proposed commutation or policy buy-back. From the initial analysis of the underlying exposures it may take several months, or even years, before a commutation or policy buy-back is completed. In a number of cases, if we and the policyholder or 4 Table of Contents reinsurer are unable to reach a commercially acceptable settlement, the commutation or policy buy-back may not be achievable, in which case we will continue to settle valid claims from the policyholder, or collect reinsurance receivables from the reinsurer, as they become due. Insureds and reinsureds are often willing to commute with us, subject to receiving an acceptable settlement, as this provides certainty of recovery of what otherwise may be claims that are disputed in the future, and often provides a meaningful up-front cash receipt that, with the associated investment income, can provide funds to meet future claim payments or even commutation of their underlying exposure. Therefore, subject to negotiating an acceptable settlement, all of our insurance and reinsurance liabilities and reinsurance receivables are able to be either commuted or settled by way of policy buy-back over time. Many sellers of companies that we acquire have secure claims paying ratings and ongoing underwriting relationships with insureds and reinsureds, which often hinders their ability to commute the underlying insurance or reinsurance policies. Our lack of claims paying rating and our lack of potential conflicts with insureds and reinsureds of companies we acquire provides a greater ability to commute the newly acquired policies than that of the sellers. We also attempt, where appropriate, to negotiate favorable commutations with reinsurers by securing the receipt of a lump-sum settlement from the reinsurer in complete satisfaction of the reinsurer’s liability in respect of any future claims under a particular reinsurance contract. We, or the third-party client, are then fully responsible for any claims in the future. We typically invest proceeds from reinsurance commutations with the expectation that such investments will produce income, which, together with the principal, will be sufficient to satisfy future obligations with respect to the acquired company or portfolio. Strategy We aim to maximize our growth in net book value per share by using the following strategies: 5 • Solidify Our Leadership Position in the Run-Off Market by Leveraging Management’s Experience and Relationships. We continue to utilize the extensive experience and significant relationships of our senior management team to solidify our position as a leader in the run-off segment of the insurance and reinsurance market. The experience and reputation of our management team is expected to generate opportunities for us to acquire or manage companies and portfolios in run-off, and to price effectively the acquisition or management of such businesses. Most importantly, we believe the experience of our management team will continue to allow us to manage the run-off of such businesses efficiently and profitably. • Professionally Manage Claims. We are professional and disciplined in managing claims against companies and portfolios we own or manage. Our management understands the need to dispose of certain risks expeditiously and cost-effectively by constantly analyzing changes in the market and efficiently settling claims with the assistance of our experienced claims adjusters and in-house and external legal counsel. When we acquire or begin managing a company or portfolio, we initially determine which claims are valid through the use of experienced in-house adjusters and claims experts. We pay valid claims on a timely basis, while relying on well-documented policy terms and exclusions where applicable and litigation when necessary to defend against paying invalid claims under existing policies and reinsurance agreements. • Commute Assumed Liabilities and Ceded Reinsurance Assets. Using detailed analysis and actuarial projections, we negotiate with the policyholders of the insurance and reinsurance companies or portfolios we own or manage with a goal of commuting insurance and reinsurance liabilities for one or more agreed upon payments at a discount to the ultimate liability. Such commutations can take the form of policy buy-backs and structured settlements over fixed periods of time. By acquiring companies that are direct insurers, reinsurers or both, we are able to negotiate favorable entity-wide commutations with reinsurers that would not be possible if our subsidiaries had remained independent entities. We also negotiate with reinsurers to commute their reinsurance agreements providing coverage to our subsidiaries on terms that we believe to be favorable based on then-current market knowledge. We invest the proceeds from Table of Contents Recent Transactions Insurance Australia Group On September 20, 2011, we, through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Gordian Run-off Limited, or Gordian, acquired an inwards reinsurance portfolio from Insurance Australia Group Limited via an Australian Federal Court approved scheme. Gordian received total assets and assumed total net reinsurance liabilities of approximately $9.7 million Australian dollars (approximately $10.0 million). Claremont Novation Agreement On September 1, 2011, we, through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Fitzwilliam Insurance Limited, or Fitzwilliam, entered into a novation agreement with another of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, Claremont Liability Insurance Company, or Claremont, and certain of its reinsurers with respect to three specific quota share contracts. Under the novation agreement, Fitzwilliam replaced those companies as reinsurer of Claremont on the quota share contracts in exchange for total assets and liabilities of approximately $22.5 million. Clarendon On July 12, 2011, we, through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Clarendon Holdings, Inc., completed the acquisition of 100% of the shares of Clarendon National Insurance Company, or Clarendon, from Clarendon Insurance Group, Inc., an affiliate of Hannover Re, or Hannover. Clarendon is a New Jersey-domiciled insurer that is in run-off. Clarendon owns three other insurers, two domiciled in New Jersey and one domiciled in Florida, that are also in run-off. The purchase price was $219.1 million and was financed in part by borrowing $106.5 million under a four-year term loan facility, or the Clarendon Facility, provided by National Australia Bank Limited, or NAB, and the remainder from available cash on hand. In addition, on July 12, 2011, we, through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Fitzwilliam, in connection with the acquisition of Clarendon, entered into a reinsurance agreement with Hannover, which provides adverse development cover, or ADC, to Clarendon to reinsure Hannover for the first $80.0 million of the ADC. We provided a parental guarantee to Hannover in the amount of $80.0 million supporting the obligations of Fitzwilliam. 6 reinsurance commutations with the expectation that such investments will produce income, which, together with the principal, will be sufficient to satisfy future obligations with respect to the acquired company or portfolio. • Continue to Commit to Highly Disciplined Acquisition, Management and Reinsurance Practices. We utilize a disciplined approach to minimize risk and increase the probability of positive operating results from companies and portfolios we acquire or manage. We carefully review potential acquisition targets and management engagements for consistency with accomplishing our long-term objective of producing positive operating results. We focus our investigation on risk exposures, claims practices and reserve requirements. In particular, we carefully review all outstanding claims and case reserves, and follow a highly disciplined approach to managing allocated loss adjustment expenses, such as the cost of defense counsel, expert witnesses and related fees and expenses. • Prudent Management of Investments and Capital. We strive to structure our investments in a manner that recognizes our liquidity needs for future liabilities. In that regard, we attempt to correlate the maturity and duration of our investment portfolio to our general liability profile. If our liquidity needs or general liability profile unexpectedly change, we may not continue to structure our investment portfolio in its current manner and would adjust as necessary to meet new business needs. We pursue prudent capital management relative to our risk exposure and liquidity requirements to maximize profitability and long-term growth in shareholder value. Our capital management strategy is to deploy capital efficiently to acquisitions and to establish, and re-establish when necessary, adequate loss reserves to protect against future adverse developments. Table of Contents Laguna On March 25, 2011, we, through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Kenmare Holdings Ltd., or Kenmare, completed the acquisition of Laguna Life Limited, formerly known as CitiLife Financial Limited, or Laguna, from Citigroup Insurance Holding Corporation, or Citigroup, an affiliate of Citigroup Inc. Laguna is an Ireland-based life insurer that is in run-off. The purchase price was €15.0 million (approximately $21.2 million) and was funded from available cash on hand. The previously disclosed purchase price of €30.0 million (approximately $42.4 million) was reduced, prior to completion of the acquisition, after Citigroup received approval from Laguna’s regulator to distribute €15.0 million (approximately $21.2 million) to its shareholders. Claremont Acquisition On December 31, 2010, we, through our wholly-owned subsidiary, CLIC Holdings, Inc., completed the acquisition of Claremont for an aggregate purchase price of $13.9 million. Claremont is a California-domiciled insurer that is in run-off. The acquisition was funded from available cash on hand. CIGNA Reinsurance On December 31, 2010, we, through our wholly-owned subsidiary Fitzwilliam, entered into a 100% reinsurance agreement, administrative services agreement, and related transaction documents with three affiliates of CIGNA Corporation, or CIGNA affiliates, pursuant to which Fitzwilliam reinsured all of the run-off workers compensation and personal accident reinsurance business of those CIGNA affiliates. Pursuant to the transaction documents, the CIGNA affiliates have transferred assets into three reinsurance collateral trusts securing the obligations of Fitzwilliam under the reinsurance agreement and administrative services agreement. Fitzwilliam received total assets and assumed total net reinsurance reserves of approximately $190.5 million. Fitzwilliam transferred approximately $50 million of additional funds to the trusts to further support these obligations. We funded the contribution to the trusts through a draw on a $115.0 million credit facility entered into with Barclays Bank PLC on December 29, 2010, which was fully repaid on June 30, 2011. In addition to the trusts, we have provided a limited parental guarantee supporting certain obligations of Fitzwilliam in the amount of $79.7 million. The amount of the guarantee will increase or decrease over time under certain circumstances, but will always be subject to an overall maximum cap with respect to reinsurance liabilities. As of December 31, 2011 the amount of the parental guarantee was $79.7 million. Inter-Hannover On October 1, 2011, we, through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Brampton Insurance Company Limited, or Brampton, completed the portfolio transfer of certain run-off agency business from International Insurance Company of Hannover, or IICH, under part VII of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000. The transferring business was previously reinsured by our wholly-owned subsidiary, Fitzwilliam, pursuant to a 100% quota share reinsurance agreement with IICH entered into on December 3, 2010. Fitzwilliam had received total assets and assumed total net reinsurance reserves of approximately $137.1 million from IICH. In addition, we provided a parental guarantee supporting Fitzwilliam’s obligations in the amount of approximately £76.0 million (approximately $118.7 million). The amount of the guarantee will decrease over time in line with relevant independent actuarial assessments. This 100% quota share reinsurance, along with the associated guarantee, was novated in favor of Brampton as part of the portfolio transfer from IICH. As of December 31, 2011, the total amount of the parental guarantee was approximately £31.2 million (approximately $48.5 million). New Castle On December 3, 2010, we, through our wholly-owned subsidiary Kenmare, completed the acquisition of New Castle Reinsurance Company Ltd., or New Castle, for an aggregate purchase price of $22.0 million. New Castle is a Bermuda-domiciled insurer that is in run-off. The acquisition was funded from available cash on hand. 7 Table of Contents Brampton On November 2, 2010, we acquired the 49.9% of the shares of Hillcot Holdings Ltd., or Hillcot, from Shinsei Bank Ltd., or Shinsei, that we did not previously own for a purchase price of $38.0 million, resulting in us owning 100% of Hillcot. At the time of acquisition, Hillcot owned 100% of the shares of Brampton, a London-domicilied insurer that is in run-off. The fair value of the assets acquired that we did not previously own was $34.9 million. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of assets acquired in the amount of $3.1 million was recorded as a charge to additional paid-in capital in accordance with the applicable guidance of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or U.S. GAAP. J. Christopher Flowers, a former member of our board of directors and one of our largest shareholders, is a director and the largest shareholder of Shinsei. Seaton On August 3, 2010, we, through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Virginia Holdings Ltd., or Virginia, acquired 55.6% of the shares of Seaton Insurance Company, or Seaton, for a $nil purchase price. Seaton is a Rhode Island-domiciled insurer that is in run-off and, at that time, was the subsidiary of Stonewall Acquisition Corporation, or Stonewall. At that time, Virginia held 44.4% of the outstanding capital stock of Stonewall and, therefore, indirectly owned 44.4% of Seaton through its holdings. The acquisition of the 55.6% of the Seaton shares that it previously did not own was a result of the distribution by Stonewall to Virginia of proceeds and certain other assets following its sale of another subsidiary, Stonewall Insurance Company, to Columbia Insurance Company, an affiliate of National Indemnity Company (an indirect subsidiary of Berkshire Hathaway, Inc.). The distribution resulted in Virginia owning 100% of Seaton following the distribution. Providence Washington On July 20, 2010, we, through our wholly-owned subsidiary PWAC Holdings, Inc., completed the acquisition of PW Acquisition Company, or PWAC, for a purchase price of $25.0 million. PWAC owns the entire share capital of Providence Washington Insurance Company. Providence Washington Insurance Company and its two subsidiaries are Rhode Island-domiciled insurers that are in run-off. The purchase price was financed by a term facility provided by a London-based bank, or the EGL Facility, which was fully repaid on September 13, 2010. Torus Reinsurance In July 2010, following the acquisition of the entire issued share capital of Glacier Insurance AG by Torus Insurance (Bermuda) Limited, or Torus, Fitzwilliam entered into two quota share reinsurance agreements with Torus protecting the prior year reserve development of two portfolios of business reinsured by them: a 79% quota share of Torus’ 95% quota share reinsurance of Glacier Insurance AG, and a 75% quota share of Torus’ 100% quota share reinsurance of Glacier Reinsurance AG. Fitzwilliam received total assets and assumed total gross reinsurance reserves of approximately $105.0 million. Bosworth In May 2010, a specific portfolio of business in run-off underwritten by Mitsui Sumitomo Insurance Co., Ltd. of Japan, or Mitsui, was transferred to our 50.1% owned subsidiary, Bosworth Run-off Limited, or Bosworth. This transfer, which occurred under Part VII of the U.K. Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, was approved by the U.K. Court and took effect on May 31, 2010. As a result of the transfer, Bosworth received total assets and assumed net reinsurance reserves of approximately $117.5 million. Shinsei owns the remaining 49.9% of Bosworth. 8 Table of Contents Assuransinvest On March 30, 2010, we, through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Nordic Run-Off Limited, completed the acquisition of Forsakringsaktiebolaget Assuransinvest MF, or Assuransinvest, for a purchase price of SEK 78.8 million (approximately $11.0 million). Assuransinvest is a Swedish-domiciled reinsurer that is in run-off. The acquisition was funded from available cash on hand. Knapton Insurance On March 2, 2010, we, through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Knapton Holdings Limited, or Knapton Holdings, completed the acquisition of Knapton Insurance Limited, formerly British Engine Insurance Limited, or Knapton, from RSA Insurance Group plc for a total purchase price of £28.8 million (approximately $44.0 million). Knapton is a U.K.-domiciled reinsurer that is in run-off. The acquisition was funded from available cash on hand. In April 2010, Knapton Holdings entered into a term facility agreement with a London-based bank, or the Knapton Facility. On April 20, 2010, Knapton Holdings drew down $21.4 million from the Knapton Facility. On June 30, 2011, the Knapton Facility was fully repaid. Allianz Reinsurance In February 2010, we, through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Fitzwilliam, entered into a 100% quota share reinsurance agreement with Allianz Global Corporate & Specialty AG (UK) Branch, or Allianz, with respect to a specific portfolio of run-off business of Allianz. Fitzwilliam received total assets and assumed total gross reinsurance reserves of approximately $112.6 million. Shelbourne RITC Transactions In December 2007, we, in conjunction with JCF FPK I L.P., or JCF FPK, and a newly-hired executive management team, formed U.K.-based Shelbourne Group Limited, or Shelbourne, to invest in RITC transactions (the transferring of liabilities from one Lloyd’s syndicate to another) with Lloyd’s of London insurance and reinsurance syndicates in run-off. We own approximately 56.8% of Shelbourne, which in turn owns 100% of Shelbourne Syndicate Services Limited, the Managing Agency for Lloyd’s Syndicate 2008, a syndicate approved by Lloyd’s of London on December 16, 2007 to undertake RITC transactions with Lloyd’s syndicates in run-off. JCF FPK is a joint investment program between Fox-Pitt, Kelton, Cochran, Caronia & Waller (USA) LLC, or FPK, and J.C. Flowers II L.P., or the Flowers Fund. The Flowers Fund is a private investment fund advised by J.C. Flowers & Co. LLC. J. Christopher Flowers, one of our largest shareholders and formerly a member of our board of directors, is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of J.C. Flowers & Co. LLC. In addition, an affiliate of the Flowers Fund controlled approximately 41% of FPK until its sale of FPK in December 2009. Lloyd’s Syndicate 2008 has, to date, entered into 10 RITC agreements with Lloyd’s syndicates. During 2009, Lloyd’s Syndicate 2008 entered into a RITC agreement with a Lloyd’s syndicate with total gross insurance reserves of approximately $67.0 million. During 2010, Lloyd’s Syndicate 2008 entered into RITC agreements with three Lloyd’s syndicates with total gross insurance reserves of approximately $192.6 million. In February 2011, Lloyd’s Syndicate 2008 entered into RITC agreements with two Lloyd’s syndicates with total gross insurance reserves of approximately $129.6 million. The capital commitment to Lloyd’s Syndicate 2008, required to be in place by February 29, 2012, amounted to £62.9 million (approximately $97.7 million) and will be financed from available cash on hand. 9 Table of Contents Copenhagen Re On October 15, 2009, we, through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Marlon Insurance Company Limited, completed the acquisition of Copenhagen Reinsurance Company Ltd., or Copenhagen Re, from Alm. Brand Forsikring A/S for a total purchase price, including acquisition costs, of DKK149.2 million (approximately $29.9 million). Copenhagen Re is a Danish-domiciled reinsurer that is in run-off. The acquisition was funded from available cash on hand. Constellation On January 31, 2009, we, through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Sun Gulf Holdings Inc., completed the acquisition of all of the outstanding capital stock of Constellation Reinsurance Company Limited, or Constellation, for a total purchase price of approximately $2.5 million. Constellation is a New York-domiciled reinsurer that is in run-off. The acquisition was funded from available cash on hand. Private Placement On April 20, 2011, we entered into an Investment Agreement, or the Investment Agreement, with GSCP VI AIV Navi, Ltd., GSCP VI Offshore Navi, Ltd., GSCP VI Parallel AIV Navi, Ltd., GSCP VI Employee Navi, Ltd., and GSCP VI GmbH Navi, L.P., or, collectively, the Purchasers, each of which is an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co. Under the Investment Agreement, we agreed to issue and sell, and the Purchasers agreed to purchase, at several different closings described below, securities representing 19.9% of our outstanding share capital pro forma for all the issuances, with the right to acquire an additional 2.0% on a fully diluted basis pro forma for all the issuances through the exercise of warrants as described below, although the Purchasers’ voting interest in us purchased pursuant to the Investment Agreement is less than 4.9%. The securities that the Purchasers have acquired can be further summarized as follows. At the first closing, which occurred on April 20, 2011, we issued to the Purchasers 531,345 of our voting ordinary shares, par value $1.00 per share, or the Voting Common Shares, and 749,869 of our Series A convertible non-voting preference shares, par value $1.00 per share, or the Non-Voting Preferred Shares, at a purchase price of $86.00 per share, and warrants to acquire 340,820 Non-Voting Preferred Shares for an exercise price of $115.00 per share, for aggregate proceeds of approximately $110.2 million. Upon the receipt of shareholder approval to create three new classes of non-voting ordinary shares at our Annual General Meeting on June 28, 2011, or the Shareholder Approval, the Non-Voting Preferred Shares automatically converted on a share-for-share basis into our non-voting ordinary shares, par value $1.00, or the Non-Voting Common Shares, and the warrants became exercisable for Non-Voting Common Shares rather than Non-Voting Preferred Shares. At the second closing, which occurred on December 22, 2011, we issued to the Purchasers 134,184 Voting Common Shares and 827,504 Non-Voting Common Shares, at a purchase price of $86.00 per share, for aggregate proceeds of approximately $82.7 million. At the third closing, which occurred simultaneously with the second closing on December 22, 2011, we issued to the Purchasers 1,148,264 Non-Voting Common Shares, at a purchase price of $86.00 per share, for aggregate proceeds of approximately $98.7 million. The Purchasers may elect to receive Series B Non-Voting Common Shares, Series C Non-Voting Common Shares or Series D Non-Voting Common Shares upon conversion of Voting Common Shares held by them. Holders of the Series B Non-Voting Common Shares would have the right to convert such shares on a share-for-share basis, subject to certain adjustments, into Voting Common Shares, Series C Non-Voting Common Shares or Series D Non-Voting Common Shares at their option. All Non-Voting Common Shares received by the Purchasers under the Investment Agreement are Series C Non-Voting Common Shares. Holders of the Series C Non-Voting Common Shares have the right to convert such shares, on a share-for-share basis, subject to certain adjustments, into Series D Non-Voting Common Shares at their option. There is no economic difference in the sub-series of Non-Voting Common Shares, but there are slight differences in the limited voting rights of each sub-series that are designed to address certain regulatory matters affecting the Purchasers. 10 Table of Contents The total investment made by the Purchasers for the purchase of the Voting Common Shares, the Non-Voting Common Shares and the warrants was approximately $291.6 million. Share Repurchase On October 1, 2010, we entered into share repurchase agreements, or the Repurchase Agreements, with three of our executives and certain trusts and a corporation affiliated with the executives to repurchase an aggregate of 800,000 of our ordinary shares at a price of $70.00 per share. We repurchased an aggregate of 600,000 ordinary shares from Dominic F. Silvester (our Chief Executive Officer and member of our board of directors) and a trust of which he and his immediate family are the sole beneficiaries, 100,000 ordinary shares from a trust of which Paul J. O’Shea (our Joint Chief Operating Officer, Executive Vice President and a member of our board of directors) and his immediate family are the sole beneficiaries and 100,000 ordinary shares from a corporation owned by a trust of which Nicholas A. Packer (our Joint Chief Operating Officer and Executive Vice President) and his immediate family are the sole beneficiaries. The repurchase transactions closed on October 14, 2010. The aggregate purchase price of $56.0 million is payable by us through promissory notes to the selling shareholders. The annual interest rate for the notes is fixed at 3.5%, and the notes are repayable in three equal installments on December 31, 2010, December 1, 2011 and December 1, 2012. In connection with the Repurchase Agreements, we entered into lock-up agreements with each of Messrs. Silvester, O’Shea and Packer, and their respective family trusts and corporation. The lock-up agreements prohibit future sales and transfers of shares now owned or subsequently acquired for two years from the date of the Repurchase Agreements. Management of Run-Off Portfolios We are a party to several management engagements pursuant to which we have agreed to manage the run-off portfolios of third parties with gross loss reserves, as of December 31, 2011 of approximately $546.9 million. Such arrangements are advantageous for third-party insurers because they allow a third-party insurer to focus its management efforts on its core competency while allowing it to maintain the portfolio of business on its balance sheet. In addition, our expertise in managing portfolios in run-off allows the third-party insurer the opportunity to potentially realize positive operating results if we achieve our objectives in management of the run-off portfolio. We specialize in the collection of reinsurance receivables through our subsidiary Kinsale Brokers Limited. Through our subsidiaries, Enstar (US) Inc. and Cranmore Adjusters Limited, we also specialize in providing claims inspection services whereby we are engaged by third-party insurance and reinsurance providers to review certain of their existing insurance and reinsurance exposures, relationships, policies and/or claims history. Our primary objective in structuring our management arrangements is to align the third-party insurer’s interests with our interests. Consequently, management agreements typically are structured so that we receive fixed fees in connection with the management of the run-off portfolio and certain incentive payments based on a portfolio’s positive operating results. These agreements do not include the recurring engagements managed by our claims inspection and reinsurance collection subsidiaries, Cranmore Adjusters Limited, Enstar (US), Inc. and Kinsale Brokers Limited, respectively. Claims Management and Administration An integral factor to our success is our ability to analyze, administer, manage and settle claims and related expenses, such as loss adjustment expenses. Our claims teams are located in different offices within our organization and provide global claims support. We have implemented effective claims handling guidelines along with claims reporting and control procedures in all of our claims units. To ensure that claims are appropriately handled and reported in accordance with these guidelines, all claims matters are reviewed regularly, with all material claims matters being circulated to and authorized by management prior to any action being taken. 11 Table of Contents When we receive notice of a claim, regardless of size and regardless of whether it is a paid claim request or a reserve advice, it is reviewed and recorded within the claims system, reserving our rights where appropriate. Claims reserve movements and payments are reviewed daily, with any material movements being reported to management for review. This enables “flash reporting” of significant events and potential insurance or reinsurance losses to be communicated to senior management worldwide on a timely basis irrespective from which geographical location or business unit location the exposure arises. We are also able to efficiently manage claims and obtain savings through our extensive relationships with defense counsel (both in-house and external), third-party claims administrators and other professional advisors and experts. We have developed relationships and protocols to reduce the number of outside counsel by consolidating claims of similar types and complexity with experienced law firms specializing in the particular type of claim. This approach has enabled us to more efficiently manage outside counsel and other third parties, thereby reducing expenses, and to establish closer relationships with ceding companies. When appropriate, we negotiate with direct insureds to commute or buy back policies either on favorable terms or to mitigate against existing and/or potential future indemnity exposures and legal costs in an uncertain and constantly evolving legal environment. We also pursue commutations on favorable terms with ceding companies of reinsurance business in order to realize savings or to mitigate against potential future indemnity exposures and legal costs. Such buy-backs and commutations typically eliminate all past, present and future liability to direct insureds and reinsureds in return for a lump sum payment. With regard to reinsurance receivables, we manage cash flow by working with reinsurers, brokers and professional advisors to achieve fair and prompt payment of reinsured claims, taking appropriate legal action to secure receivables where necessary. We also attempt where appropriate to negotiate favorable commutations with our reinsurers by securing a lump sum settlement from reinsurers in complete satisfaction of the reinsurer’s past, present and future liability in respect of such claims. Properly priced commutations reduce the expense of adjusting direct claims and pursuing collection of reinsurance receivables (both of which may often involve extensive legal expense), realize savings, remove the potential future volatility of claims and reduce required regulatory capital. Reserves for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expense Applicable insurance laws and regulations and generally accepted accounting practices require us to maintain reserves to cover our estimated losses under insurance policies that we have assumed and for loss adjustment expenses, or LAE, relating to the investigation, administration and settlement of policy claims. Our LAE reserves consist of both reserves for allocated loss adjustment expenses, or ALAE, and for unallocated loss adjustment expenses, or ULAE. ALAE are linked to the settlement of an individual claim or loss, whereas ULAE are based on our estimates of future costs to administer the claims. We and our subsidiaries establish losses and LAE reserves for individual claims by evaluating reported claims on the basis of: Because a significant amount of time can lapse between the assumption of risk, the occurrence of a loss event, the reporting of the event to an insurance or reinsurance company and the ultimate payment of the claim on the loss event, the liability for unpaid losses and LAE is based largely upon estimates. Our management must 12 • our knowledge of the circumstances surrounding the claim; • the severity of the injury or damage; • the jurisdiction of the occurrence; • the potential for ultimate exposure; • the type of loss; and • our experience with the line of business and policy provisions relating to the particular type of claim. Table of Contents use considerable judgment in the process of developing these estimates. The liability for unpaid losses and LAE for property and casualty business includes amounts determined from loss reports on individual cases and amounts for losses incurred but not reported, or IBNR. Such reserves, including IBNR reserves, are estimated by management based upon loss reports received from ceding companies, supplemented by our own estimates of losses for which no ceding company loss reports have yet been received. In establishing reserves, management also considers actuarial estimates of ultimate losses. Our independent actuaries employ generally accepted actuarial methodologies and procedures to estimate ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses. Our loss reserves are largely related to casualty exposures including latent exposures primarily relating to asbestos and environmental, or A&E, as discussed below. In establishing the reserves for unpaid claims, management considers facts currently known and the current state of the law and coverage litigation. Liabilities are recognized for known claims (including the cost of related litigation) when sufficient information has been developed to indicate the involvement of a specific insurance policy, and management can reasonably estimate its liability. In addition, reserves are established to cover loss development related to both known and unasserted claims. The estimation of unpaid claim liabilities is subject to a high degree of uncertainty for a number of reasons. Unpaid claim liabilities for property and casualty exposures in general are impacted by changes in the legal environment, jury awards, medical cost trends and general inflation. Moreover, for latent exposures in particular, developed case law and adequate claims history do not exist. There is significant coverage litigation involved with these exposures which creates further uncertainty in the estimation of the liabilities. Therefore, for these types of exposures, it is especially unclear whether past claim experience will be representative of future claim experience. Ultimate values for such claims cannot be estimated using reserving techniques that extrapolate losses to an ultimate basis using loss development factors, and the uncertainties surrounding the estimation of unpaid claim liabilities are not likely to be resolved in the near future. There can be no assurance that the reserves established by us will be adequate or will not be adversely affected by the development of other latent exposures. The actuarial methods used to estimate ultimate loss and ALAE for our latent exposures are discussed in detail in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Critical Accounting Policies”. For the non-latent loss exposures, a range of traditional loss development extrapolation techniques is applied. Incremental paid and incurred loss development methodologies are the most commonly used methods. Traditional cumulative paid and incurred loss development methods are used where inception-to-date, cumulative paid and reported incurred loss development history is available. These methods assume that groups of losses from similar exposures will increase over time in a predictable manner. Historical paid and incurred loss development experience is examined for earlier underwriting years to make inferences about how later underwriting years’ losses will develop. Where company-specific loss information is not available or not reliable, industry loss development information published by reliable industry sources such as the Reinsurance Association of America is considered. The actuarial methods used to estimate ultimate loss and ALAE for our non-latent exposures are discussed in detail in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Critical Accounting Policies”. The reserving process is intended to reflect the impact of inflation and other factors affecting loss payments by taking into account changes in historical payment patterns and perceived trends. However, there is no precise method for the subsequent evaluation of the adequacy of the consideration given to inflation, or to any other specific factor, or to the way one factor may affect another. The loss development tables below show changes in our gross and net loss reserves in subsequent years from the prior loss estimates based on experience as of the end of each succeeding year. The estimate is increased or decreased as more information becomes known about the frequency and severity of losses for individual years. A redundancy means the original estimate was higher than the current estimate; a deficiency means that the current estimate is higher than the original estimate. The “Reserve redundancy” line represents, as of the date indicated, the difference between the latest re-estimated liability and the reserves as originally estimated. 13 Table of Contents 14 Gross Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Reserves Years Ended December 31, 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Reserves assumed $ 419,717 $ 284,409 $ 381,531 $ 1,047,313 $ 806,559 $ 1,214,419 $ 1,591,449 $ 2,798,287 $ 2,479,136 $ 3,291,275 $ 4,282,916 1 year later 348,279 302,986 365,913 900,274 909,984 1,227,427 1,436,051 2,661,011 2,237,124 3,057,032 2 years later 360,558 299,281 284,583 1,002,773 916,480 1,084,852 1,358,900 2,422,291 2,039,141 3 years later 359,771 278,020 272,537 1,012,483 853,139 1,020,755 1,284,304 2,245,557 4 years later 332,904 264,040 243,692 953,834 778,216 949,595 1,235,982 5 years later 316,257 242,278 216,875 879,504 733,151 905,043 6 years later 294,945 238,315 204,875 835,488 717,413 7 years later 290,926 229,784 195,795 820,168 8 years later 282,066 216,969 190,281 9 years later 269,522 212,755 10 years later 265,043 Reserve redundancy $ 154,674 $ 71,654 $ 191,250 $ 227,145 $ 89,146 $ 309,376 $ 355,467 $ 552,730 $ 439,995 $ 234,243 Years Ended December 31, Gross Paid Losses 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 (in thousands of U.S. dollars) 1 year later $ 97,036 $ 43,721 $ 19,260 $ 110,193 $ 117,666 $ 90,185 $ 407,692 $ 364,440 $ 377,159 $ 430,284 2 years later 123,844 64,900 43,082 226,225 198,407 197,751 575,522 727,205 575,814 3 years later 142,282 84,895 61,715 305,913 268,541 353,032 688,946 912,401 4 years later 160,193 101,414 75,609 375,762 402,134 423,731 726,332 5 years later 174,476 110,155 87,274 509,319 442,624 455,414 6 years later 181,800 121,000 101,958 549,033 458,532 7 years later 189,023 135,426 108,901 564,900 8 years later 200,454 140,492 111,350 9 years later 204,805 142,638 10 years later 206,552 Net Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Reserves Years Ended December 31, 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Reserves assumed $ 224,507 $ 184,518 $ 230,155 $ 736,660 $ 593,160 $ 872,259 $ 1,163,485 $ 2,403,712 $ 2,131,408 $ 2,765,835 $ 2,899,913 1 year later 190,768 176,444 220,712 653,039 590,153 875,636 1,034,588 2,216,928 1,851,268 2,533,710 2 years later 176,118 178,088 164,319 652,195 586,059 753,551 950,739 1,940,472 1,673,922 3 years later 180,635 138,251 149,980 649,355 532,804 684,999 874,961 1,783,372 4 years later 135,219 129,923 136,611 600,939 454,933 611,182 816,039 5 years later 124,221 119,521 108,666 531,666 408,270 557,109 6 years later 114,375 112,100 104,127 485,392 388,471 7 years later 106,920 108,447 92,972 466,303 8 years later 103,311 93,188 87,451 9 years later 88,345 89,460 10 years later 84,373 Reserve redundancy $ 140,134 $ 95,058 $ 142,704 $ 270,357 $ 204,689 $ 315,150 $ 347,446 $ 620,340 $ 457,486 $ 232,125 Years Ended December 31, Net Paid Losses 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 (in thousands of U.S. dollars) 1 year later $ 38,634 $ 10,557 $ 11,354 $ 78,488 $ 79,398 $ 43,896 $ 112,321 $ 247,823 $ 250,635 $ 313,642 2 years later 32,291 24,978 6,312 161,178 125,272 (70,430 ) 243,146 480,102 381,820 3 years later 44,153 17,304 9,161 206,351 (14,150 ) 58,228 324,735 603,875 4 years later 34,483 24,287 (1,803 ) 67,191 102,776 108,109 347,215 5 years later 39,232 9,686 2,515 184,150 132,405 128,567 6 years later 23,309 14,141 11,348 212,822 143,252 7 years later 24,176 22,966 11,808 223,944 8 years later 30,551 21,400 13,463 9 years later 28,303 23,281 10 years later 29,816 Table of Contents The following table provides a reconciliation of the liability for losses and LAE, net of reinsurance ceded: In the table above, net reduction in ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities represents changes in estimates of prior period net loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities comprising net incurred loss movements during a period and changes in estimates of net IBNR liabilities. Net incurred loss movements during a period comprise increases or reductions in specific case reserves advised during the period to us by our policyholders and attorneys, or by us to our reinsurers, less claims settlements made during the period by us to our policyholders, plus claim receipts made to us by our reinsurers. Prior period estimates of net IBNR liabilities may change as our management considers the combined impact of commutations, policy buy-backs, settlement of losses on carried reserves and the trend of incurred loss development compared to prior forecasts. The trend of incurred loss development in any period comprises the movement in net case reserves less net claims settled during the period. See “— Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies — Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses” on page 69 for an explanation of how the loss reserving methodologies are applied to the movement, or development, of net incurred losses during a period to estimate IBNR liabilities. Commutations provide an opportunity for us to exit exposures to entire policies with insureds and reinsureds, often at a discount to the previously estimated ultimate liability. Commutations are beneficial to us as they extinguish liabilities and reduce the potential for future adverse loss development. All prior historical loss development that relates to commuted exposures is eliminated to produce revised historical loss development for the remaining non-commuted exposures. Our independent actuaries apply their actuarial methodologies to the remaining aggregate exposures and revised historical loss development information to reassess their estimates of ultimate liabilities, and, after management’s review of and, if necessary, adjustments to those estimates, we reassess our estimate of IBNR reserves. Because the majority of commutation activity takes place during the fourth quarter, the focus of our actuarial evaluation of ultimate liabilities also occurs in the fourth quarter. Policy buy-backs provide an opportunity for us to settle individual policies and losses usually at a discount to carried advised loss reserves. As part of our routine claims settlement operations, claims will settle at either below or above the carried advised loss reserve. The impact of policy buy-backs and the routine settlement of claims updates historical loss development information to which actuarial methodologies are applied often resulting in revised estimates of ultimate liabilities. Our actuarial methodologies include industry benchmarking which, under certain methodologies (discussed further under “— Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations —Critical Accounting Policies” on page 67), compares the trend of our loss development to that of the industry. To the extent that the trend of our loss development compared to the industry changes in any period, it is likely to have an impact on the estimate of ultimate liabilities. 15 Years Ended December 31, 2011 2010 2009 (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Net reserves for loss and loss adjustment expenses, beginning of period $ 2,765,835 $ 2,131,408 $ 2,403,712 Net reduction in ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities (295,447 ) (311,834 ) (259,627 ) Net losses paid (284,611 ) (294,996 ) (257,414 ) Effect of exchange rate movement (9,170 ) (3,836 ) 73,512 Retroactive reinsurance contracts assumed 112,821 785,731 56,630 Acquired on purchase of subsidiaries 610,485 459,362 114,595 Net reserves for loss and loss adjustment expenses, end of period $ 2,899,913 $ 2,765,835 $ 2,131,408 Table of Contents Year Ended December 31, 2011 The net reduction in ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $295.4 million, excluding the impact of foreign exchange rate movements of $9.2 million and including both net reduction in ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities of $17.5 million relating to companies and portfolios acquired during the year and premium and commission adjustments triggered by incurred losses of $32.5 million, as well as the Claremont novation agreement settlement of $22.5 million. The net reduction in ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2011 of $295.4 million was attributable to a reduction in estimates of net ultimate losses of $250.2 million, a reduction in aggregate provisions for bad debts of $42.8 million and a reduction in estimates of unallocated loss adjustment expense liabilities of $45.1 million, relating to 2011 run-off activity, partially offset by the amortization, over the estimated payout period, of fair value adjustments relating to companies acquired amounting to $42.7 million. The reduction in estimates of net ultimate losses of $250.2 million comprised net incurred favorable loss development of $25.4 million and reductions in IBNR reserves of $224.8 million. The decrease in the aggregate estimate of IBNR loss reserves of $224.8 million (compared to $236.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2010) was comprised of $57.9 million relating to asbestos liabilities (compared to $67.8 million in 2010), $2.8 million relating to environmental liabilities (compared to $4.2 million in 2010) and $164.1 million relating to all other remaining liabilities (compared to $164.9 million in 2010). The aggregate reduction in IBNR of $224.8 million was a result of the application, on a basis consistent with the assumptions applied in the prior period, of our actuarial methodologies to revised historical loss development data, following 113 commutations (including three commutations completed shortly after December 31, 2011), to estimate loss reserves required to cover liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses relating to non-commuted exposures. The prior period estimate of aggregate net IBNR liabilities was reduced as a result of the combined impact on all classes of business of loss development activity during 2011, including commutations and the favorable trend of loss development related to non-commuted policies compared to prior forecasts. The net incurred favorable loss development of $25.4 million, resulting from settlement of net advised case and LAE reserves of $310.0 million for net paid losses of $284.6 million, related to the settlement of non-commuted losses in the year and approximately 110 commutations of assumed and ceded exposures, excluding the three commutations completed subsequent to December 31, 2011. Net incurred liabilities settled by way of commutation during the year ended December 31, 2011 (excluding the three commutations completed subsequent to December 31, 2011) amounted to $71.5 million compared to the net reduction in advised case reserves during the same period of $310.0 million. Commutations provide an opportunity for us to exit exposures to entire policies with insureds and reinsureds at a discount to the previous estimated ultimate liability. As a result of exiting all exposures to such policies, all advised case reserves and IBNR liabilities relating to that insured or reinsured are eliminated. This often results in a net gain irrespective of whether the settlement exceeds the advised case reserves. We adopt a disciplined approach to the review and settlement of non-commuted claims through claims adjusting and the inspection of underlying policyholder records such that settlements of assumed exposures may often be achieved below the level of the originally advised loss, and settlements of ceded receivables may often be achieved at levels above carried balances. Of the 113 commutations completed, nine related to our top ten insured and/or reinsured exposures, including three completed shortly after December 31, 2011 whereby the related reduction in IBNR reserves was recorded in the reduction in net ultimate losses for the year, and two related to our top ten ceded reinsurance assets. The remaining 102 commutations, of which approximately 46% were completed during the three months ended December 31, 2011, were of a smaller size, consistent with our approach of targeting significant numbers of cedant and reinsurer relationships, as well as targeting significant individual cedant and reinsurer relationships. The combination of the claims settlement activity in 2011, including commutations, and the actuarial estimation of IBNR reserves required for the remaining non-commuted exposures (which took into account the favorable trend of loss development in 2011 related to such exposures compared to prior forecasts), resulted in our management concluding that the loss development activity that occurred subsequent to the prior reporting period provided sufficient new information to warrant a reduction in IBNR reserves of $224.8 million in 2011. 16 Table of Contents The reduction in aggregate provisions for bad debt of $42.8 million was a result of the collection, primarily during the three months ended December 31, 2011, of certain reinsurance receivables against which bad debt provisions had been provided in earlier periods. Year Ended December 31, 2010 The net reduction in ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $311.8 million, excluding the impact of foreign exchange rate movements of $3.8 million and including both net reduction in ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities of $19.0 million relating to companies and portfolios acquired during the year and premium and commission adjustments triggered by incurred losses of $16.5 million. The net reduction in ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2010 of $311.8 million was attributable to a reduction in estimates of net ultimate losses of $278.1 million, a reduction in aggregate provisions for bad debts of $49.6 million and a reduction in estimates of unallocated loss adjustment expense liabilities of $39.7 million, relating to 2010 run-off activity, partially offset by the amortization, over the estimated payout period, of fair value adjustments relating to companies acquired amounting to $55.4 million. The reduction in estimates of net ultimate losses of $278.1 million comprised net incurred favorable loss development of $41.1 million and reductions in IBNR reserves of $236.9 million. The decrease in the aggregate estimate of IBNR loss reserves of $236.9 million (compared to $318.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2009) was comprised of $67.8 million relating to asbestos liabilities (compared to $158.4 million in 2009), $4.2 million relating to environmental liabilities (compared to $17.0 million in 2009) and $164.9 million relating to all other remaining liabilities (compared to $142.8 million in 2009). The aggregate reduction in IBNR of $236.9 million was a result of the application, on a basis consistent with the assumptions applied in the prior period, of our actuarial methodologies to revised historical loss development data following 90 commutations to estimate loss reserves required to cover liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses relating to non-commuted exposures. The prior period estimate of aggregate net IBNR liabilities was reduced as a result of the combined impact on all classes of business of loss development activity during 2010, including commutations and the favorable trend of loss development related to non-commuted policies compared to prior forecasts. The lower reduction in asbestos IBNR reserves during 2010 was primarily due to reduced commutations of asbestos related exposures compared to the prior year. Total net loss reserves acquired from January 1, 2008 to December 31, 2010 amounted to $3,197.3 million, of which $2,634.5 million, or 82.4% related to all other losses. This increase in all other loss reserves provided the basis for a greater reduction in all other IBNR reserves. The net incurred favorable loss development of $41.1 million, resulting from settlement of net advised case and LAE reserves of $336.1 million for net paid losses of $295.0 million, related to the settlement of non-commuted losses in the year and approximately 90 commutations of assumed and ceded exposures. Net incurred liabilities settled by way of commutation during the year ended December 31, 2010 amounted to $109.7 million compared to the net reduction in advised case reserves during the same period of $336.1 million. Of the 90 commutations completed during 2010, three related to our top ten insured and/or reinsured exposures, including one commutation completed shortly after December 31, 2009 whereby the related reduction in IBNR reserves was recorded in the reduction in net ultimate losses for the year ended December 31, 2009, and one related to the commutation of one of our largest ceded reinsurance assets. The remaining 86 commutations, of which approximately 43% were completed during the three months ended December 31, 2010, were of a smaller size, consistent with our approach of targeting significant numbers of cedant and reinsurer relationships, as well as targeting significant individual cedant and reinsurer relationships. The combination of the claims settlement activity in 2010, including commutations (but excluding the impact of the commutation that was completed subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2009) and the actuarial estimation of IBNR reserves required for the remaining non-commuted exposures (which took into account the favorable trend of loss development in 2010 related to such exposures compared to prior forecasts), resulted in our management concluding that the loss development activity that occurred subsequent to the prior reporting period provided sufficient new information to warrant a reduction in IBNR reserves of $236.9 million in 2010. 17 Table of Contents The reduction in aggregate provisions for bad debt of $49.6 million was a result of the collection, primarily during the three months ended December 31, 2010, of certain reinsurance receivables against which bad debt provisions had been provided in earlier periods. Year Ended December 31, 2009 The net reduction in ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $259.6 million, excluding the impact of adverse foreign exchange rate movements of $73.5 million and including both net reduction in ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities of $4.8 million relating to companies acquired during the year and premium and commission adjustments of $5.5 million triggered by incurred losses. The net reduction in ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2009 of $259.6 million was attributable to a reduction in estimates of net ultimate losses of $274.8 million, a reduction in aggregate provisions for bad debts of $11.7 million and a reduction in estimates of loss adjustment expense liabilities of $50.4 million, relating to 2009 run-off activity, partially offset by the amortization, over the estimated payout period, of fair value adjustments relating to companies acquired amounting to $77.3 million. The reduction in estimates of net ultimate losses of $274.8 million comprised net incurred loss development of $43.3 million and reductions in IBNR reserves of $318.2 million. The decrease in the estimate of IBNR loss reserves of $318.2 million (compared to $187.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008) was comprised of $158.4 million relating to asbestos liabilities (compared to $79.0 million in 2008), $17.0 million relating to environmental liabilities (compared to $10.8 million in 2008) and $142.8 million relating to all other remaining liabilities (compared to $98.1 million in 2008). The reduction in IBNR is a result of the application, on a basis consistent with the assumptions applied in the prior period, of our actuarial methodologies to loss data to estimate loss reserves required to cover liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses. The prior period estimate of net IBNR liabilities was reduced as a result of the combined impact of loss development activity during 2009, including commutations and the favorable trend of loss development related to non-commuted policies compared to prior forecasts. The larger reduction in asbestos IBNR reserves in 2009 was primarily due to the further commutation of asbestos reserves relating to one of our insurance entities that had benefited from a substantial stop loss protection until December 18, 2008. The larger reduction in all other IBNR reserves in 2009 was primarily due to incurred loss development in one of our entities acquired during 2008 that was in line with incurred loss development expected by our external actuaries and was, therefore, offset by a corresponding reduction in IBNR reserves, as well as the completion of a commutation by the same entity subsequent to the year-end referred to below. The net incurred loss development of $43.3 million resulting from settlement of net advised case and LAE reserves of $214.1 million for net paid losses of $257.4 million, related to the settlement of non-commuted losses in the year and approximately 79 commutations of assumed and ceded exposures. Of the 79 commutations completed during 2009, two related to our top ten insured and/or reinsured exposures. The remaining 77 were of a smaller size, consistent with our approach of targeting significant numbers of cedant and reinsurer relationships, as well as targeting significant individual cedant and reinsurer relationships. Approximately 76% of commutations completed in 2009 related to commutations completed during the three months ended December 31, 2009. Net incurred liabilities settled by way of commutation during the year ended December 31, 2009 amounted to $81.9 million compared to the net reduction in advised case reserves during the same period of $214.1 million. Subsequent to the year end, one of our insurance entities completed a commutation of another of one of our top ten reinsured exposures. The combination of the claims settlement activity in 2009, including commutations, and the actuarial estimation of IBNR reserves required for the remaining non-commuted exposures (which took into account the favorable trend of loss development in 2009 related to such exposures compared to prior forecasts as well as the impact of the commutation that was completed subsequent to the year-end), resulted in our management concluding that the loss development activity that occurred subsequent to the prior reporting period provided sufficient new information to warrant a reduction in IBNR reserves of $318.2 million in 2009. 18 Table of Contents The reduction in aggregate provisions for bad debt of $11.7 million was a result of the collection, primarily during the three months ended March 31, 2009, of certain reinsurance receivables against which bad debt provisions had been provided in earlier periods. Asbestos and Environmental (A&E) Exposure General A&E Exposures A number of our subsidiaries wrote general liability policies and reinsurance prior to their acquisition by us under which policyholders continue to present asbestos-related injury claims and claims alleging injury, damage or clean-up costs arising from environmental pollution. These policies, and the associated claims, are referred to as A&E exposures. The vast majority of these claims are presented under policies written many years ago. There is a great deal of uncertainty surrounding A&E claims. This uncertainty impacts the ability of insurers and reinsurers to estimate the ultimate amount of unpaid claims and related LAE. The majority of these claims differ from any other type of claim because there is inadequate loss development and there is significant uncertainty regarding what, if any, coverage exists, to which, if any, policy years claims are attributable and which, if any, insurers/reinsurers may be liable. These uncertainties are exacerbated by lack of clear judicial precedent and legislative interpretations of coverage that may be inconsistent with the intent of the parties to the insurance contracts and expand theories of liability. The insurance and reinsurance industry as a whole is engaged in extensive litigation over these coverage and liability issues and is, thus, confronted with continuing uncertainty in its efforts to quantify A&E exposures. Our A&E exposure is administered out of our offices in the United Kingdom and Rhode Island and centrally administered from the United Kingdom. In light of the intensive claim settlement process for these claims, which involves comprehensive fact gathering and subject matter expertise, our management believes that it is prudent to have a centrally administered claim facility to handle A&E claims on behalf of all of our subsidiaries. Our A&E claims staff, working in conjunction with two U.S.-qualified attorneys experienced in A&E liabilities, proactively administers, on a cost-effective basis, the A&E claims submitted to our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries. Our independent, external actuaries use industry benchmarking methodologies to estimate appropriate IBNR reserves for our A&E exposures. These methods are discussed in detail in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies”. 19 Table of Contents The liability for unpaid losses and LAE, inclusive of A&E reserves, reflects our best estimate for future amounts needed to pay losses and related LAE as of each of the balance sheet dates reflected in the financial statements herein in accordance with U.S. GAAP. As of December 31, 2011, we had net loss reserves of $528.4 million for asbestos-related claims and $93.1 million for environmental pollution-related claims. The following table provides a reconciliation of our gross and net loss and ALAE reserves from A&E exposures and the movement in gross and net reserves: During 2011, 2010 and 2009, excluding the impact of loss reserves acquired during the year, our reserves for A&E liabilities decreased by $122.4 million, $173.2 million and $210.0 million on a gross basis and by $114.7 million, $146.6 million and $194.2 million on a net basis, respectively. The reductions in gross reserves arose from paid claims, successful commutations, policy buy-backs, generally favorable claim settlements during the year and reductions in IBNR resulting from actuarial analysis of remaining liabilities. Asbestos continues to be the most significant and difficult mass tort for the insurance industry in terms of claims volume and expense. We believe that the insurance industry has been adversely affected by judicial interpretations that have had the effect of maximizing insurance recoveries for asbestos claims, from both a coverage and liability perspective. Generally, only policies underwritten prior to 1986 have potential asbestos exposure, since most policies underwritten after this date contain an absolute asbestos exclusion. From 2001 through 2003 the industry experienced increasing numbers of asbestos claims, including claims from individuals who did not appear to be impaired by asbestos exposure. Since 2003, however, new claim filings have been fairly stable. It is possible that the increases observed in the early part of the decade were triggered by various state tort reforms (discussed immediately below). At this point, we cannot predict whether claim filings will return to pre-2004 levels, remain stable, or begin to decrease. Since 2001, several U.S. states have proposed, and in many cases enacted, tort reform statutes that impact asbestos litigation by, for example, making it more difficult for a diverse group of plaintiffs to jointly file a single case, reducing “forum-shopping” by requiring that a potential plaintiff must have been exposed to asbestos in the state in which he/she files a lawsuit, or permitting consolidation of discovery. These statutes typically apply to suits filed after a stated date. When a statute is proposed or enacted, asbestos defendants often experience a marked increase in new lawsuits, as plaintiffs’ attorneys seek to file suit before the effective date of the legislation. Some of this increased claim volume likely represents an acceleration of valid claims that would have been brought in the future, while some claims will likely prove to have little or no merit. As many of these claims are still pending, we cannot predict what portion of the increased number of claims represent valid claims. Also, the acceleration of claims increases the uncertainty surrounding projections of future claims in the affected jurisdictions. 20 Years Ended December 31, 2011 2010 2009 Gross Net Gross Net Gross Net (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Provisions for A&E claims and ALAE at January 1 $ 825,212 $ 736,172 $ 750,972 $ 667,632 $ 943,970 $ 846,421 A&E losses and ALAE incurred during the year (61,120 ) (81,286 ) (71,302 ) (78,801 ) (51,612 ) (78,756 ) A&E losses and ALAE paid during the year (61,291 ) (33,399 ) (101,917 ) (67,756 ) (158,391 ) (115,479 ) Provision for A&E claims and ALAE acquired during the year — — 247,459 215,097 17,005 15,446 Provision for A&E claims and ALAE at December 31 $ 702,801 $ 621,487 $ 825,212 $ 736,172 $ 750,972 $ 667,632 Table of Contents During the same timeframe as tort reform, the U.S. federal and various U.S. state governments sought comprehensive asbestos reform to manage the growing court docket and costs surrounding asbestos litigation, in addition to the increasing number of corporate bankruptcies resulting from overwhelming asbestos liabilities. Whereas the federal government has failed to establish a national asbestos trust fund to address the asbestos problem, several states, including Texas and Florida, have implemented a medical criteria reform approach that only permits litigation to proceed when a plaintiff can establish and demonstrate actual physical impairment. Much like tort reform, asbestos litigation reform has also spurred a significant increase in the number of lawsuits filed in advance of the law’s enactment. We cannot predict whether the drop off in the number of filed claims is due to the accelerated number of filings or an actual trend in the decline of alleged asbestos injuries. Environmental Pollution Exposures Environmental pollution claims represent another significant exposure for us. However, environmental pollution claims have been developing as expected over the past few years as a result of stable claim trends. Claims against Fortune 500 companies are generally declining, and while insureds with single-site exposures are still active, in many cases claims are being settled for less than initially anticipated due to improved site remediation technology and effective policy buy-backs. Despite the stability of recent trends, there remains significant uncertainty involved in estimating liabilities related to these exposures. Unlike asbestos claims which are generated primarily from allegedly injured private individuals, environmental claims generally result from governmentally initiated activities. First, the number of waste sites subject to cleanup is unknown. Approximately 1,298 sites are included on the National Priorities List (NPL) of the United States Environmental Protection Agency as of September 30, 2011, the end of its most recent fiscal year, an increase of 16 sites from the prior year. State authorities have separately identified many additional sites and, at times, aggressively implement site cleanups. Second, the liabilities of the insureds themselves are difficult to estimate. At any given site, the allocation of remediation cost among the potentially responsible parties varies greatly depending upon a variety of factors. Third, as with asbestos liability and coverage issues, judicial precedent regarding liability and coverage issues regarding pollution claims does not provide clear guidance. There is also uncertainty as to the U.S. federal “Superfund” law itself and, at this time, we cannot predict what, if any, reforms to this law might be enacted by the U.S. federal government, or the effect of any such changes on the insurance industry. Other Latent Exposures While we do not view health hazard exposures such as silica and tobacco as becoming a material concern, recent developments in lead litigation have caused us to watch these matters closely. Recently, municipal and state governments have had success, using a public nuisance theory, pursuing the former makers of lead pigment for the abatement of lead paint in certain home dwellings. As lead paint was used almost exclusively into the early 1970’s, large numbers of old housing stock contain lead paint that can prove hazardous to people and, particularly, children. Although governmental success has been limited thus far, we continue to monitor developments carefully due to the size of the potential awards sought by plaintiffs. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies — Latent Claims” on page 74 for a further discussion of recent lead paint developments. Investments Investment Strategy and Guidelines We derive a significant portion of our income from our invested assets. As a result, our operating results depend in part on the performance of our investment portfolio. Because of the unpredictable nature of losses that may arise under our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries’insurance or reinsurance policies and as a result of our opportunistic commutation strategy, our liquidity needs can be substantial and may arise at any time. Except 21 Table of Contents for that portion of our portfolio that is invested in non-investment grade securities, we generally follow a conservative investment strategy designed to emphasize the preservation of our invested assets and provide sufficient liquidity for the prompt payment of claims and settlement of commutation payments. As of December 31, 2011, we had cash and cash equivalents of $1.22 billion. Our cash and cash equivalent portfolio is comprised mainly of high-grade fixed deposits, commercial paper with maturities of less than three months and money market funds. Our investment portfolio consists primarily of investment grade-rated, liquid, fixed maturity securities of short-to-medium term duration — 90.8% of our total investment portfolio as of December 31, 2011 consisted of investment grade securities, as compared to 87.6% as of December 31, 2010. In addition, our non-investment grade securities, excluding bond funds included as part of other investments, comprised 7.6% and 8.2% of our total investment portfolio, as at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and consisted of exposures to equities, limited partnerships and limited liability companies, collectively private equities, certain fixed maturity securities, bond and hedge funds. Assuming the commitments to the other investments were fully funded as of December 31, 2011 out of cash balances on hand at that time, the percentage of investments held in other than investment grade securities would increase to 9.7%. As of December 31, 2010, the increase would have been to 11.0%. We strive to structure our investments in a manner that recognizes our liquidity needs for future liabilities. In that regard, we attempt to correlate the maturity and duration of our investment portfolio to our general liability profile. If our liquidity needs or general liability profile unexpectedly change, we may not continue to structure our investment portfolio in its current manner and would adjust as necessary to meet new business needs. Our investment performance is subject to a variety of risks, including risks related to general economic conditions, market volatility, interest rate fluctuations, foreign exchange risk, liquidity risk and credit and default risk. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, including governmental monetary policies, domestic and international economic and political conditions and other factors beyond our control. A significant increase in interest rates could result in significant losses, realized or unrealized, in the value of our investment portfolio. A significant portion of our non-investment grade securities consists of alternative investments that subject us to restrictions on redemption, which may limit our ability to withdraw funds for some period of time after the initial investment. The values of, and returns on, such investments may also be more volatile. Investment Committee and Investment Manager The investment committee of our board of directors supervises our investment activity. The investment committee regularly monitors our overall investment results, which it ultimately reports to the board of directors. Our investment committee is comprised of Robert J. Campbell, the chairman of the committee, Richard J. Harris, Charles T. Akre, Jr. and Sumit Rajpal. With the exception of Mr. Harris, our Chief Financial Officer, all of the members of the committee are members of our board of directors. J. Christopher Flowers served on the investment committee until his resignation as a director on May 6, 2011. The investment committee met five times during the year ended December 31, 2011 in conjunction with our regularly scheduled board of directors meetings. The committee made the following major decisions during the year: (i) approved increased allocations to equities and structured credit securities; (ii) approved increased allocation from cash into short duration securities, predominantly corporate and non-U.S. government securities; and (iii) ensured that the investment portfolio of each entity we acquired during the year met our investment criteria in regards to duration and ratings. As stated in “— Investment Strategy and Guidelines” above, we generally follow a conservative investment strategy designed to emphasize the preservation of our invested assets and provide sufficient liquidity for the prompt payment of claims and settlement of commutation payments. Our investment portfolio consists primarily of investment grade-rated, liquid, fixed maturity securities of short-to-medium duration and mutual funds. As of 22 Table of Contents December 31, 2011, only 4.2% of our total investment portfolio was classified as Level 3 as defined in the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosure topic of the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification, or FASB ASC. Given our investment objectives, the composition of our current investment portfolio, and our business strategy to acquire insurance and reinsurance companies in run-off, our investment committee’s efforts tend to be focused on the structural issues surrounding acquired portfolios. While the investment committee does review the ongoing performance of our investment portfolio, we have not experienced significant widespread liquidity or pricing issues with our portfolio that would require meaningful review by the committee. We utilize various companies to provide investment advisory and/or management services. We have agreed to pay investment management fees to the managers. These fees, which vary depending on the amount of assets under management, are included in net investment income. The total fees we paid to our investment managers for the year ended December 31, 2011 were $2.8 million, including approximately $0.7 million to our largest single investment manager. We have investment management agreements with all of our managers, however, none of them are material to us. Investment Portfolio Accounting Treatment Our investments primarily consist of fixed maturity securities. Our fixed maturity investments are comprised of available-for-sale and trading investments as defined in the Investment — Debt and Equity Securities topic of FASB ASC. Available-for-sale and trading investments are carried at their fair value on the balance sheet date. Unrealized holdings gains and losses on trading investments, which represent the difference between the amortized cost and the fair market value of securities, are included in our net earnings and are reported as net realized and unrealized gains and losses. Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities are recognized as part of other comprehensive income. Composition as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the fair value of our aggregate invested assets totaled approximately $4.56 billion and $3.88 billion, respectively. Aggregate invested assets included cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and cash equivalents, fixed maturity securities, equities, short-term investments and other investments. 23 Table of Contents The following table shows the types of securities in our portfolio, including cash equivalents, and their fair market values as of December 31, 2011 and 2010: U.S. Government and Agency Securities U.S. government and agency securities are comprised primarily of bonds issued by the U.S. Treasury, the Federal Home Loan Bank, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and the Federal National Mortgage Association. Non-U.S. Government Securities Non-U.S. government securities represent the fixed maturity obligations of non-U.S. governmental entities. These are comprised primarily of bonds issued by the Australian, United Kingdom, French, Canadian and German governments. Corporate Securities Corporate securities are comprised of bonds issued by corporations that are diversified across a wide range of issuers and industries. The largest single issuer of corporate securities in our portfolio as of December 31, 2011 was National Australia Bank, which represented 3.3% of our total cash and investments and had a credit rating of AA-. 24 December 31, 2011 December 31, 2010 Fair Value % of Total Fair Value Fair Value % of Total Fair Value (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Cash and cash equivalents (1) $ 1,223,665 26.8 % $ 1,455,354 37.5 % U.S. government and agency 418,837 9.2 % 227,803 5.9 % Non-U.S. government 380,778 8.3 % 386,866 10.0 % Corporate 1,968,243 43.2 % 1,347,384 34.7 % Municipal 25,416 0.6 % 2,297 0.1 % Residential mortgage-backed 110,785 2.4 % 102,506 2.6 % Commercial mortgage-backed 86,694 1.9 % 38,841 1.0 % Asset-backed 62,201 1.4 % 28,613 0.7 % Fixed maturities (2) 3,052,954 67.0 % 2,134,310 55.0 % Other investments 192,264 4.2 % 234,714 6.0 % Equities 89,981 2.0 % 60,082 1.5 % Total investments 3,335,199 73.2 % 2,429,106 62.5 % Total cash and investments $ 4,558,864 100.0 % $ 3,884,460 100.0 % (1) Includes restricted cash and cash equivalents of $373.2 million and $656.2 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. (2) Includes restricted investments of $830.9 million and $468.2 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Table of Contents Other Investments We have a capital commitment of $10.0 million in the GSC European Mezzanine Fund II, LP, or GSC. GSC invests in mezzanine securities of middle and large market companies throughout Western Europe. As of December 31, 2011, the capital contributed to GSC was $9.9 million, with the remaining commitment being $0.1 million. We have a capital commitment of $100.0 million in the Flowers Fund and $100.0 million in J.C. Flowers III L.P., or Fund III. Both the Flowers Fund and Fund III are private investment funds advised by J.C. Flowers & Co. LLC. As of December 31, 2011, the capital contributed to the Flowers Fund and Fund III was $97.8 million and $30.7 million, respectively, with the remaining commitment being approximately $2.2 million and $69.3 million, respectively. During 2011, we received $0.5 million in advisory service fees from the Flowers Fund. Certain of our officers and directors made personal investments in the Flowers Fund. On January 28, 2009, we invested approximately $8.7 million in JCF III Co-invest I L.P., an entity affiliated with J.C. Flowers & Co. LLC and Mr. Flowers, in connection with its investment in certain of the operations, assets and liabilities of OneWest Bank FSB (formerly known as IndyMac Bank, F.S.B.). We had, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, excluding our investment in Varadero International Ltd., or Varadero, investments in entities affiliated with Mr. Flowers with a total value of $102.3 million and $96.1 million, respectively, and outstanding commitments to entities managed by Mr. Flowers, for the same periods, of $71.5 million and $84.6 million, respectively. Our outstanding commitments may be drawn down over approximately the next four years. As at December 31, 2011, our related party investments associated with Mr. Flowers, including our investment in Varadero, accounted for 92.2% of our total unfunded capital commitments and 65.9% of our total amount of investments classified as other investments. In March 2010, we committed to invest $20.0 million in Varadero, a hedge fund. The investment manager of Varadero is Varadero Capital, L.P., of which Varadero GP, LLC is the general partner. In December 2011, we committed to invest a further $21.5 million in the hedge fund. As at December 31, 2011, we had funded 100% of our capital commitment. Both the investment manager and general partner are partially owned by an entity affiliated with us and Mr. Flowers. In July 2011, we committed to invest an aggregate $1.0 million in Meetinghouse Funding III. As at December 31, 2011, we had contributed $0.1 million to the Meetinghouse Fund with the remaining unfunded commitment being approximately $0.9 million. In October 2011, we made a commitment to invest an aggregate $5.0 million in Dowling Capital Partners I, L.P. (“Dowling”). As at December 31, 2011, we had not contributed any capital to Dowling. During 2011, we redeemed approximately $66.9 million and invested $19.3 million in various bond funds. 25 Years Ended December 31, 2011 2010 (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Private equities $ 107,388 $ 104,109 Bond funds 54,537 102,279 Hedge fund 24,395 22,037 Other 5,944 6,289 Total $ 192,264 $ 234,714 Table of Contents Equities During 2011, we increased our allocation to global equities by $29.9 million. Our equity portfolios consist primarily of well diversified publicly traded common stocks. We also have approximately $7.6 million of preferred stocks. As at December 31, 2011, no single common stock or preferred stock accounted for more than 4.5% or 5.1%, respectively, of the total value of our equity portfolios. No impairment charges were recorded in 2011 in relation to any of our equity portfolios. Ratings as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 The investment ratings (provided by major rating agencies) for our fixed maturity securities held as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows: Maturity Distribution as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 The maturity distribution for our fixed maturity securities held as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 was as follows: 26 December 31, 2011 December 31, 2010 Fair Value % of Total Fair Value Fair Value % of Total Fair Value (in thousands of U.S. dollars) AAA $ 1,096,824 35.9 % $ 812,407 38.1 % AA 533,365 17.5 % 450,802 21.1 % A 1,011,833 33.1 % 741,761 34.8 % BBB or lower 384,833 12.6 % 122,257 5.7 % Not Rated 26,099 0.9 % 7,083 0.3 % Total $ 3,052,954 100.0 % $ 2,134,310 100.0 % December 31, 2011 December 31, 2010 Fair Value % of Total Fair Value Fair Value % of Total Fair Value (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Due in one year or less $ 1,158,546 38.0 % $ 966,319 45.3 % Due after one year through five years 1,465,176 48.0 % 940,017 44.0 % Due after five years through ten years 152,829 5.0 % 47,627 2.2 % Due after ten years 16,723 0.6 % 10,387 0.5 % 2,793,274 91.6 % 1,964,350 92.0 % Residential mortgage-backed 110,785 3.6 % 102,506 4.8 % Commercial mortgage-backed 86,694 2.8 % 38,841 1.8 % Asset-backed 62,201 2.0 % 28,613 1.4 % Total $ 3,052,954 100.0 % $ 2,134,310 100.0 % Table of Contents Unrealized Losses as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 The unrealized losses for our fixed maturity available-for-sale securities held as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows: Investment Returns for the Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 Our investment returns for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows: Regulation General The business of insurance and reinsurance is regulated in most countries, although the degree and type of regulation varies significantly from one jurisdiction to another. We have a significant presence in Bermuda, the United Kingdom, Australia and the United States and are subject to extensive regulation under the applicable statutes in these countries. A summary of the regulations governing us in these countries is set forth below. Bermuda As a holding company, we are not subject to Bermuda insurance regulations. However, the Insurance Act 1978 of Bermuda and related regulations, as amended, or, together, the Insurance Act, regulate the insurance business of our operating subsidiaries in Bermuda and provide that no person may carry on any insurance business in or from within Bermuda unless registered as an insurer by the Bermuda Monetary Authority, or BMA, under the Insurance Act. Insurance as well as reinsurance is regulated under the Insurance Act. 27 December 31, 2011 December 31, 2010 Fair Value Unrealized Losses % of Total Fair Value Fair Value Unrealized Losses % of Total Fair Value (in thousands of U.S. dollars) U.S. government and agency $ 8,318 $ (433 ) 5.3 % $ 23,777 $ (92 ) 10.9 % Non-U.S. government 31,287 (828 ) 20.0 % 38,838 (314 ) 17.8 % Corporate 101,303 (2,578 ) 64.7 % 129,774 (1,615 ) 59.3 % Residential mortgage-backed 1,335 (108 ) 0.9 % 13,642 (234 ) 6.2 % Commercial mortgage-backed 215 (7 ) 0.1 % 2,046 (11 ) 0.9 % Asset-backed 14,068 (413 ) 9.0 % 10,641 (346 ) 4.9 % Total available-for-sale investments $ 156,526 $ (4,367 ) 100.0 % $ 218,718 $ (2,612 ) 100.0 % Years Ended December 31, 2011 2010 (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Net investment income $ 69,870 $ 99,906 Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) 8,020 13,137 Net investment income and net realized and unrealized gains (losses) $ 77,890 $ 113,043 Effective annualized yield (1) 1.70 % 2.38 % (1) Effective annualized yield is calculated by dividing net investment income, excluding writedowns and income on other investments, by the average balance of aggregate cash and cash equivalents, equities and fixed maturity securities on a carrying value basis. Trading securities where the investment return is for the benefit of insureds and reinsurers are excluded from the calculation. Table of Contents The Insurance Act also imposes on Bermuda insurance companies certain solvency and liquidity standards and auditing and reporting requirements and grants the BMA powers to supervise, investigate, require information and the production of documents and intervene in the affairs of insurance companies. Certain significant aspects of the Bermuda insurance regulatory framework are set forth below. Classification of Insurers. The Insurance Act distinguishes between insurers carrying on long-term business and insurers carrying on general business. There are six classifications of insurers carrying on general business, with Class 4 insurers subject to the strictest regulation. Our regulated Bermuda subsidiaries, which are incorporated to carry on general insurance and reinsurance business, are registered as Class 2 or 3A insurers in Bermuda and are regulated as such under the Insurance Act. These regulated Bermuda subsidiaries are not licensed to carry on long-term business. Long-term business broadly includes life insurance and disability insurance with terms in excess of five years. General business broadly includes all types of insurance that are not long-term business. Principal Representative. An insurer is required to maintain a principal office in Bermuda and to appoint and maintain a principal representative in Bermuda. For the purpose of the Insurance Act, each of our regulated Bermuda subsidiaries’ principal offices is at Windsor Place, 3rd Floor, 18 Queen Street, in Hamilton, Bermuda, and each of their principal representatives is Enstar Limited. Without a reason acceptable to the BMA, an insurer may not terminate the appointment of its principal representative, and the principal representative may not cease to act in that capacity, unless 30 days’ notice in writing is given to the BMA. It is the duty of the principal representative, forthwith on reaching the view that there is a likelihood that the insurer will become insolvent or that a reportable “event” has, to the principal representative’s knowledge, occurred or is believed to have occurred, to notify the BMA and, within 14 days of such notification, to make a report in writing to the BMA setting forth all the particulars of the case that are available to the principal representative. For example, any failure by the insurer to comply substantially with a condition imposed upon the insurer by the BMA relating to a solvency margin or a liquidity or other ratio would be a reportable “event.” Independent Approved Auditor. Every regulated Bermuda insurer must appoint an independent auditor who will audit and report annually on the statutory financial statements and the statutory financial return of the insurer, both of which, in the case of our regulated Bermuda subsidiaries, are required to be filed annually with the BMA. The independent auditor must be approved by the BMA and may be the same person or firm that audits our consolidated financial statements and reports for presentation to our shareholders. Our regulated Bermuda subsidiaries’ independent auditor is Deloitte & Touche, who also audits our consolidated financial statements. Loss Reserve Specialist. As a registered Class 2 or 3A insurer, each of our regulated Bermuda insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries is required, every year, to submit an opinion of its approved loss reserve specialist with its statutory financial return in respect of its losses and loss expenses provisions. The loss reserve specialist, who will normally be a qualified casualty actuary, must be approved by the BMA. Statutory Financial Statements. Each of our regulated Bermuda subsidiaries must prepare annual statutory financial statements. The Insurance Act prescribes rules for the preparation and substance of the statutory financial statements, which include, in statutory form, a balance sheet, an income statement, a statement of capital and surplus and notes thereto. Each of our regulated Bermuda subsidiaries is required to give detailed information and analyses regarding premiums, claims, reinsurance and investments. The statutory financial statements are not prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and are distinct from the financial statements prepared for presentation to an insurer’s shareholders under the Bermuda Companies Act. As a general business insurer, each of our regulated Bermuda subsidiaries is required to submit to the BMA the annual statutory financial statements as part of the annual statutory financial return. The statutory financial statements and the statutory financial return do not form part of the public records maintained by the BMA. 28 Table of Contents Annual Statutory Financial Return. Each of our regulated Bermuda insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries is required to file with the BMA a statutory financial return no later than six months, in the case of a Class 2, or four months in the case of a Class 3A, after its fiscal year end unless specifically extended upon application to the BMA. The statutory financial return for an insurer includes, among other matters, a report of the approved independent auditor on the statutory financial statements of the insurer, solvency certificates, declaration of statutory ratios, the statutory financial statements, and the opinion of the loss reserve specialist. The solvency certificates must be signed by the principal representative and at least two directors of the insurer certifying that the minimum solvency margin has been met and whether the insurer has complied with the conditions attached to its certificate of registration. The independent approved auditor is required to state whether, in its opinion, it was reasonable for the directors to make these certifications. If an insurer’s accounts have been audited for any purpose other than compliance with the Insurance Act, a statement to that effect must be filed with the statutory financial return. Further, every Class 2 insurer must submit a Loss Reserve Specialist Opinion on a triennial basis, while Class 3A insurers must submit annually. Additionally, all Class 3A insurers are required to submit a Schedule of Ceded Reinsurance pursuant to the Insurance Act. Minimum Liquidity Ratio. The Insurance Act provides a minimum liquidity ratio for general business insurers, like our regulated Bermuda insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries. An insurer engaged in general business is required to maintain the value of its relevant assets at not less than 75% of the amount of its relevant liabilities. Relevant assets include, but are not limited to, cash and time deposits, quoted investments, unquoted bonds and debentures, first liens on real estate, investment income due and accrued, accounts and premiums receivable and reinsurance balances receivable. There are some categories of assets that, unless specifically permitted by the BMA, do not automatically qualify as relevant assets, such as unquoted equity securities, investments in and advances to affiliates and real estate and collateral loans. Relevant liabilities are total general business insurance reserves and total other liabilities less deferred income tax and sundry liabilities (i.e., liabilities that are not otherwise specifically defined). Minimum Solvency Margin, Enhanced Capital Requirement and Restrictions on Dividends and Distributions. Under the Insurance Act, the value of the general business assets of a Class 2 or 3A insurer, such as our regulated Bermuda subsidiaries, must exceed the amount of its general business liabilities by an amount greater than the prescribed minimum solvency margin. Each of our regulated Bermuda subsidiaries is required, with respect to its general business, to maintain a minimum solvency margin equal to the greatest of: For Class 2 insurers: For Class 3A insurers: Beginning January 1, 2012, Class 3A insurers are required to maintain available statutory capital and surplus in an amount that is equal to or exceeds the target capital levels based on Enhanced Capital Requirements, or ECR, calculated using the Bermuda Solvency Capital Requirement, or BSCR, model. The BSCR model is a risk based capital model introduced by the BMA that measures risk and determines enhanced capital requirements 29 • $250,000; • 20% of net premiums written (being gross premiums written less any premiums ceded by the insurer) if net premiums do not exceed $6,000,000 or $1,200,000 plus 10% of net premiums written in excess of $6,000,000; and • 10% of net losses and loss expense reserves. • $1,000,000; • 20% of net premiums written (being gross premiums written less any premiums ceded by the insurer) if net premiums do not exceed $6,000,000 or $1,200,000 plus 15% of net premiums written in excess of $6,000,000; and • 15% of net losses and loss expense reserves. Table of Contents and a target capital level (defined as 120% of the enhanced capital requirement) based on the subsidiary’s statutory financial statements. Each of our regulated Bermuda insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries is prohibited from declaring or paying any dividends during any fiscal year if it is in breach of its minimum solvency margin or minimum liquidity ratio or if the declaration or payment of such dividends would cause it to fail to meet such margin or ratio. If the subsidiary has failed to meet its minimum solvency margin or minimum liquidity ratio on the last day of any fiscal year, the relevant regulated Bermuda subsidiaries will be prohibited, without the approval of the BMA, from declaring or paying any dividends during the next fiscal year. In addition, a Class 3A insurer, if it is in breach of its ECR, will be prohibited from declaring or paying dividends until it rectifies that breach. Each of our regulated Bermuda insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries is prohibited, without the approval of the BMA, from reducing by 15% or more its total statutory capital as set out in its previous year’s financial statements. Additionally, under the Bermuda Companies Act, we and each of our regulated Bermuda subsidiaries may declare or pay a dividend, or make a distribution from contributed surplus, only if we have no reasonable grounds for believing that the subsidiary is, or will be after the payment, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due, or that the realizable value of its assets will thereby be less than the aggregate of its liabilities and its issued share capital and share premium accounts. Supervision, Investigation and Intervention. The BMA may appoint an inspector with extensive powers to investigate the affairs of our regulated Bermuda insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries if the BMA believes that such an investigation is in the best interests of its policyholders or persons who may become policyholders. In order to verify or supplement information otherwise provided to the BMA, the BMA may direct our regulated Bermuda insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries to produce documents or information relating to matters connected with its business. In addition, the BMA has the power to require the production of documents from any person who appears to be in possession of those documents. Further, the BMA has the power, in respect of a person registered under the Insurance Act, to appoint a professional person to prepare a report on any aspect of any matter about which the BMA has required or could require information. If it appears to the BMA to be desirable in the interests of the clients of a person registered under the Insurance Act, the BMA may also exercise the foregoing powers in relation to any company that is, or has at any relevant time been, (1) a parent company, subsidiary company or related company of that registered person, (2) a subsidiary company of a parent company of that registered person, (3) a parent company of a subsidiary company of that registered person or (4) a controlling shareholder of that registered person, which is a person who either alone or with any associate or associates, holds 50% or more of the shares of that registered person or is entitled to exercise, or control the exercise of, more than 50% of the voting power at a general meeting of shareholders of that registered person. If it appears to the BMA that there is a risk of a regulated Bermuda insurance and reinsurance subsidiary becoming insolvent, or that a regulated Bermuda insurance and reinsurance subsidiary is in breach of the Insurance Act or any conditions imposed upon its registration, the BMA may, among other things, direct such subsidiary (1) not to take on any new insurance business, (2) not to vary any insurance contract if the effect would be to increase its liabilities, (3) not to make certain investments, (4) to liquidate certain investments, (5) to maintain in, or transfer to the custody of a specified bank, certain assets, (6) not to declare or pay any dividends or other distributions or to restrict the making of such payments and/or (7) to limit such subsidiary’s premium income. Disclosure of Information. In addition to powers under the Insurance Act to investigate the affairs of an insurer, the BMA may require insurers and other persons to furnish information to the BMA. Further, the BMA has been given powers to assist other regulatory authorities, including foreign insurance regulatory authorities, with their investigations involving insurance and reinsurance companies in Bermuda. Such powers are subject to restrictions. For example, the BMA must be satisfied that the assistance being requested is in connection with the discharge of regulatory responsibilities of the foreign regulatory authority. Further, the BMA must consider whether cooperation is in the public interest. The grounds for disclosure are limited and the Insurance Act provides sanctions for breach of the statutory duty of confidentiality. Under the Companies Act, the Minister of 30 Table of Contents Finance has been given powers to assist a foreign regulatory authority that has requested assistance in connection with inquiries being carried out by it in the performance of its regulatory functions. The Minister’s powers include requiring a person to furnish him or her with information, to produce documents to him or her, to attend and answer questions and to give assistance in connection with inquiries. The Minister must be satisfied that the assistance requested by the foreign regulatory authority is for the purpose of its regulatory functions and that the request is in relation to information in Bermuda that a person has in his possession or under his control. The Minister must consider, among other things, whether it is in the public interest to give the information sought. Notification by Shareholder Controller of New or Increased Control. Any person who, directly or indirectly, becomes a holder of at least 10%, 20%, 33% or 50% of our ordinary shares must notify the BMA in writing within 45 days of becoming such a holder. The BMA may, by written notice, object to such a person if it appears to the BMA that the person is not fit and proper to be such a holder. The BMA may require the holder to reduce their holding of ordinary shares and direct, among other things, that voting rights attaching to the ordinary shares shall not be exercisable. A person that does not comply with such a notice or direction from the BMA will be guilty of an offense. Objection to Existing Shareholder Controller. For so long as we have as a subsidiary an insurer registered under the Insurance Act, the BMA may at any time, by written notice, object to a person holding 10% or more of the ordinary shares if it appears to the BMA that the person is not, or is no longer fit and proper to be, such a holder. In such a case, the BMA may require the shareholder to reduce its holding of ordinary shares and direct, among other things, that such shareholder’s voting rights attaching to ordinary shares shall not be exercisable. A person who does not comply with such a notice or direction from the BMA will be guilty of an offense. Certain Other Bermuda Law Considerations. Although we are incorporated in Bermuda, we are classified as a non-resident of Bermuda for exchange control purposes by the BMA. Pursuant to our non-resident status, we may engage in transactions in currencies other than Bermuda dollars and there are no restrictions on our ability to transfer funds (other than funds denominated in Bermuda dollars) in and out of Bermuda or to pay dividends to U.S. residents who are holders of our ordinary shares. Under Bermuda law, exempted companies are companies formed for the purpose of conducting business outside Bermuda from a principal place of business in Bermuda. As “exempted” companies, neither we nor any of our regulated Bermuda subsidiaries may, without the express authorization of the Bermuda legislature or under a license or consent granted by the Minister of Finance, participate in certain business transactions, including: (1) the acquisition or holding of land in Bermuda (except that held by way of lease or tenancy agreement that is required for our business and held for a term not exceeding 50 years, or that is used to provide accommodation or recreational facilities for our officers and employees and held with the consent of the Bermuda Minister of Finance, for a term not exceeding 21 years), (2) the taking of mortgages on land in Bermuda to secure an amount in excess of $50,000, or (3) the carrying on of business of any kind for which we are not licensed in Bermuda, except in limited circumstances such as doing business with another exempted undertaking in furtherance of our business carried on outside Bermuda. Each of our regulated Bermuda subsidiaries is a licensed insurer in Bermuda, and, as such, may carry on activities from Bermuda that are related to and in support of its insurance business. Ordinary shares may be offered or sold in Bermuda only in compliance with the provisions of the Investment Business Act 2003 of Bermuda, which regulates the sale of securities in Bermuda. In addition, the BMA must approve all issues and transfers of securities of a Bermuda exempted company. Where any equity securities (meaning shares that entitle the holder to vote for or appoint one or more directors or securities that by their terms are convertible into shares that entitle the holder to vote for or appoint one or more directors) of a Bermuda company are listed on an appointed stock exchange (which includes Nasdaq), the BMA has given general permission for the issue and subsequent transfer of any securities of the company from and/or to a non-resident for so long as any such equity securities of the company remain so listed. 31 Table of Contents The Bermuda government actively encourages foreign investment in “exempted” entities like us and our regulated Bermuda subsidiaries that are based in Bermuda, but which do not operate in competition with local businesses. We and our regulated Bermuda subsidiaries are not currently subject to taxes computed on profits or income or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation, or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax or to any foreign exchange controls in Bermuda. Under Bermuda law, non-Bermudians (other than spouses of Bermudians, holders of a permanent resident’s certificate or holders of a working resident’s certificate) may not engage in any gainful occupation in Bermuda without an appropriate governmental work permit. Work permits may be granted or extended by the Bermuda government upon showing that, after proper public advertisement in most cases, no Bermudian (or spouse of a Bermudian, holder of a permanent resident’s certificate or holder of a working resident’s certificate) is available who meets the minimum standard requirements for the advertised position. In 2004, the Bermuda government announced a new immigration policy limiting the duration of work permits to six years, with specified exemptions for “key” employees. The categories of “key” employees include senior executives (chief executive officers, presidents through vice presidents), managers with global responsibility, senior financial posts (treasurers, chief financial officers through controllers, specialized qualified accountants, quantitative modeling analysts), certain legal professionals (general counsels, specialist attorneys, qualified legal librarians and knowledge managers), senior insurance professionals (senior underwriters, senior claims adjusters), experienced/specialized brokers, actuaries, specialist investment traders/analysts and senior information technology engineers/managers. All of our executive officers who work in our Bermuda office have obtained work permits. United Kingdom General. On December 1, 2001, the U.K. Financial Services Authority, or the FSA, assumed its full powers and responsibilities as the single statutory regulator responsible for regulating the financial services industry in respect of the carrying on of “regulated activities” (including deposit taking, insurance, investment management and most other financial services business by way of business in the U.K.), with the purpose of maintaining confidence in the U.K. financial system, providing public understanding of the system, securing the proper degree of protection for consumers and helping to reduce financial crime. It is a criminal offense for any person to carry on a regulated activity in the U.K. unless that person is authorized by the FSA and has been granted permission to carry on that regulated activity or falls under an exemption. Insurance business (which includes reinsurance business) is authorized and supervised by the FSA. Insurance business in the United Kingdom is divided between two main categories: long-term insurance (which is primarily investment-related) and general insurance. Aside from certain insurers with historical exemptions, it is not possible for an insurance company to be authorized in both long-term and general insurance business. These two categories are both divided into “classes” (for example: permanent health and pension fund management are two classes of long-term insurance; damage to property and motor vehicle liability are two classes of general insurance). Under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, or FSMA, effecting or carrying out contracts of insurance, within a class of general or long-term insurance, by way of business in the United Kingdom, constitutes a regulated activity requiring individual authorization. An authorized insurance company must have permission for each class of insurance business it intends to write. Certain of our regulated U.K. subsidiaries, as authorized insurers, would be able to operate throughout the European Union, subject to certain regulatory requirements of the FSA and in some cases, certain local regulatory requirements. An insurance company with FSA authorization to write insurance business in the United Kingdom can seek consent from the FSA to allow it to provide cross-border services in other member states of the E.U. As an alternative, FSA consent may be obtained to establish a branch office within another member state. Although in run-off, our regulated U.K. subsidiaries remain regulated by the FSA, but may not underwrite new business. 32 Table of Contents As FSA authorized insurers, the insurance and reinsurance businesses of our regulated U.K. subsidiaries are subject to close supervision by the FSA. The FSA has implemented specific requirements for senior management arrangements, systems and controls of insurance and reinsurance companies under its jurisdiction, which place a strong emphasis on risk identification and management in relation to the prudential regulation of insurance and reinsurance business in the United Kingdom. Supervision. The FSA carries out the prudential supervision of insurance companies through a variety of methods, including the collection of information from statistical returns, review of accountants’ reports, visits to insurance companies and regular formal interviews. The FSA has adopted a risk-based approach to the supervision of insurance companies. Under this approach the FSA performs a formal risk assessment of insurance companies or groups carrying on business in the U.K. periodically. The periods between U.K. assessments vary in length according to the risk profile of the insurer. The FSA performs the risk assessment by analyzing information which it receives during the normal course of its supervision, such as regular prudential returns on the financial position of the insurance company, or which it acquires through a series of meetings with senior management of the insurance company. After each risk assessment, the FSA will inform the insurer of its views on the insurer’s risk profile. This will include details of any remedial action that the FSA requires and the likely consequences if this action is not taken. Solvency Requirements. The General Prudential Sourcebook and the Prudential Sourcebook for Insurers require that insurance companies calculate and maintain a required solvency margin at all times in respect of any general insurance undertaken by the insurance company. The calculation of the required margin in any particular case depends on the type and amount of insurance business a company writes. The method of calculation of the required solvency margin is set out in the General Prudential Sourcebook and the Prudential Sourcebook for Insurers, and for these purposes, all insurer’s assets and liabilities are subject to specific valuation rules. Failure to maintain the required solvency margin is one of the grounds on which wide powers of intervention conferred upon the FSA may be exercised. We continuously monitor the solvency capital position of the U.K. subsidiaries and maintain capital in excess of the required solvency margin. Insurers are required to calculate an Enhanced Capital Requirement, or ECR, in addition to their required solvency margin. This represents a more risk-sensitive calculation than the previous required solvency margin requirements and is used by the FSA as its benchmark in assessing its Individual Capital Adequacy Standards. Insurers must maintain financial resources which are adequate, both as to amount and quality, to ensure that there is no significant risk that its liabilities cannot be met as they come due. In order to carry out the assessment as to the necessary financial resources that are required, insurers are required to identify the major sources of risk to its ability to meet its liabilities as they come due, and to carry out stress and scenario tests to identify an appropriate range of realistic adverse scenarios in which the risk crystallizes and to estimate the financial resources needed in each of the circumstances and events identified. In addition, the FSA gives Individual Capital Guidance, or ICG, regularly to insurers and reinsurers following receipt of individual capital assessments, prepared by firms themselves. The FSA’s guidance may be that a company should hold more or less than its then current level of regulatory capital, or that the company’s regulatory capital should remain unaltered. We calculated the ECR for our regulated U.K. subsidiaries for the period ended December 31, 2010 and submitted those calculations in March 2011 to the FSA as part of their statutory filings. The ECR calculations for our regulated U.K. subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2011 will be submitted by no later than March 31, 2012. In addition, an insurer (other than a pure reinsurer) that is part of a group is required to perform and submit to the FSA an audited Group Capital Adequacy Return, or GCAR. The GCAR is a solvency margin calculation return in respect of its ultimate parent undertaking, in accordance with the FSA’s rules. This return is not part of an insurer’s own solvency return and hence will not be publicly available. Although there is no requirement for the parent undertaking solvency calculation to show a positive result, the FSA may take action where it considers that the solvency of the insurance company is or may be jeopardized due to the group solvency position. Further, an insurer is required to report in its annual returns to the FSA all material related party transactions (e.g., intra-group reinsurance, whose value is more than 5% of the insurer’s general insurance business amount). 33 Table of Contents Solvency II. In April 2009, the European Parliament approved the Solvency II framework directive. Solvency II is currently due to come into force on December 31, 2012, although this is expected to be delayed until January 1, 2014. Solvency II will set out new, strengthened EU-wide requirements on capital adequacy and risk management for insurers with the aim of increasing policyholder protection, instilling greater risk awareness and improving the international competitiveness of EU insurers. Restrictions on Dividend Payments. U.K. company law prohibits our U.K. subsidiaries (including our regulated subsidiaries) from making a distribution unless they have “profits available for the purpose.” The determination of whether a company has profits available for distribution is based principally on the calculation of its accumulated realized profits less its accumulated realized losses. While the United Kingdom insurance regulatory laws impose no statutory restrictions on a general insurer’s ability to declare a dividend, the FSA strictly controls the maintenance of each insurance company’s required solvency margin within its jurisdiction. The FSA’s rules require our regulated U.K. subsidiaries to obtain FSA approval for any proposed or actual payment of a dividend. Reporting Requirements. U.K. insurance companies must prepare their financial statements under the Companies Act 2006, which requires the filing with Companies House of audited financial statements and related reports. In addition, U.K. insurance companies are required to file with the FSA regulatory returns, which include a revenue account, a profit and loss account and a balance sheet in prescribed forms. Under the Interim Prudential Sourcebook for Insurers, audited regulatory returns must be filed with the FSA within two months and 15 days (or three months where the delivery of the return is made electronically) of the company’s year end. Our regulated U.K. insurance subsidiaries are also required to submit abridged quarterly information to the FSA. Supervision of Management. The FSA closely supervises the management of insurance companies through the approved persons regime, by which any appointment of persons to perform certain specified “controlled functions” within a regulated entity, must be approved by the FSA. Change of Control. FSMA regulates the acquisition of “control” of any U.K. insurance company authorized under FSMA. Any company or individual that (together with its or his concert parties) directly or indirectly acquires 10% or more of the shares in a U.K. authorized insurance company or its parent company, is entitled to exercise or control the exercise of 10% or more of the voting power in such authorized insurance company or its parent company, would be considered to have acquired “control” for the purposes of the relevant legislation, as would a person who had significant influence over the management of such authorized insurance company or its parent company by virtue of his shareholding or voting power in either. A purchaser of 10% or more of our ordinary shares would therefore be considered to have acquired “control” of our regulated U.K. subsidiaries. Under FSMA, any person proposing to acquire “control” over a U.K. authorized insurance company must give prior notification to the FSA of his intention to do so. The FSA would then have up to 60 working days (without taking into account any interruption period) to consider that person’s application to acquire “control.” In considering whether to approve such application, the FSA must be satisfied that both the acquirer is a fit and proper person to have such “control” and that the interests of consumers would not be threatened by such acquisition of “control.” Failure to make the relevant prior application could result in action being taken against us by the FSA. Intervention and Enforcement. The FSA has extensive powers to intervene in the affairs of an authorized person, culminating in the ultimate sanction of the removal of authorization to carry on a regulated activity. FSMA imposes on the FSA statutory obligations to monitor compliance with the requirements imposed by FSMA, and to enforce the provisions of FSMA-related rules made by the FSA. The FSA has power, among other things, to enforce and take disciplinary measures in respect of breaches of both the Interim Prudential Sourcebook for Insurers and breaches of the conduct of business rules generally applicable to authorized persons. 34 Table of Contents The FSA also has the power to prosecute criminal offenses arising under FSMA, and to prosecute insider dealing under Part V of the Criminal Justice Act of 1993, and breaches of money laundering regulations. The FSA’s stated policy is to pursue criminal prosecution in all appropriate cases. Passporting. European Union directives allow our regulated U.K. subsidiaries to conduct business in European Union states other than the United Kingdom in compliance with the scope of permission granted these companies by the FSA without the necessity of additional licensing or authorization in other European Union jurisdictions. This ability to operate in other jurisdictions of the European Union on the basis of home state authorization and supervision is sometimes referred to as “passporting.” Insurers may operate outside their home member state either on a “services” basis or on an “establishment” basis. Operating on a “services” basis means that the company conducts permitted businesses in the host state without having a physical presence there, while operating on an “establishment” basis means the company has a branch or physical presence in the host state. In both cases, a company remains subject to regulation by its home regulator, and not by local regulatory authorities, although the company nonetheless may have to comply with certain local rules. In addition to European Union member states, Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein (members of the broader European Economic Area) are jurisdictions in which this passporting framework applies. Australia In Australia, three of our subsidiaries are companies with Insurance Act 1973 authorizations. Two of these companies are insurance companies authorized to conduct run-off business and one is an authorized non-operating holding company, or NOHC. In addition, we have five Australian registered companies not authorized to conduct insurance business, but which provide services to the authorized entities or serve as holding companies. Regulators. The authorized non-operating holding company and the authorized insurers are regulated and are subject to prudential supervision by the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority, or APRA. APRA is the primary regulatory body responsible for regulating compliance with the Insurance Act 1973, or the 1973 Act. In addition, all companies, including the non-authorized entities, must comply with the Corporations Act 2001 and its primary regulator the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or ASIC. APRA was established in 1998 as an independent body to supervise banks, credit unions, building societies, general insurance and reinsurance companies, life insurance, friendly societies, and most members of the superannuation industry. APRA’s supervisory role over these institutions includes licensing, conducting on-site operational reviews, assessing risk, responding to queries and collecting data. In addition, APRA enforces and administers the 1973 Act and promulgates Prudential Standards to regulate the industries it supervises. ASIC is Australia’s corporate, markets and financial services regulator. In 2001, the Financial Services Reform Act 2001 amended Chapter 7 of the Corporations Act 2001 and the reforms came into force, after a transitional period, in March 2004. These reforms, as they relate to insurance and insurers, are intended to promote: confident and informed decision making by consumers of insurance products and services while facilitating efficiency, flexibility and innovation in the provision of those products and services; fairness, honesty and professionalism by those who provide insurance services; and fair, orderly and transparent markets for insurance products. In 2010, ASIC took on responsibility for regulation of Australia’s domestic financial markets and their participants. Through its responsibility for the regulation of financial services, ASIC regulates the giving of advice and making of disclosures in relation to insurance products. APRA and ASIC entered into a Memorandum of Understanding in May 2010. The objective of the Memorandum was to set out the framework for cooperation between the two agencies in areas of common interest and to set out the responsibilities of each entity. The Memorandum outlined APRA’s responsibilities as the prudential supervisor of the financial services industry and ASIC’s responsibilities as the body that would be monitoring, regulating and enforcing the Corporations Act and the Financial Services Reform Act and promoting market integrity. 35 Table of Contents APRA’s Powers. The 1973 Act prescribes APRA’s powers in respect of the authorization and prudential supervision of general insurers. The 1973 Act aims to protect the interests of policy holders and prospective policy holders under insurance policies in ways that are consistent with the continued development of a viable, competitive and innovative insurance industry. APRA’s enforcement and disciplinary powers under the 1973 Act include powers to: (a) revoke the authorization of a general insurer or authorized non-operating holding company; (b) remove a director or senior manager of a general insurer, authorized non-operating holding company or corporate agent; (c) determine prudential standards; (d) monitor prudential matters; (e) collect information from auditors and actuaries; (f) remove auditors and actuaries; (g) investigate general insurers and unauthorized insurance matters; (h) apply to have a general insurer wound up; (i) determine insolvent insurer’s liabilities in respect of early claims; (j) direct Lloyd’s underwriters to not issue or renew policies; and (k) make directions in certain circumstances. Conducting Insurance Business in Australia. The 1973 Act only permits APRA authorized bodies corporate and Lloyd’s underwriters to carry on general insurance business in Australia. Those entities authorized to conduct insurance business in Australia are classified into the following categories: Foreign-owned subsidiaries and foreign general insurers must be authorized by APRA to conduct business in Australia and are subject to similar legislative and prudential requirements as Australian owned and incorporated insurers. Ownership and Control. The Financial Sector (Shareholdings) Act 1998 governs the ownership of insurers in Australia. The interest of an individual shareholder or a group of associated shareholders in an insurer is generally limited to 15% of the insurer’s voting shares. A higher percentage limit may be approved by the Treasurer of the Commonwealth of Australia on national interest grounds. The Insurance Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1991 governs the control of and compulsory notification of proposals relating to both the acquisition and lease of Australian-registered insurance companies. All acquisition or lease proposals must be notified to the Minister for Revenue, with authority delegated to APRA, who has the discretion to make a “permanent restraining order” or “go ahead decision” regarding the proposal. Compliance and Governance. Section 32 of the 1973 Act authorizes APRA to determine, vary and revoke prudential standards that impose different requirements to be complied with by different classes of general insurers, authorized non-operating holding companies and their respective subsidiaries. Presently APRA has issued prudential standards that apply to general insurers in relation to capital adequacy, the holding of assets in Australia, risk management, business continuity management, reinsurance management, outsourcing, audit and actuarial reporting and valuation, the transfer and amalgamation of insurance businesses, governance, and the fit 36 • Category A insurer — an insurer incorporated in Australia that does not fall within any of the other categories of insurer; • Category B insurer — an insurer incorporated in Australia that is also a subsidiary of a local or foreign insurance group; • Category C insurer — “a foreign general insurer,” which is a foreign insurer operating as a foreign branch in Australia; • Category D insurer — an insurer incorporated in Australia that is owned by an industry or a professional association, or by the members of the industry or professional association or a combination of both; and only underwrites business risk of the members of the association or those who are eligible to become members. Medical indemnity insurers are not included in this definition; or • Category E insurer — an insurer incorporated in Australia that is a corporate captive or a partnership captive. Category E insurers are often referred to as “sole parent captives.” Table of Contents and proper assessment of the insurer’s responsible persons. APRA regulates life insurers, authorised deposit-taking institutions and general insurers and has determined to harmonize some of the existing industry specific prudential standards. Therefore, as of July 1, 2012, the standards for Business Continuity Management, Outsourcing, Governance and Fit and Proper assessments will become cross-industry prudential standards rather than specific only to general insurers and will go by the title CPS rather than GPS. Prudential standard GPS 510-Governance, released by APRA effective April 1, 2010, imposes remuneration obligations on general insurers. GPS 510-Governance mandates that the Board of a general insurer (or the group Board if part of a corporate group) must have a remuneration policy that aligns remuneration and risk management. Furthermore, it requires that a Board remuneration committee must be established for each regulated entity (or each group if the regulated entity is part of a corporate group). Capital Adequacy. APRA’s prudential standards require that all insurers maintain and meet prescribed capital adequacy requirements to enable its insurance obligations to be met under a wide range of circumstances. This requires authorized insurers to hold eligible capital in excess of the minimum capital requirement. This amount may be determined using the prescribed method or an internal model based method. APRA has determined that two tiers of capital may be deemed eligible capital and may be used to determine an insurer’s capital base. Tier 1 capital comprises the highest quality capital components and Tier 2 capital includes other components that fall short of the quality of Tier 1 capital but still contribute to the overall strength of the insurer. As part of the determination of the proper capital adequacy using the prescribed method, insurers must determine and consider whether or not they must apply prudentially required investment risk charges, insurance risk capital charges and concentration risk capital charges to their capital amount for the purposes of determining the applicable minimum capital requirements. In addition to the foregoing capital adequacy regulation, APRA has determined that capital adequacy must also be regulated at the group level, see “Group Supervision and Reporting” below. In December 2011, APRA issued draft Prudential Standards which will create a new capital framework for determining capital adequacy. It is intended that the new capital framework will become effective from January 1, 2013. Group Supervision and Reporting. APRA introduced a new regime for group supervision and reporting in 2009. The Level 2 insurance group supervision and reporting framework applies to a Level 2 insurance group and introduced additional prudential standards, known as Level 2 prudential standards, that are to be read in conjunction with the existing prudential framework, now known as the Level 1 prudential standards. The definition of a Level 2 insurance group includes a NOHC and its controlled insurers and entities, subject to the exemption of certain non-regulated companies from the insurance group. The foundation of APRA’s approach to the supervision of Level 2 insurance groups is that the group as a whole should meet essentially the same minimum capital requirements as apply to individual general insurers. APRA deemed this approach essential to ensure that the acts of an individual insurer in a group do not alter the risk profile of other insurers in the group through financial and operational inter-relationships with other group members or through decisions taken at the group level. For the purposes of the group supervision and reporting prudential standards, our Australian authorized NOHC is deemed the parent entity of a Level 2 insurance group. The prudential standards for insurance group supervision became effective on March 31, 2009 and new reporting standards become effective as of July 1, 2011 for Level 2 insurance groups. The first reporting for Level 2 insurance groups under these new standards is due on March 31, 2012. Capital Releases. An insurer must obtain APRA’s written consent prior to making any planned reductions in its capital. 37 Table of Contents A reduction in an insurer’s capital includes, but is not limited to: An Australian insurer in run-off must provide APRA a valuation prepared by the appointed actuary that demonstrates that the tangible assets of the insurer, after the proposed capital reduction, are sufficient to cover its insurance liabilities to a 99.5% level of sufficiency of capital before APRA will consent to a capital release. Assets in Australia. The 1973 Act and APRA require that all insurers are required to maintain assets in Australia at least equal to their liabilities in Australia and foreign insurers are required to maintain assets in Australia that exceed their liabilities in Australia by an amount that is greater than their minimum capital requirements. Audit and Actuarial Reporting Requirements. APRA requires insurers to submit data in accordance with the reporting standards under the Financial Sector (Collection of Data) Act 1988. Insurers must provide quarterly returns and annual audited returns to APRA. Insurers in run-off must provide a run-off plan annually. Insurance contract transactions are accounted for on a “prospective accounting basis,” which results in all premium revenue, acquisition costs and reinsurance expenses being recorded directly into profit and loss. Australian Prudential Standard GPS 310 was updated effective July 1, 2010 to simplify prudential reporting obligations for general insurers. APRA requires all insurers, except for small insurers (those insurers with less than $20 million of gross insurance liabilities and no material long-tail insurance liabilities) to appoint an actuary. These insurers must obtain an annual insurance liability valuation report, or ILVR, and financial condition report from the appointed actuary. Although an appointed actuary for an insurer in run-off need not provide a financial condition report, he or she must provide a report setting out his or her review of the insurer’s required run-off plan. The ILVR must be peer reviewed by another actuary. Insurance liabilities are to be determined as central estimates on a discounted basis plus a risk margin assessed at a 75% level of sufficiency. APRA requires all insurers to appoint an auditor. The auditor must prepare a certificate in relation to the insurer’s annual APRA reporting requirements and prepare a report annually about the systems, procedures and controls within the insurer. Section 334 of the Corporations Act 2001 provides that the Australian Accounting Standards Board may make accounting standards for the purposes of the Corporations Act. The relevant standards are Accounting Standards AASB 4 (Insurance) and AASB 1023 (General Insurance Contracts). Outsourcing. APRA requires that all outsourcing arrangements of material business activities must be documented in the form of written contracts except for some intra-group arrangements. An insurer must consult with APRA prior to entering into outsourcing arrangements where the service and the entity providing the service are located outside of Australia. Insurers are also required to maintain a policy relating to outsourcing that ensures there is sufficient monitoring of the outsourced activities. 38 • a share buyback; • the redemption, repurchase or early repayment of any qualifying Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital instruments issued by the insurer or a special purpose vehicle; • trading in the insurer’s own shares or capital instruments outside of any arrangement agreed upon with APRA; • payment of dividends on ordinary shares that exceeds an insurer’s after-tax earnings, after including payments on more senior capital instruments, in the financial year to which they relate; and • dividend or interest payments (whether whole or partial) on specific types of Tier 2 and Tier 1 capital that exceed an insurer’s after-tax earnings, including any payments made on more senior capital instruments, calculated before any such payments are applied in the financial year to which they relate. Table of Contents SOARS and PAIRS. APRA maintains two risk assessment, supervisory and response tools to assist APRA with its risk-based approach to supervision. The Probability and Impact Ratings System, or PAIRS, is APRA’s risk assessment model and is divided into two dimensions, the probability and impact of the failure of an APRA regulated insurer. The PAIRS risk assessment involves an assessment of the following categories: board, management, risk governance, strategy and planning; liquidity risk; operational risk; credit risk; market and investment risk; insurance risk; capital coverage/surplus risk; earnings; and access to additional capital. The assessment of these categories involves consideration of four key factors: inherent risk, management and control, net risk and capital support. APRA does not publish insurer’s PAIRS ratings, but does make them available to the insurer. The Supervisory Oversight and Response System, or SOARS, is used to determine the regulatory response based on the PAIRS risk assessment. An insurer may have a SOARS supervision stance of normal, oversight, mandated improvement or restructure. APRA does not publish insurer’s SOARS ratings, but does make them available to the insurer. Australian Prudential Framework and Australian Accounting Standards Board. APRA maintains a prudential framework that requires the maintenance and collection of certain financial information. In certain circumstances the collection of this information is categorized differently that the manner prescribed by the Australian Accounting Standards Board, or AASB, in the Accounting Standards. AASB’s standards are based on the matching concept whereas the APRA prudential framework is based on perspective accounting. While there are differences between the two methods, those differences do not apply to our Australian subsidiaries for a variety of reasons, such as going concern issues and the current assets held by those entities. United States As of December 31, 2011, we own eleven property and casualty insurance companies domiciled in the U.S., our U.S. Insurers, all of which are in run-off. General. In common with other insurers, our U.S. Insurers are subject to extensive governmental regulation and supervision in the various states and jurisdictions in which they are domiciled and licensed and/or approved to conduct business. The laws and regulations of the state of domicile have the most significant impact on operations. This regulation and supervision is designed to protect policyholders rather than investors. Generally, regulatory authorities have broad regulatory powers over such matters as licenses, standards of solvency, premium rates, policy forms, marketing practices, claims practices, investments, security deposits, methods of accounting, form and content of financial statements, reserves and provisions for unearned premiums, unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, reinsurance, minimum capital and surplus requirements, dividends and other distributions to shareholders, periodic examinations and annual and other report filings. In addition, transactions among affiliates, including certain reinsurance agreements or arrangements, as well as certain third-party transactions, require prior approval or non-disapproval from, or prior notice to, the applicable regulator under certain circumstances. Regulatory authorities also conduct periodic financial, claims and other types of examinations. Finally, our U.S. Insurers are also subject to the general laws of the jurisdictions in which they do business. Certain insurance regulatory requirements are highlighted below. Insurance Holding Company Systems Acts. State insurance holding company system statutes and related regulations provide a regulatory apparatus that is designed to protect the financial condition of domestic insurers operating within a holding company system. All insurance holding company statutes and regulations require disclosure and, in some instances, prior approval or non-disapproval of certain transactions involving the domestic insurer and an affiliate. These transactions typically include sales, purchases, exchanges, loans and extensions of credit, reinsurance agreements, service agreements, guarantees, investments and other material transactions between an insurance company and its affiliates, involving in the aggregate specified percentages of an insurance company’s admitted assets or policyholders surplus, or dividends that exceed specified percentages of an insurance company’s surplus or income. 39 Table of Contents The state insurance holding company system statutes and regulations may discourage potential acquisition proposals and may delay, deter or prevent a change of control of us, any of the other direct or indirect parents of any of our U.S. Insurers, or any of our U.S. Insurers, including through transactions, and in particular unsolicited transactions, that we or our shareholders might consider to be desirable. Before a person can acquire control of a domestic insurer (including a reinsurer) or any person controlling such insurer or reinsurer, prior written approval must be obtained from the insurance commissioner of the state in which the domestic insurer is domiciled and, under certain circumstances, from insurance commissioners in other jurisdictions. Prior to granting approval of an application to acquire control of a domestic insurer or person controlling the domestic insurer, the state insurance commissioner of the jurisdiction in which the insurer is domiciled will consider such factors as the financial strength of the applicant, the integrity and management of the applicant’s board of directors and executive officers, the acquiror’s plans for the future operations of the domestic insurer and any anti-competitive results that may arise from the closing of the acquisition of control. Generally, state statutes and regulations provide that “control” over a domestic insurer or person controlling a domestic insurer is presumed to exist if any person, directly or indirectly, owns, controls, holds with the power to vote, or holds proxies representing, 10% or more of the voting securities or securities convertible into voting securities of the domestic insurer or of a person who controls a domestic insurer. Florida statutes presently create a presumption of control when any person, directly or indirectly, owns, controls, holds with the power to vote, or holds proxies representing, 5% or more of the voting securities or securities convertible into voting securities of the domestic insurer or person controlling a domestic insurer, but pending legislation in Florida will raise this threshold to 10% effective July 1, 2012. Because a person acquiring 5% or more of our ordinary shares would be presumed to acquire control of Capital Assurance and Clarendon Select Insurance Company, each of which is domiciled in Florida, and because a person acquiring 10% or more of our ordinary shares would be presumed to acquire control of the other U.S. Insurers, the U.S. insurance change of control laws will likely apply to such transactions. Typically, the holding company statutes and regulations will also require each of our U.S. Insurers periodically to file information with state insurance regulatory authorities, including information concerning capital structure, ownership, financial condition and general business operations. Regulation of Dividends and other Payments from Insurance Subsidiaries. The ability of a U.S. insurer to pay dividends or make other distributions is generally subject to insurance regulatory limitations of the insurance company’s state of domicile. Generally, these laws require prior regulatory approval before an insurer may pay a dividend or make a distribution above a specified level. In many U.S. jurisdictions, dividends may only be paid out of earned surplus. In addition, the laws of many U.S. jurisdictions require an insurer to report for informational purposes to the insurance commissioner of its state of domicile all declarations and proposed payments of dividends and other distributions to security holders. Any return of capital from a U.S. insurance company generally would require prior approval of the domestic regulators. The dividend limitations imposed by state insurance laws are based on statutory financial results, determined by using statutory accounting practices that differ in certain respects from accounting principles used in financial statements prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP. The significant differences include treatment of deferred acquisition costs, deferred income taxes, required investment reserves, reserve calculation assumptions and surplus notes. In connection with the acquisition of a U.S. insurer, insurance regulators in the United States often impose, as a condition to the approval of the acquisition, additional restrictions on the ability of the U.S. insurer to pay dividends or make other distributions for specified periods of time. Insurance Regulatory Information System Ratios. The Insurance Regulatory Information System, or IRIS, of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners, or NAIC, was developed by a committee of state insurance regulators and is intended primarily to assist state insurance departments in executing their statutory mandates to oversee the financial condition of insurance companies operating in their respective states. IRIS 40 Table of Contents identifies 13 industry ratios and specifies “usual values” for each ratio. Departure from the usual values of the ratios can lead to inquiries from individual state insurance commissioners regarding different aspects of an insurer’s business. Insurers that report four or more unusual values are generally targeted for regulatory review. For 2011, certain of our U.S. Insurers generated IRIS ratios that were outside of the usual ranges. Only Seaton has been subject to any increased regulatory review, but there is no assurance that our other U.S. Insurers will not be subject to increased scrutiny in the future. Risk-Based Capital Requirements. In order to enhance the regulation of insurer solvency, the NAIC adopted a formula and model law to implement risk-based capital requirements for property and casualty insurance companies. These risk-based capital requirements change from time to time and are designed to assess capital adequacy and to raise the level of protection that statutory surplus provides for policyholder obligations. Insurers having less statutory surplus than required by the risk-based capital calculation will be subject to varying degrees of regulatory action, depending on the level of capital inadequacy. Under the approved formula, an insurer’s statutory surplus is compared to its risk-based capital requirement. If this ratio is above a minimum threshold, no company or regulatory action is necessary. Some of our U.S. Insurers, from time to time, may have risk-based capital levels that are below required levels and be subject to increased regulatory scrutiny and control by their domestic insurance regulator. As of December 31, 2011, one of our U.S. Insurers was not in compliance with its applicable risk-based capital level. We do not believe this company’s non-compliance presents material risk to our operations or our financial condition. With the exception of the above, all of our consolidated U.S. Insurers were in compliance with minimum risk-based capital levels as of December 31, 2011. Guaranty Funds and Assigned Risk Plans. Most states require all admitted insurance companies to participate in their respective guaranty funds that cover various claims against insolvent insurers. Solvent insurers licensed in these states are required to cover the losses paid on behalf of insolvent insurers by the guaranty funds and are generally subject to annual assessments in the state by its guaranty fund to cover these losses. Some states also require admitted insurance companies to participate in assigned risk plans, which provide coverage for automobile insurance and other lines for insureds that, for various reasons, cannot otherwise obtain insurance in the open market. This participation may take the form of reinsuring a portion of a pool of policies or the direct issuance of policies to insureds. The calculation of an insurer’s participation in these plans is usually based on the amount of premium for that type of coverage that was written by the insurer on a voluntary basis in a prior year. Participation in assigned risk pools tends to produce losses which result in assessments to insurers writing the same lines on a voluntary basis. Our U.S. Insurers may be subject to guaranty fund assessments and may participate in assigned risk plans. Credit for Reinsurance. Licensed reinsurers in the United States are subject to insurance regulation and supervision that is similar to the regulation of licensed primary insurers. However, the terms and conditions of reinsurance agreements generally are not subject to regulation by any governmental authority with respect to rates or policy terms. This contrasts with primary insurance policies and agreements, the rates and terms of which sometimes are regulated by state insurance regulators. As a practical matter, however, the rates charged by primary insurers do have an effect on the rates that can be charged by reinsurers. A primary insurer ordinarily will enter into a reinsurance agreement only if it can obtain credit for the reinsurance ceded on its statutory financial statements. When our U.S. Insurers and our insurers domiciled outside the U.S. reinsure risks from cedants domiciled or licensed in U.S. jurisdictions in which our reinsurers are not also domiciled or admitted, our insurers may be indirectly subject to some regulatory requirements imposed by jurisdictions in which such ceding companies are licensed due to requirements relating to the provision of credit for reinsurance. Other than Lloyd’s syndicates, which are authorized non-U.S. insurers, our non-U.S. insurers are not licensed, accredited or otherwise approved 41 Table of Contents by or domiciled in any state in the U.S. and our U.S. Insurers are not admitted in all U.S. jurisdictions. Accordingly, primary insurers are only willing to cede business to such insurers if we provide adequate security to allow the primary insurer to take credit on its balance sheet for the reinsurance it purchased. Such security may be provided by various means, including the posting of a letter of credit or deposit of assets into a trust fund for the benefit of the primary insurer. Statutory Accounting Principles. Statutory accounting principles, or SAP, are a basis of accounting developed to assist insurance regulators in monitoring and regulating the solvency of insurance companies. It is primarily concerned with measuring an insurer’s surplus to policyholders and ensuring solvency. Accordingly, statutory accounting focuses on valuing assets and liabilities of insurers at financial reporting dates in accordance with appropriate insurance law and regulatory provisions applicable in each insurer’s domiciliary state. U.S. GAAP is concerned with a company’s solvency, but it is also concerned with other financial measurements, such as income and cash flows. Accordingly, U.S. GAAP gives more consideration to appropriate matching of revenue and expenses and accounting for management’s stewardship of assets than does SAP. As a result, different assets and liabilities and different amounts of assets and liabilities will be reflected in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP as opposed to SAP. Statutory accounting practices established by the NAIC and adopted, in part, by state insurance departments, will determine, among other things, the amount of statutory surplus and statutory net income of our U.S. Insurers, which will affect, in part, the amount of funds they have available to pay dividends to us. Federal Regulation. We are subject to numerous federal regulations, including the Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, and other federal securities laws. As we continue with our business, including the run-off of our insurance companies, we must monitor our compliance with these laws, including our maintenance of any available exemptions from registration as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Any failure to comply with these laws or maintain our exemption could have a material adverse effect on our operations and on the market price of our ordinary shares. In addition, on July 21, 2010, the President of the United States signed into law the Dodd Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, which has significant implications for the insurance industry. Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act established the Financial Services Oversight Council, or the FSOC, which is authorized to require supervision of certain significant non-bank financial companies, including insurance companies, by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve, or the Board of Governors. The Dodd-Frank Act also created within the United States Department of the Treasury a new Federal Insurance Office, or the FIO. The FSOC and the FIO are authorized to study, monitor and report to Congress on the U.S. insurance industry and the significance of global reinsurance to the U.S. insurance market. The Dodd-Frank Act authorizes the federal preemption of certain state insurance laws and streamlines the regulation of reinsurance and surplus lines insurance. Many provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will become effective over time, and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act require the implementation of regulations that have not yet been adopted. At this time, we cannot assess the potential impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on the U.S. insurance industry, or on us, including our subsidiaries, or our results of operations, financial condition or liquidity. However, our business could be affected by changes to the U.S. system of insurance regulation or if we or any of the insurers, reinsurers or other companies with which we do business become subject to supervision by the Board of Governors. Although state regulation is the dominant form of U.S. regulation for insurance and reinsurance business, from time to time Congress has shown concern over the adequacy and efficiency of the state regulation. It is not possible to predict whether Congress will enact new laws regulating insurance or the future impact of any potential federal laws or regulations on our U.S. subsidiaries’ capital and operations, and any such laws or regulations could materially adversely affect their business. 42 Table of Contents Other In addition to Bermuda, the United Kingdom, Australia and the United States, we have subsidiaries in various other countries, including Belgium, Denmark, Ireland, Sweden and Switzerland, and in the future could acquire new subsidiaries in other countries. Our subsidiaries in these other jurisdictions are also regulated. Typically, such regulation is for the protection of policyholders and ceding insurance companies rather than shareholders. While the degree and type of regulation to which we are subject in each country may differ, regulatory authorities generally have broad supervisory and administrative powers over such matters as licenses, standards of solvency, investments, reporting requirements relating to capital structure, ownership, financial condition and general business operations, special reporting and prior approval requirements with respect to certain transactions among affiliates, methods of accounting, form and content of the consolidated financial statements, reserves for unpaid loss and LAE, reinsurance, minimum capital and surplus requirements, dividends and other distributions to shareholders, periodic examinations and annual and other report filings. Competition We compete in international markets with domestic and international reinsurance companies to acquire and manage insurance and reinsurance companies in run-off and portfolios of insurance and reinsurance business in run-off. The acquisition and management of companies and portfolios in run-off is highly competitive. Some of these competitors have greater financial resources than we do, have been operating for longer than we have and have established long-term and continuing business relationships throughout the insurance and reinsurance industries, which can be a significant competitive advantage. As a result, we may not be able to compete successfully in the future for suitable acquisition candidates or run-off portfolio management engagements. Employees As of December 31, 2011, we had 415 employees, 4 of whom were executive officers. All non-Bermudian employees who operate out of our Bermuda office are subject to approval of any required work permits. None of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements, and our management believes that our relationship with our employees is excellent. Financial Information About Geographic Areas We acquire and manage insurance and reinsurance companies in run-off and portfolios of insurance and reinsurance in run-off, and provide management, consulting and other services through our subsidiaries located in Bermuda, the United Kingdom, the United States, Europe and Australia to large multinational company clients with insurance and reinsurance companies and portfolios in run-off, relating to risks spanning the globe. As a result, extracting and quantifying revenues attributable to certain geographic locations would be impracticable given the global nature of the business. Available Information We maintain a website with the address http://www.enstargroup.com . The information contained on our website is not included as a part of, or incorporated by reference into, this filing. We make available free of charge (other than an investor’s own Internet access charges) on or through our website our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to these reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after the material is electronically filed with or otherwise furnished to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports are also available on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov . In addition, copies of our corporate governance guidelines, codes of business conduct and ethics and the governing charters for the audit and compensation committees of our board of directors are available free of charge on our website. The public may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. 43 Table of Contents ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS You should carefully consider these risks along with the other information included in this document, including the matters addressed under “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” as well as risks included elsewhere in our documents filed with the SEC, before investing in any of our securities. We may amend, supplement or add to the risk factors described below from time to time in future reports filed with the SEC. Risks Relating to Our Business If we are unable to implement our business strategies, our business and financial condition may be adversely affected. Our future results of operations will depend in significant part on the extent to which we can implement our business strategies successfully, including our ability to realize the anticipated growth opportunities, expanded market visibility and increased access to capital. Our business strategies include continuing to operate our portfolio of run-off insurance and reinsurance companies and related management engagements, as well as pursuing additional acquisitions and management engagements in the run-off segment of the insurance and reinsurance market. We may not be able to implement our strategies fully or realize the anticipated results of our strategies as a result of significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. The effects of emerging claims and coverage issues may result in increased provisions for loss reserves and reduced profitability in our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries. Such adverse business issues may also reduce the level of incentive-based fees generated by our consulting operations. Adverse global economic conditions, such as rising interest rates and volatile foreign exchange rates, may cause widespread failure of our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries’ reinsurers to satisfy their obligations, as well as failure of companies to meet their obligations under debt instruments held by our subsidiaries. If the run-off industry becomes more attractive to investors, competition for runoff acquisitions and management and consultancy engagements may increase and, therefore, reduce our ability to continue to make profitable acquisitions or expand our consultancy operations. If we are unable to successfully implement our business strategies, we may not be able to achieve future growth in our earnings and our financial condition may suffer and, as a result, holders of our ordinary shares may receive lower returns. We may require additional capital in the future that may not be available or may only be available on unfavorable terms. Our future capital requirements depend on many factors, including our ability to manage the run-off of our assumed policies and to establish reserves at levels sufficient to cover losses. We may need to raise additional funds through financings in the future. Any equity or debt financing, if available at all, may be on terms that are not favorable to us. In the case of equity financings, dilution to our existing shareholders could result, and any securities that are part of such equity financing, may have rights, preferences and privileges that are senior to those of our already outstanding securities. If we cannot obtain adequate capital, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected by, among other things, our inability to finance future acquisitions. Our inability to successfully manage our portfolio of insurance and reinsurance companies in run-off may adversely impact our ability to grow our business and may result in losses. We were founded to acquire and manage insurance and reinsurance companies and portfolios of insurance and reinsurance in run-off. Our run-off business differs from the business of traditional insurance and reinsurance underwriting in that our companies and portfolios in run-off no longer underwrite new policies and are subject to 44 Table of Contents the risk that their stated provisions for losses and loss adjustment expense, or LAE, will not be sufficient to cover future losses and the cost of run-off. Because our companies and portfolios in run-off no longer collect underwriting premiums, our sources of capital to cover losses are limited to our stated reserves, reinsurance coverage and retained earnings. As of December 31, 2011, our gross reserves for losses and loss adjustment expense totaled $4.28 billion, and our reinsurance receivables totaled $1.79 billion. In order for us to achieve positive operating results, we must first price acquisitions on favorable terms relative to the risks posed by the acquired businesses and then successfully manage the acquired businesses. Our inability to price acquisitions on favorable terms, efficiently manage claims, collect from reinsurers and control run-off expenses could result in us having to cover losses sustained under assumed policies with retained earnings, which would materially and adversely impact our ability to grow our business and may result in material losses. If our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries’ loss reserves are inadequate to cover their actual losses, our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries’ net income and capital and surplus would be reduced. Our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries are required to maintain reserves to cover their estimated ultimate liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses for both reported and unreported incurred claims. These reserves are only estimates of what our subsidiaries consider the settlement and administration of claims will cost based on facts and circumstances known to the subsidiaries. Our commutation activity and claims settlement and development in recent years has resulted in net reductions in provisions for loss and loss adjustment expenses of $295.4 million, $311.8 million and $259.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Although this recent experience indicates that our loss reserves have been more than adequate to meet our liabilities, because of the uncertainties that surround estimating loss reserves and loss adjustment expenses, our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries cannot be certain that ultimate losses will not exceed these estimates of losses and loss adjustment expenses. If our subsidiaries’ reserves are insufficient to cover their actual losses and loss adjustment expenses, our subsidiaries would have to augment their reserves and incur a charge to their earnings. These charges could be material and would reduce our net income and capital and surplus. The difficulty in estimating the subsidiaries’ reserves is increased because our subsidiaries’ loss reserves include reserves for potential asbestos and environmental, or A&E, liabilities. At December 31, 2011, our insurance and reinsurance companies had recorded gross A&E loss reserves of $702.8 million, or 16.4% of the total gross loss reserves. Net A&E loss reserves at December 31, 2011 amounted to $621.5 million, or 21.4% of total net loss reserves. A&E liabilities are especially hard to estimate for many reasons, including the long waiting periods between exposure and manifestation of any bodily injury or property damage, the difficulty in identifying the source of the asbestos or environmental contamination, long reporting delays and the difficulty in properly allocating liability for the asbestos or environmental damage. Developed case law and adequate claim history do not always exist for such claims, especially because significant uncertainty exists about the outcome of coverage litigation and whether past claim experience will be representative of future claim experience. In view of the changes in the legal and tort environment that affect the development of such claims, the uncertainties inherent in valuing A&E claims are not likely to be resolved in the near future. Ultimate values for such claims cannot be estimated using traditional reserving techniques and there are significant uncertainties in estimating the amount of our subsidiaries’ potential losses for these claims. Our subsidiaries have not made any changes in reserve estimates that might arise as a result of any proposed U.S. federal legislation related to asbestos. To further understand this risk, see “Business — Reserves for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expense” on page 12. Our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries’ reinsurers may not satisfy their obligations to our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries. Our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries are subject to credit risk with respect to their reinsurers because the transfer of risk to a reinsurer does not relieve our subsidiaries of their liability to the insured. In addition, 45 Table of Contents reinsurers may be unwilling to pay our subsidiaries even though they are able to do so. As of December 31, 2011, the balances receivable from reinsurers amounted to $1.79 billion, of which $235.8 million was associated with one reinsurer which represented 10% or more of total reinsurance balances receivable. The reinsurer had a credit rating, as provided by a major rating agency, of A+. Of the $235.8 million receivable from the reinsurer, $151.0 million is secured by a trust fund held for our benefit. In addition, many reinsurance companies have been negatively impacted by the deteriorating financial and economic conditions, including unprecedented financial market disruption. A number of these companies, including some of those with which we conduct business, have been downgraded and/or have been placed on negative outlook by various rating agencies. The failure of one or more of our subsidiaries’ reinsurers to honor their obligations in a timely fashion may affect our cash flows, reduce our net income or cause us to incur a significant loss. Disputes with our reinsurers may also result in unforeseen expenses relating to litigation or arbitration proceedings. The value of our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries’ investment portfolios and the investment income that our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries receive from these portfolios may decline as a result of market fluctuations and economic conditions. We derive a significant portion of our income from our invested assets. The net investment income that our subsidiaries realize from investments in fixed maturity securities will generally increase or decrease with interest rates. The fair market value of our subsidiaries’ fixed maturity securities generally increases or decreases in an inverse relationship with fluctuations in interest rates and can also decrease as a result of any downturn in the business cycle that causes the credit quality of those securities to deteriorate. The fair market value of our subsidiaries’fixed maturity securities classified as trading or available-for-sale in our subsidiaries’ investment portfolios amounted to $3.05 billion at December 31, 2011. The changes in the market value of our subsidiaries’ securities that are classified as trading or available-for-sale are reflected in our financial statements. Permanent impairments in the value of our subsidiaries’ fixed maturity securities are also reflected in our financial statements. As a result, a decline in the value of the securities in our subsidiaries’ investment portfolios may reduce our net income or cause us to incur a loss. In addition to fixed maturity securities, we have invested, and may from time to time continue to invest, in private equities, equities and bond and hedge funds. These and other similar investments may be illiquid and have different risk characteristics than our investments in fixed maturity securities. As of December 31, 2011, we had an aggregate of $282.2 million of such investments. For more information, see “Business — Investment Portfolio” on page 23. Uncertain conditions in the economy generally may materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. In the event of financial turmoil affecting the global banking system and financial markets (including the sovereign debt markets), additional consolidation of the financial services industry, or significant financial service institution failures, there could be a new or incremental tightening in the credit markets, low liquidity, and extreme volatility in fixed income, credit, currency, and equity markets. This could have a number of effects on our business, including our ability to obtain financing for future acquisitions. Even if financing is available, it may only be available at an unattractive cost of capital, which would decrease our profitability. Net investment income and net realized and unrealized gains or losses also could vary materially from expectations depending on gains or losses realized on the sale or exchange of financial instruments; impairment charges resulting from revaluations of debt and equity securities and other investments; interest rates; cash balances; and changes in the fair value of derivative instruments. Increased volatility in the financial markets and overall economic uncertainty would increase the risk of the actual amounts realized in the future on our financial instruments differing significantly from the fair values currently assigned to them. 46 Table of Contents In addition, recent rating agency downgrades of the U.S. Government’s credit rating and the credit ratings of certain European countries reflect a growing concern of the potential default of government issuers and have created broader financial turmoil and uncertainty, which has weighed heavily on the global banking system. Therefore, these recent downgrades and any future downgrades of the U.S. Government’s credit rating and the credit ratings of one or more European countries, may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations, including the return on and value of our investments. Fluctuations in currency exchange rates may cause us to experience losses. We maintain a portion of our investments, insurance liabilities and insurance assets denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars. Consequently, we and our subsidiaries may experience foreign exchange losses. We publish our consolidated financial statements in U.S. dollars. Therefore, fluctuations in exchange rates used to convert other currencies, particularly Australian dollars, Euros, British pounds and other European currencies, into U.S. dollars will impact our reported consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows from year to year. We have made, and expect to continue to make, strategic acquisitions of insurance and reinsurance companies in run-off, and these activities may not be financially beneficial to us or our shareholders. We have pursued and, as part of our strategy, we will continue to pursue growth through acquisitions and/or strategic investments in insurance and reinsurance companies in run-off. We have made 35 acquisitions and several investments and we expect to continue to make such acquisitions and investments. We cannot be certain that any of these acquisitions or investments will be financially advantageous for us or our shareholders. The negotiation of potential acquisitions or strategic investments, as well as the integration of an acquired business or portfolio, could result in a substantial diversion of management resources. Acquisitions could involve numerous additional risks such as potential losses from unanticipated litigation or levels of claims, an inability to generate sufficient revenue to offset acquisition costs and financial exposures in the event that the sellers of the entities we acquire are unable or unwilling to meet their indemnification, reinsurance and other obligations to us. Our ability to manage our growth through acquisitions or strategic investments will depend, in part, on our success in addressing these risks. Any failure by us to effectively implement our acquisition or strategic investment strategies could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Our past and future acquisitions may expose us to operational risks such as cash flow shortages, challenges to recruit appropriate levels of personnel, financial exposures to foreign currencies, additional integration costs and management time and effort. We have made 35 acquisitions of insurance and reinsurance businesses in run-off and entered into 17 acquisitions of portfolios of insurance and reinsurance businesses in run-off, and we may in the future make additional strategic acquisitions. These acquisitions may expose us to operational challenges and risks, including: 47 • funding cash flow shortages that may occur if anticipated revenues are not realized or are delayed, whether by general economic or market conditions or unforeseen internal difficulties; • funding cash flow shortages that may occur if expenses are greater than anticipated; • the value of assets being lower than expected or diminishing because of credit defaults or changes in interest rates, or liabilities assumed or acquired being greater than expected; • integrating financial and operational reporting systems, including assurance of compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and our Exchange Act reporting requirements; • establishing satisfactory budgetary and other financial controls; • funding increased capital needs and overhead expenses; Table of Contents Our failure to manage successfully these operational challenges and risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Fluctuations in the reinsurance industry may cause our operating results to fluctuate. The reinsurance industry historically has been subject to significant fluctuations and uncertainties. Factors that affect the industry in general may also cause our operating results to fluctuate. The industry’s profitability may be affected significantly by: The effects of emerging claim and coverage issues on our business are uncertain. As industry practices and legal, judicial, social and other environmental conditions change, unexpected and unintended issues related to claims and coverage may emerge. These issues may adversely affect the adequacy of our provision for losses and loss adjustment expenses by either extending coverage beyond the intent of insurance policies and reinsurance contracts envisioned at the time they were written, or by increasing the number or size of claims. In some instances, these changes may not become apparent until some time after we have acquired companies or portfolios of insurance or reinsurance contracts that are affected by the changes. As a result, the full extent of liability under these insurance or reinsurance contracts may not be known for many years after a contract has been issued. To further understand this risk, see “Business — Reserves for Unpaid Losses and Loss Adjustment Expense” on page 12. Insurance laws and regulations restrict our ability to operate, and any failure to comply with these laws and regulations, or any investigations by government authorities, may have a material adverse effect on our business. We are subject to extensive regulation under insurance laws and regulations of a number of jurisdictions. Compliance with legal and regulatory requirements is expensive. Existing laws and regulations limit the amount of dividends that can be paid to us by our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries, prescribe solvency and capital adequacy standards that they must meet and maintain, impose restrictions on the amount and type of investments that they can hold to meet solvency and capital adequacy requirements and require them to maintain reserve liabilities. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations may subject our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries to fines and penalties, restrict them from conducting business or result in commencement of insurance company delinquency proceedings against a non-compliant insurance or reinsurance subsidiary. The application of these laws and regulations may affect our liquidity and ability to pay dividends on our ordinary shares and may restrict our ability to expand our business operations through acquisitions. At December 31, 2011, the required statutory capital and surplus of our insurance and reinsurance companies amounted to $460.3 million compared to the actual statutory capital and surplus of $2.03 billion. As of December 31, 2011, $83.5 million of our total investments of $3.34 billion were not admissible for statutory solvency purposes. Additional laws and regulations may be enacted in the wake of the recent or future financial and credit crises that 48 • obtaining management personnel required for expanded operations; and • the assets and liabilities we may acquire may be subject to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuation. • fluctuations in interest rates, inflationary pressures and other changes in the investment environment, which affect returns on invested capital and may affect the ultimate payout of loss amounts and the costs of administering books of reinsurance business; • volatile and unpredictable developments, such as those that have occurred recently in the world-wide financial and credit markets, which may adversely affect the recoverability of reinsurance from our reinsurers; • changes in reserves resulting from different types of claims that may arise and the development of judicial interpretations relating to the scope of insurers’ liability; and • the overall level of economic activity and the competitive environment in the industry. Table of Contents may have adverse effects on our business, potentially including a change in the United States from a state-based system of regulation to a system of federal regulation and/or measures under the Dodd-Frank Act. Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act established the Financial Services Oversight Council, which is authorized to require supervision of certain significant non-bank financial companies, including insurance companies, by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve. To further understand these risks, see “Business — Regulation” beginning on page 27. The insurance and reinsurance industry has experienced substantial volatility as a result of current investigations, litigation and regulatory activity by various insurance, governmental and enforcement authorities, including the SEC, concerning certain practices within the insurance and reinsurance industry. These practices include the sale and purchase of finite reinsurance or other non-traditional or loss mitigation insurance products and the accounting treatment for those products. Insurance and reinsurance companies that we have acquired, or may acquire in the future, may have been or may become involved in these investigations and have lawsuits filed against them. Our involvement in any investigations and related lawsuits would cause us to incur legal costs and, if we or any of our insurance or reinsurance subsidiaries were found to have violated any laws, we could be required to pay fines and damages, perhaps in material amounts. If we fail to comply with applicable insurance laws and regulations, we may be subject to disciplinary action, damages, penalties or restrictions that may have a material adverse effect on our business. Our subsidiaries may not have maintained or be able to maintain all required licenses and approvals or maintained or be able to maintain their businesses in full compliance with the laws and regulations to which they are subject, or the relevant insurance regulatory authority’s interpretation of those laws and regulations. In addition, some regulatory authorities have relatively broad discretion to grant, renew or revoke licenses and approvals. If our subsidiaries do not have the requisite licenses and approvals or do not comply with applicable regulatory requirements, the insurance regulatory authorities may preclude or suspend our subsidiaries from carrying on some or all of their activities, place one of more of them into rehabilitation or liquidation proceedings, or impose monetary penalties on them. These types of actions may have a material adverse effect on our business and may preclude us from making future acquisitions or obtaining future engagements to manage companies and portfolios in run-off. Exit and finality opportunities provided by solvent schemes of arrangement may not continue to be available, which may result in the diversion of our resources to settle policyholder claims for a substantially longer run-off period and increase the associated costs of run-off of our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries. With respect to our U.K., Bermudian and Australian insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries, we are able to pursue strategies to achieve complete finality and conclude the run-off of a company by promoting solvent schemes of arrangement. Solvent schemes of arrangement have been a popular means of achieving financial certainty and finality for insurance and reinsurance companies incorporated or managed in the U.K., Bermuda and Australia, by making a one-time full and final settlement of an insurance and reinsurance company’s liabilities to policyholders. A solvent scheme of arrangement is an arrangement between a company and its creditors or any class of them. For a solvent scheme of arrangement to become binding on the creditors, a meeting of each class of creditors must be called, with the permission of the local court, to consider and, if thought fit, approve the solvent scheme of arrangement. The requisite statutory majority of creditors of not less than 75% in value and 50% in number of those creditors actually attending the meeting, either in person or by proxy, must vote in favor of a solvent scheme of arrangement. Once the solvent scheme of arrangement has been approved by the statutory majority of voting creditors of the company, it requires the sanction of the local court at a hearing at which creditors may appear. The court must be satisfied that the scheme is fair, following a full consideration of the relevant evidence and of the scheme’s individual merits. Should a solvent scheme of arrangement promoted by any of our insurance or reinsurance subsidiaries fail to receive the requisite approval by creditors or sanction by the court, we will have to run off these liabilities 49 Table of Contents until expiry, which may result in the diversion of our resources to settle policyholder claims for a substantially longer run-off period and increase the associated costs of run-off, resulting potentially in a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. We are dependent on our executive officers, directors and other key personnel and the loss of any of these individuals could adversely affect our business. Our success substantially depends on our ability to attract and retain qualified employees and upon the ability of our senior management and other key employees to implement our business strategy. We believe that there are only a limited number of available qualified personnel in the business in which we compete. We rely substantially upon the services of Dominic F. Silvester, our Chief Executive Officer, Paul J. O’Shea and Nicholas A. Packer, our Executive Vice Presidents and Joint Chief Operating Officers, Richard J. Harris, our Chief Financial Officer, and our subsidiaries’ executive officers and directors to identify and consummate the acquisition of insurance and reinsurance companies and portfolios in run-off on favorable terms and to implement our run-off strategy. Each of Messrs. Silvester, O’Shea, Packer and Harris has an employment agreement with us. The loss of the services of any of our management or other key personnel, or the loss of the services of or our relationships with any of our directors could have a material adverse effect on our business. Under Bermuda law, non-Bermudians (other than spouses of Bermudians, holders of permanent resident’s certificates or holders of a working resident’s certificate) may not engage in any gainful occupation in Bermuda without an appropriate governmental work permit. Work permits may be granted or extended by the Bermuda government upon showing that, after proper public advertisement in most cases, no Bermudian (or spouse of a Bermudian, holder of a permanent resident’s certificate or holders of a working resident’s certificate) is available who meets the minimum standard requirements for the advertised position. The Bermuda government’s policy limits the duration of work permits to six years, with certain exemptions for key employees and job categories where there is a worldwide shortage of qualified employees. As a result, if we were to lose any of our key employees the work permit laws and policies may hinder our ability to replace them. Conflicts of interest might prevent us from pursuing desirable investment and business opportunities. Our directors and executive officers may have ownership interests or other involvement with entities that could compete against us, either in the pursuit of acquisition targets or in general business operations. On occasion, we have also participated in transactions in which one or more of our directors or executive officers had an interest. In particular, we have invested in or with entities that are affiliates of or otherwise related to Mr. Flowers, one of our largest shareholders and formerly a member of our board. The interests of our directors and executive officers in such transactions or such entities may result in a conflict of interest for those directors and officers. The independent members of our board of directors review any material transactions involving a conflict of interest and may take actions as may be deemed appropriate by them in the particular circumstances. We may not be able to pursue all advantageous transactions that we would otherwise pursue in the absence of a conflict should our board of directors be unable to determine that any such transaction is on terms as favorable as we could otherwise obtain in the absence of a conflict. We are a holding company, and we are dependent on the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us. We are a holding company and conduct substantially all of our operations through subsidiaries. Our only significant assets are the capital stock of our subsidiaries. As a holding company, we are dependent on distributions of funds from our subsidiaries to pay dividends, fund acquisitions or fulfill financial obligations in the normal course of our business. Our subsidiaries may not generate sufficient cash from operations to enable us to make dividend payments, acquire additional companies or insurance or reinsurance portfolios or fulfill other financial obligations. The ability of our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries to make distributions to us is limited by applicable insurance laws and regulations, and the ability of all of our subsidiaries to make distributions to us may be restricted by, among other things, other applicable laws and regulations and the terms of our subsidiaries’ bank loans. 50 Table of Contents Risks Relating to Ownership of Our Ordinary Shares Our stock price may experience volatility, thereby causing a potential loss of value to our investors. The market price for our ordinary shares may fluctuate substantially due to, among other things, the following factors: A few significant shareholders may influence or control the direction of our business. If the ownership of our ordinary shares continues to be highly concentrated, it may limit your ability and the ability of other shareholders to influence significant corporate decisions. The interests of Messrs. Silvester, Flowers, Packer and O’Shea, Advisory Research, Inc., or Advisory, Beck Mack & Oliver LLC, or Beck Mack, and Goldman, Sachs & Co. and its affiliates, or Goldman Sachs, may not be fully aligned with your interests, and this may lead to a strategy that is not in your best interest. As of December 31, 2011, Messrs. Silvester, Flowers, Packer and O’Shea, Advisory, Beck Mack and Goldman Sachs beneficially owned approximately 11.1%, 10.5%, 3.4%, 3.6%, 5.3%, 8.1% and 4.8%, respectively, of our outstanding voting ordinary shares. Although they do not act as a group, Advisory, Beck Mack, Goldman Sachs and each of Messrs. Silvester, Flowers, Packer and O’Shea exercise significant influence over matters requiring shareholder approval, and their concentrated holdings may delay or deter possible changes in control of Enstar, which may reduce the market price of our ordinary shares. For further information on aspects of our bye-laws that may discourage changes of control of Enstar, see “— Some aspects of our corporate structure may discourage third-party takeovers and other transactions or prevent the removal of our board of directors and management” below. Some aspects of our corporate structure may discourage third-party takeovers and other transactions or prevent the removal of our board of directors and management. Some provisions of our bye-laws have the effect of making more difficult or discouraging unsolicited takeover bids from third parties or preventing the removal of our current board of directors and management. In particular, our bye-laws make it difficult for any U.S. shareholder or Direct Foreign Shareholder Group (a shareholder or group of commonly controlled shareholders of Enstar that are not U.S. persons) to own or control ordinary shares that constitute 9.5% or more of the voting power of all of our ordinary shares. The votes conferred by such shares will be reduced by whatever amount is necessary so that after any such reduction the votes conferred by such shares will constitute 9.5% of the total voting power of all ordinary shares entitled to vote generally. The primary purpose of this restriction is to reduce the likelihood that we will be deemed a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, for U.S. federal tax purposes. However, this limit may also have the effect of deterring purchases of large blocks of our ordinary shares or proposals to acquire us, even if some or a majority of our shareholders might deem these purchases or acquisition proposals to be in their best interests. In addition, our bye-laws provide for a classified board, whose members may be removed by our shareholders only for cause by a majority vote, and contain restrictions on the ability of shareholders to nominate persons to serve as directors, submit resolutions to a shareholder vote and request special general meetings. 51 • announcements with respect to an acquisition or investment; • changes in the value of our assets; • our quarterly and annual operating results; • sales, or the possibility or perception of future sales, by our existing shareholders; • changes in general conditions in the economy and the insurance industry; • the financial markets; and • adverse press or news announcements. Table of Contents These bye-law provisions make it more difficult to acquire control of us by means of a tender offer, open market purchase, proxy contest or otherwise. These provisions may encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate with our directors, which we believe would generally best serve the interests of our shareholders. However, these provisions may have the effect of discouraging a prospective acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us. In addition, these bye-law provisions may prevent the removal of our current board of directors and management. To the extent these provisions discourage takeover attempts, they may deprive shareholders of opportunities to realize takeover premiums for their shares or may depress the market price of the shares. The market value of our ordinary shares may decline if large numbers of shares are sold, including pursuant to existing registration rights. We have entered into a registration rights agreement with Mr. Flowers and Mr. Silvester and certain other of our shareholders. This agreement provides that Mr. Flowers and Mr. Silvester may request that we effect a registration under the Securities Act of certain of their ordinary shares. In addition, they and the other shareholders party to the agreement have “piggyback” registration rights, which may result in their participation in an offering initiated by us. We have also entered into a registration rights agreement with the Purchasers in connection with our private placement in 2011, which provides that at any time following April 20, 2012, the Purchasers may make two requests that we effect a registration under the Securities Act of the ordinary shares and non-voting ordinary shares issued to them in the private placement. The Purchasers also have “piggyback” registration rights with respect to our registration of ordinary shares for our own account or for the account of one or more of our shareholders. As of December 31, 2011, an aggregate of approximately 3.0 million ordinary shares held by Mr. Flowers and Mr. Silvester and approximately 666,000 ordinary shares and 2.7 million non-voting ordinary shares held by the Purchasers are subject to these agreements. By exercising their registration rights, these holders could cause a large number of ordinary shares to be registered and generally become freely tradable without restrictions under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration. Our ordinary shares have in the past been, and may from time to time continue to be, thinly traded, and significant sales, pursuant to the existing registration rights or otherwise, could adversely affect the market price for our ordinary shares and impair our ability to raise capital through offerings of our equity securities. Because we are incorporated in Bermuda, it may be difficult for shareholders to serve process or enforce judgments against us or our directors and officers. We are a Bermuda company. In addition, certain of our officers and directors reside in countries outside the United States. All or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of these officers and directors are or may be located outside the United States. Investors may have difficulty effecting service of process within the United States on our directors and officers who reside outside the United States or recovering against us or these directors and officers on judgments of U.S. courts based on civil liabilities provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws even though we have appointed an agent in the United States to receive service of process. Further, no claim may be brought in Bermuda against us or our directors and officers for violation of U.S. federal securities laws, as such laws do not have force of law in Bermuda. A Bermuda court may, however, impose civil liability, including the possibility of monetary damages, on us or our directors and officers if the facts alleged in a complaint constitute or give rise to a cause of action under Bermuda law. We believe that there is doubt as to whether the courts of Bermuda would enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained in actions against us or our directors and officers, as well as our independent auditors, predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws or original actions brought in Bermuda against us or these persons predicated solely upon U.S. federal securities laws. Further, there is no treaty in effect between the United States and Bermuda providing for the enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts, and there are grounds upon which Bermuda courts may not enforce judgments of U.S. courts. 52 Table of Contents Some remedies available under the laws of U.S. jurisdictions, including some remedies available under the U.S. federal securities laws, may not be allowed in Bermuda courts as contrary to that jurisdiction’s public policy. Because judgments of U.S. courts are not automatically enforceable in Bermuda, it may be difficult for you to recover against us based upon such judgments. Shareholders who own our ordinary shares may have more difficulty in protecting their interests than shareholders of a U.S. corporation. The Bermuda Companies Act, or the Companies Act, which applies to us, differs in certain material respects from laws generally applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. As a result of these differences, shareholders who own our shares may have more difficulty protecting their interests than shareholders who own shares of a U.S. corporation. For example, class actions and derivative actions are generally not available to shareholders under Bermuda law. Under Bermuda law, only shareholders holding 5% or more of our outstanding ordinary shares or numbering 100 or more are entitled to propose a resolution at our general meeting. We do not intend to pay cash dividends on our ordinary shares. We do not intend to pay a cash dividend on our ordinary shares. Rather, we intend to use any retained earnings to fund the development and growth of our business. From time to time, our board of directors will review our alternatives with respect to our earnings and seek to maximize value for our shareholders. In the future, we may decide to commence a dividend program for the benefit of our shareholders. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will be limited by our position as a holding company that lacks direct operations, the results of operations of our subsidiaries, our financial condition, cash requirements and prospects and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. In addition, there are significant regulatory and other constraints that could prevent us from paying dividends in any event. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, on our ordinary shares may be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future. Our board of directors may decline to register a transfer of our ordinary shares under certain circumstances. Our board of directors may decline to register a transfer of ordinary shares under certain circumstances, including if it has reason to believe that any non-de minimis adverse tax, regulatory or legal consequences to us, any of our subsidiaries or any of our shareholders may occur as a result of such transfer. Further, our bye-laws provide us with the option to repurchase, or to assign to a third party the right to purchase, the minimum number of shares necessary to eliminate any such non-de minimis adverse tax, regulatory or legal consequence. In addition, our board of directors may decline to approve or register a transfer of shares unless all applicable consents, authorizations, permissions or approvals of any governmental body or agency in Bermuda, the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction required to be obtained prior to such transfer shall have been obtained. The proposed transferor of any shares will be deemed to own those shares for dividend, voting and reporting purposes until a transfer of such shares has been registered on our shareholders register. It is our understanding that while the precise form of the restrictions on transfer contained in our bye-laws is untested, as a matter of general principle, restrictions on transfers are enforceable under Bermuda law and are not uncommon. These restrictions on transfer may also have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control. Risks Relating to Taxation We might incur unexpected U.S., U.K. or Australia tax liabilities if companies in our group that are incorporated outside those jurisdictions are determined to be carrying on a trade or business there. We and a number of our subsidiaries are companies formed under the laws of Bermuda or other jurisdictions that do not impose income taxes; it is our contemplation that these companies will not incur substantial income 53 Table of Contents tax liabilities from their operations. Because the operations of these companies generally involve, or relate to, the insurance or reinsurance of risks that arise in higher tax jurisdictions, such as the United States, United Kingdom and Australia, it is possible that the taxing authorities in those jurisdictions may assert that the activities of one or more of these companies creates a sufficient nexus in that jurisdiction to subject the company to income tax there. There are uncertainties in how the relevant rules apply to insurance businesses, and in our eligibility for favorable treatment under applicable tax treaties. Accordingly, it is possible that we could incur substantial unexpected tax liabilities. U.S. persons who own our ordinary shares might become subject to adverse U.S. tax consequences as a result of “related person insurance income,” or RPII, if any, of our non-U.S. insurance company subsidiaries. If the RPII rules of the Code were to apply to us, a U.S. person who owns our ordinary shares directly or indirectly through foreign entities on the last day of the taxable year would be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes the shareholder’s pro rata share of our non-U.S. subsidiaries’ RPII for the entire taxable year, determined as if that RPII were distributed proportionately to the U.S. shareholders at that date regardless whether any actual distribution is made. In addition, any RPII that is includible in the income of a U.S. tax-exempt organization would generally be treated as unrelated business taxable income. Although we and our subsidiaries intend to generally operate in a manner so as to qualify for certain exceptions to the RPII rules, there can be no assurance that these exceptions will be available. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that U.S. persons who own our ordinary shares will not be required to recognize gross income inclusions attributable to RPII. In addition, the RPII rules provide that if a shareholder who is a U.S. person disposes of shares in a foreign insurance company that has RPII and in which U.S. persons collectively own 25% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote, or the total value of the stock, any gain from the disposition will generally be treated as dividend income to the extent of the shareholder’s share of the corporation’s undistributed earnings and profits that were accumulated during the period that the shareholder owned the shares (whether or not those earnings and profits are attributable to RPII). Such a shareholder would also be required to comply with certain reporting requirements, regardless of the amount of shares owned by the shareholder. These rules should not apply to dispositions of our ordinary shares because we will not be directly engaged in the insurance business. The RPII rules, however, have not been interpreted by the courts or the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, and regulations interpreting the RPII rules exist only in proposed form. Accordingly, there is no assurance that our views as to the inapplicability of these rules to a disposition of our ordinary shares will be accepted by the IRS or a court. U.S. persons who own our ordinary shares would be subject to adverse tax consequences if we or one or more of our non-U.S. subsidiaries were considered a “passive foreign investment company,” or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We believe that we and our non-U.S. subsidiaries will not be PFICs for U.S. federal income purposes for the current year. Moreover, we do not expect to conduct our activities in a manner that will cause us or any of our non-U.S. subsidiaries to become a PFIC in the future. However, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not challenge this position or that a court will not sustain such challenge. Accordingly, it is possible that we or one or more of our non-U.S. subsidiaries might be deemed a PFIC by the IRS or a court for the current year or any future year. If we or one or more of our non-U.S. subsidiaries were a PFIC, it could have material adverse tax consequences for an investor that is subject to U.S. federal income taxation, including subjecting the investor to a substantial acceleration and/or increase in tax liability. There are currently no regulations regarding the application of the PFIC provisions of the Code to an insurance company, so the application of those provisions to insurance companies remains unclear in certain respects. 54 Table of Contents U.S. persons who own 10 percent or more of our shares may be subject to taxation under the “controlled foreign corporation,” or CFC, rules. A U.S. person that is a “10% U.S. Shareholder” of a non-U.S. corporation (i.e., a U.S. person who owns or is treated as owning at least 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote of the non-U.S. corporation) that is a CFC for an uninterrupted period of 30 days or more during a taxable year, that owns shares in the CFC directly or indirectly through non-U.S. entities on the last day of the CFC’s taxable year, must include in its gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes its pro rata share of the CFC’s “subpart F income,”even if the subpart F income is not distributed. “Subpart F income” of a non-U.S. insurance corporation typically includes foreign personal holding company income (such as interest, dividends and other types of passive income), as well as insurance and reinsurance income (including underwriting and investment income). A non-U.S. corporation is considered a CFC if “10% U.S. Shareholders” own (directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities or by attribution by application of the constructive ownership rules of section 958(b) of the Code (i.e., “constructively”)) more than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of that foreign corporation, or the total value of all stock of that foreign corporation. For purposes of taking into account insurance income, a CFC also includes a non-U.S. insurance company in which more than 25% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock (or more than 25% of the total value of the stock) is owned directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities or constructively by 10% U.S. Shareholders on any day during the taxable year of such corporation, if the gross amount of premiums or other consideration for the reinsurance or the issuing of insurance exceeds 75% of the gross amount of all premiums or other consideration in respect of all risks. We believe that because of the dispersion of our share ownership, and provisions in our organizational documents that limit voting power, no U.S. person (including our subsidiary Enstar USA, Inc., which owns certain of our non-voting shares) should be treated as owning (directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities or constructively) 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our shares. However, the IRS could successfully challenge the effectiveness of these provisions in our organizational documents. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that a U.S. person who owns our shares will not be characterized as a 10% U.S. Shareholder. Changes in U.S. federal income tax law could materially affect us or our shareholders. Legislation has been proposed on various occasions to eliminate perceived tax advantages of insurance companies that have legal domiciles outside the United States but have certain U.S. connections. For example, proposed legislation was introduced in Congress in 2011 to disallow the deduction of reinsurance premiums paid by U.S. companies to certain non-U.S. affiliates, although no such provision has been enacted to date. It is possible that such legislation could be enacted or similar legislation could be introduced in and enacted by the current Congress or future Congresses and enactment of some version of such legislation, or other changes in U.S. tax laws, regulations or interpretations thereof, could have an adverse impact on us or our shareholders. Not applicable 55 ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS Table of Contents We lease office space in the locations set forth below. We believe that this office space is sufficient for us to conduct our current operations for the foreseeable future. We also own, through various of our subsidiaries, two apartments in Guildford, England along with a building in Norwich, England. In addition, we also lease two residential apartments in Bermuda with both leases expiring in April 2012. See Note 19 to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion of our lease commitments for real property. 56 ITEM 2. PROPERTIES. Entity Location Square Feet Lease Expiration Clarendon National Insurance Company Orlando, FL 9,000 August 31, 2012 Clarendon National Insurance Company New York, NY 11,000 December 31, 2016 Enstar (EU) Limited London, England 3,822 September 26, 2015 Enstar (EU) Limited London, England 6,403 March 24, 2016 Enstar (EU) Limited London, England 6,050 March 24, 2016 Enstar (EU) Limited Guildford, England 22,712 August 15, 2016 Enstar (US) Inc Warwick, RI 11,970 April 15, 2016 Enstar (US) Inc St. Petersburg, FL 13,041 October 31, 2018 Enstar Australia Ltd Sydney, Australia 8,094 April 30, 2013 Enstar Limited Hamilton, Bermuda 10,340 August 7, 2014 Enstar USA, Inc Montgomery, AL 2,500 December 31, 2012 Providence Washington Insurance Solutions, LLC E. Providence, RI 13,628 November 30, 2012 River Thames Insurance Company Limited London, England 6,329 March 24, 2015 Table of Contents We are, from time to time, involved in various legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business, including litigation regarding claims. We do not believe that the resolution of any currently pending legal proceedings, either individually or taken as a whole, will have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. Nevertheless, we cannot assure you that lawsuits, arbitrations or other litigation will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. We anticipate that, similar to the rest of the insurance and reinsurance industry, we will continue to be subject to litigation and arbitration proceedings in the ordinary course of business, including litigation generally related to the scope of coverage with respect to asbestos and environmental claims. There can be no assurance that any such future litigation will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Not applicable 57 ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES Table of Contents PART II Our ordinary shares trade on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the ticker symbol ESGR. Price Range of Ordinary Shares The price range per ordinary share presented below represents the highest and lowest sales prices for our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Global Select Market during each quarter of the two most recent years. Holders On February 22, 2012, there were 2,152 shareholders of record of our voting ordinary shares and 5 shareholders of record of our non-voting ordinary shares. The number of shareholders of record of our voting ordinary shares does not represent the actual number of beneficial owners of our voting ordinary shares because shares are frequently held in “street name” by securities dealers and others for the benefit of beneficial owners who may vote the shares. Dividends We are a holding company and have no direct operations. Our ability to pay dividends or distributions depends almost exclusively on the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends to us. Under applicable law, our subsidiaries may not declare or pay a dividend if there are reasonable grounds for believing that they are, or would after the payment be, unable to pay their liabilities as they become due, or the realizable value of their assets would thereby be less than the aggregate of their liabilities and their issued share capital and share premium accounts. Additional restrictions apply to our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries. We do not intend to pay a dividend on our ordinary shares. Rather, we intend to reinvest any earnings back into the company. For a further description of the restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends, see “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Ownership of Our Ordinary Shares — We do not intend to pay cash dividends on our ordinary shares” and “Business — Regulation” beginning on pages 53 and 27, respectively. We did not pay any dividends on our ordinary shares in 2011 or 2010. Company Stock Performance On January 31, 2007, we completed the merger, or the Merger, of CWMS Subsidiary Corp., a Georgia corporation and our wholly-owned subsidiary, with and into The Enstar Group Inc., a Georgia corporation, or EGI. As a result of the Merger, EGI, renamed Enstar USA, Inc., is now our wholly-owned subsidiary. Prior to the completion of the Merger, EGI’s common stock traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the ticker symbol ESGR. Because our ordinary shares did not commence trading until after the Merger, the graph below reflects the cumulative shareholder return on the common stock of EGI, our predecessor, compared to the cumulative shareholder return of the NASDAQ Composite Index (the Nasdaq index for U.S. companies used in prior years was discontinued in 2006) and the Nasdaq Insurance Index, through January 31, 2007. Thereafter, the graph below reflects the same comparison for Enstar. The graph reflects the investment of $100.00 on December 31, 2006 (assuming the reinvestment of dividends) in EGI common stock, the NASDAQ Composite Index, and the Nasdaq Insurance Index). 58 ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 2011 2010 High Low High Low First Quarter $ 100.69 $ 80.20 $ 74.87 $ 61.03 Second Quarter $ 114.56 $ 96.23 $ 69.74 $ 54.03 Third Quarter $ 110.00 $ 86.55 $ 76.29 $ 65.01 Fourth Quarter $ 101.26 $ 87.53 $ 89.92 $ 70.26 Table of Contents Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities None. 59 12/06 12/07 12/08 12/09 12/10 12/11 Enstar Group Limited $ 100.00 $ 131.21 $ 63.38 $ 78.26 $ 90.65 $ 105.25 NASDAQ Composite $ 100.00 $ 110.26 $ 65.65 $ 95.19 $ 112.10 $ 110.81 NASDAQ Insurance $ 100.00 $ 97.63 $ 78.49 $ 81.70 $ 95.55 $ 100.06 Table of Contents ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA The following selected historical financial information for each of the past five fiscal years has been derived from our audited historical financial statements. This information is only a summary and should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this annual report. The results of operations for past accounting periods are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future accounting period. Since our inception, we have made several acquisitions which impact the comparability between periods of the information reflected below. See “Business — Recent Transactions,” beginning on page 6 for information about our acquisitions. 60 Years Ended December 31, 2011 2010 2009 2008 2007 (in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data) Summary Consolidated Statements of Earnings Data: Consulting fees $ 17,858 $ 23,015 $ 16,104 $ 25,151 $ 31,918 Net investment income and net realized and unrealized gains (losses) 77,890 113,043 85,608 24,946 64,336 Gain on bargain purchase 13,105 — — — — Net reduction in ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities 295,447 311,834 259,627 242,104 24,482 Total other expenses (195,842 ) (242,865 ) (184,331 ) (194,837 ) (67,904 ) Share of earnings (loss) of partly owned companies — 10,704 — (201 ) — Net earnings from continuing operations 208,458 215,731 177,008 97,163 52,832 Extraordinary gain — Negative goodwill — — — 50,280 15,683 Net earnings 208,458 215,731 177,008 147,443 68,515 Less: Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests (including share of extraordinary gain of $15,084 in 2008) (54,765 ) (41,645 ) (41,798 ) (65,892 ) (6,730 ) Net earnings attributable to Enstar Group Limited $ 153,693 $ 174,086 $ 135,210 $ 81,551 $ 61,785 Per Share Data(1)(2): Earnings per share before extraordinary gain attributable to Enstar Group Limited ordinary shareholders — basic $ 11.03 $ 12.91 $ 10.01 $ 3.67 $ 3.93 Extraordinary gain per share attributable to Enstar Group Limited ordinary shareholders — basic — — — 2.78 1.34 Net earnings per share attributable to Enstar Group Limited ordinary shareholders — basic $ 11.03 $ 12.91 $ 10.01 $ 6.45 $ 5.27 Earnings per share before extraordinary gain attributable to Enstar Group Limited ordinary shareholders — diluted $ 10.81 $ 12.66 $ 9.84 $ 3.59 $ 3.84 Extraordinary gain per share attributable to Enstar Group Limited ordinary shareholders — diluted — — — 2.72 1.31 Net earnings per share attributable to Enstar Group Limited ordinary shareholders — diluted $ 10.81 $ 12.66 $ 9.84 $ 6.31 $ 5.15 Basic weighted average shares outstanding 13,930,221 13,489,221 13,514,207 12,638,333 11,731,908 Diluted weighted average shares outstanding 14,212,440 13,751,256 13,744,661 12,921,475 12,009,683 Table of Contents 61 December 31, 2011 2010 2009 2008 2007 (in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data) Summary Balance Sheet Data: Total investments $ 3,335,199 $ 2,429,106 $ 1,620,992 $ 1,278,055 $ 637,196 Cash and cash equivalents 1,223,665 1,455,354 1,700,105 2,209,873 1,163,333 Reinsurance balances receivable 1,789,582 961,442 638,262 672,696 465,277 Total assets 6,606,138 5,235,904 4,170,842 4,358,151 2,417,143 Loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities 4,282,916 3,291,275 2,479,136 2,798,287 1,591,449 Loans payable 242,710 245,278 254,961 391,534 60,227 Total Enstar Group Limited shareholders’ equity 1,386,066 948,421 801,881 615,209 450,599 Book Value per Share(3): Basic $ 84.56 $ 73.29 $ 59.05 $ 46.14 $ 37.80 Diluted $ 82.97 $ 71.68 $ 58.06 $ 45.18 $ 36.92 Shares Outstanding: Basic 16,391,076 12,940,660 13,579,695 13,333,528 11,920,608 Diluted 16,705,767 13,231,320 13,811,247 13,616,844 12,204,740 (1) Earnings per share is a measure based on net earnings divided by weighted average ordinary shares outstanding. Basic earnings per share is defined as net earnings available to ordinary shareholders divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding for the period, giving no effect to dilutive securities. Diluted earnings per share is defined as net earnings available to ordinary shareholders divided by the weighted average number of shares and share equivalents outstanding calculated using the treasury stock method for all potentially dilutive securities. When the effect of dilutive securities would be anti-dilutive, these securities are excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share. (2) The weighted average ordinary shares outstanding shown for the year ended December 31, 2007 reflect the conversion of Class A, B, C and D shares to ordinary shares on January 31, 2007, as part of the recapitalization completed in connection with the Merger, as if the conversion occurred on January 1, 2007. (3) Basic book value per share is defined as total Enstar Group Limited shareholders’ equity available to ordinary shareholders divided by the number of ordinary shares outstanding as at the end of the period, giving no effect to dilutive securities. Diluted book value per share is defined as total shareholders’ equity available to ordinary shareholders divided by the number of ordinary shares and ordinary share equivalents outstanding at the end of the period, calculated using the treasury stock method for all potentially dilutive securities. When the effect of dilutive securities would be anti-dilutive, these securities are excluded from the calculation of diluted book value per share. Table of Contents Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements This annual report and the documents incorporated by reference contain statements that constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, with respect to our financial condition, results of operations, business strategies, operating efficiencies, competitive positions, growth opportunities, plans and objectives of our management, as well as the markets for our ordinary shares and the insurance and reinsurance sectors in general. Statements that include words such as “estimate,” “project,” “plan,” “intend,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “seek,” and similar statements of a future or forward-looking nature identify forward-looking statements for purposes of the federal securities laws or otherwise. All forward-looking statements are necessarily estimates or expectations, and not statements of historical fact, reflecting the best judgment of our management and involve a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those suggested by the forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements should, therefore, be considered in light of various important factors, including those set forth in and incorporated by reference in this annual report. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those suggested by the forward-looking statements include: 62 ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS • risks associated with implementing our business strategies and initiatives; • the adequacy of our loss reserves and the need to adjust such reserves as claims develop over time; • risks relating to the availability and collectability of our reinsurance; • risks that we may require additional capital in the future, which may not be available or may be available only on unfavorable terms; • changes and uncertainty in economic conditions, including interest rates, inflation, currency exchange rates, equity markets and credit conditions, which could affect our investment portfolio, our ability to finance future acquisitions and our profitability; • losses due to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations; • tax, regulatory or legal restrictions or limitations applicable to us or the insurance and reinsurance business generally; • increased competitive pressures, including the consolidation and increased globalization of reinsurance providers; • emerging claim and coverage issues; • lengthy and unpredictable litigation affecting assessment of losses and/or coverage issues; • loss of key personnel; • changes in our plans, strategies, objectives, expectations or intentions, which may happen at any time at management’s discretion; • operational risks, including system or human failures; • the risk that ongoing or future industry regulatory developments will disrupt our business, or mandate changes in industry practices in ways that increase our costs, decrease our revenues or require us to alter aspects of the way we do business; • changes in Bermuda law or regulation or the political stability of Bermuda; • changes in tax laws or regulations applicable to us or our subsidiaries, or the risk that we or one of our non-U.S. subsidiaries become subject to significant, or significantly increased, income taxes in the United States or elsewhere; and • changes in accounting policies or practices. Table of Contents The factors listed above should not be construed as exhaustive. Certain of these factors are described in more detail in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” above. We undertake no obligation to release publicly the results of any future revisions we may make to forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this annual report. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or included elsewhere in this annual report, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results and the timing of events could differ materially from those anticipated by these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those discussed under “Risk Factors,” “Forward-Looking Statements” and elsewhere in this annual report. Business Overview We were formed in August 2001 under the laws of Bermuda to acquire and manage insurance and reinsurance companies in run-off and portfolios of insurance and reinsurance business in run-off, and to provide management, consulting and other services to the insurance and reinsurance industry. On January 31, 2007, we completed the merger, or the Merger, of CWMS Subsidiary Corp, a Georgia corporation and our wholly-owned subsidiary, with and into The Enstar Group, Inc., a Georgia corporation. As a result of the Merger, The Enstar Group, Inc., renamed Enstar USA, Inc., is now our wholly-owned subsidiary. The Enstar Group, Inc. owned an approximate 32% economic and a 50% voting interest in us prior to the Merger. Since our formation, we, through our subsidiaries, have completed 35 acquisitions of insurance and reinsurance companies and 17 acquisitions of portfolios of insurance and reinsurance business and are now administering those businesses in run-off. We operate our business internationally through our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries and our consulting subsidiaries in Bermuda, the United Kingdom, the United States, Europe and Australia. We had a total of 415 employees as at December 31, 2011. 2011 Summary: 2011 Results of Operations: 63 • We completed the acquisitions of five insurance and reinsurance companies and two portfolios of insurance and reinsurance business; • We repaid or paid down a number of our existing loan facilities and entered into two new bank loan facilities that remained outstanding as at December 31, 2011; and • On April 20, 2011, we entered into an Investment Agreement with Goldman Sachs & Co. and certain of its affiliates whereby we have issued an aggregate of 3,391,166 voting and non-voting ordinary shares for proceeds of $291.6 million. • Net earnings attributable to Enstar Group Limited of $153.7 million, or $11.03 per basic share and $10.81 per diluted share; • Net investment income of $69.9 million and net realized gains of $8.0 million; and • Net reduction in ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities of $295.4 million. Table of Contents 2011 Financial Condition: Financial Statement Overview Consulting Fee Income We generate consulting fees based on a combination of fixed and success-based fee arrangements. Consulting income will vary from period to period depending on the timing of completion of success-based fee arrangements. Success-based fees are recorded when targets related to overall project completion or profitability goals are achieved. Net Investment Income and Net Realized and Unrealized Gains Our net investment income is principally derived from interest earned primarily on cash and investments offset by investment management fees paid. Our investment portfolio currently consists of the following: (1) fixed maturity investments that are classified as both available-for-sale and trading and are carried at fair value; (2) short-term investments that are classified as both available-for-sale and trading and are carried at fair value; (3) equities that are carried at fair value; and (4) other investments that are accounted for at estimated fair values determined by our proportionate share of the net asset value of the investee reduced by any impairment charges. Our current investment strategy seeks to preserve principal and maintain liquidity while trying to maximize investment return through a high-quality, diversified portfolio. The volatility of claims and the effect they have on the amount of cash and investment balances, as well as the level of interest rates and other market factors, affect the return we are able to generate on our investment portfolio. When we make a new acquisition we will often restructure the acquired investment portfolio, which may generate one-time realized gains or losses. Net Reduction in Ultimate Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Liabilities Our insurance-related earnings are comprised primarily of reductions, or potential increases, of net ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities. These liabilities are comprised of: Net ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities are reviewed by our management each quarter and by independent actuaries annually as of year end. Reserves reflect management’s best estimate of the remaining 64 • Total cash and investments of $4.56 billion; • Total assets of $6.61 billion; • Reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses of $4.28 billion and reinsurance balances receivable of $1.79 billion; and • Total shareholders’ equity attributable to Enstar Group Limited of $1.39 billion and net book value of $84.56 per basic share and $82.97 per diluted share. • outstanding loss or case reserves, or OLR, which represent management’s best estimate of the likely settlement amount for known claims, less the portion that can be recovered from reinsurers; • reserves for losses incurred but not reported, or IBNR reserves, which are reserves established by us for claims that are not yet reported but can reasonably be expected to have occurred based on industry information, management’s experience and actuarial evaluation, less the portion that can be recovered from reinsurers; and • reserves for unallocated loss adjustment expenses, which represent management’s best estimate of the future costs to be incurred by us in managing the run-off of claims liabilities not specific, or allocated, to individual claims or policies. Table of Contents unpaid portion of these liabilities. Prior period estimates of net ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities may change as our management considers the combined impact of commutations, policy buy-backs, settlement of losses on carried reserves and the trend of incurred loss development compared to prior forecasts. Commutations provide an opportunity for us to exit exposures to entire policies with insureds and reinsureds at a discount to the previously estimated ultimate liability. To the extent possible, our internal and external actuaries eliminate all prior historical loss development that relates to commuted exposures and apply their actuarial methodologies to the remaining aggregate exposures and revised historical loss development information to reassess estimates of ultimate liabilities. Policy buy-backs provide an opportunity for us to settle individual policies and losses usually at a discount to carried advised loss reserves. As part of our routine claims settlement operations, claims will settle at either below or above the carried advised loss reserve. The impact of policy buy-backs and the routine settlement of claims updates historical loss development information to which actuarial methodologies are applied, often resulting in revised estimates of ultimate liabilities. Our actuarial methodologies include industry benchmarking, which, under certain methodologies (discussed further under “— Critical Accounting Policies” below), compares the trend of our loss development to that of the industry. To the extent that the trend of our loss development compared to the industry changes in any period, it is likely to have an impact on the estimate of ultimate liabilities. Additionally, consolidated net reductions, or potential increases, in net ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities include reductions, or potential increases, in the provisions for future losses and loss adjustment expenses related to the current period’s run-off activity. Net reductions in net ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities are reported as negative expenses by us. For more information on how the reserves are calculated, see “— Critical Accounting Policies — Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses” on page 69. Salaries and Benefits We are a service-based company and, as such, employee salaries and benefits are our largest expense. We have experienced significant increases in our salaries and benefits expenses as we have grown our operations, and we expect that trend to continue if we are able to expand our operations successfully. The Enstar Group Limited 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, or the Equity Incentive Plan, and the Enstar Group Limited 2011-2015 Annual Incentive Compensation Plan, or the Annual Incentive Plan, which are administered by the Compensation Committee of our board of directors, provide for the annual grant of bonus compensation to our officers and employees, including our senior executive officers. Bonus awards for each calendar year from 2007 through 2011 were determined based on our consolidated net after-tax profits. The Compensation Committee determines the amount of bonus awards in any calendar year, based on a percentage of our consolidated net after-tax profits. The percentage is 15% unless the Compensation Committee exercises its discretion to change the percentage no later than 30 days after our year end. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 the percentage was left unchanged by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee determines, in its sole discretion, the amount of bonus awards payable to each participant. Bonus awards are payable in cash, ordinary shares or a combination of both. Ordinary shares issued in connection with a bonus award will be issued pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions of the Equity Incentive Plan. For information on the awards made under both the Annual and Equity Incentive plans for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, see Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011, included in Item 8 of this annual report. 65 Table of Contents General and Administrative Expenses General and administrative expenses include rent and rent-related costs, professional fees (legal, investment, audit and actuarial) and travel expenses. We have operations in multiple jurisdictions and our employees travel frequently in connection with the search for acquisition opportunities and in the general management of the business. Foreign Exchange Gains/(Losses) Our reporting currency is U.S. dollars. Our functional currency is U.S. dollars for all of our subsidiaries with the exception of Gordian Run-Off Limited, or Gordian, whose functional currency is Australian dollars. Through our subsidiaries whose functional currency is the U.S. dollar, we hold a variety of foreign (non-U.S.) currency assets and liabilities, the principal exposures being Euros, British pounds and Australian dollars. At each balance sheet date, recorded balances that are denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars are adjusted to reflect the current exchange rate. Revenue and expense items are translated into U.S. dollars at average rates of exchange for the applicable period. The resulting exchange gains or losses are included in our net earnings. For Gordian, whose functional currency is Australian dollars, at each reporting period the balance sheet and income statement are translated at period end and average rates of exchange, respectively, with any foreign exchange gains or losses on translation recorded as a component of our accumulated other comprehensive income in the shareholders’ equity section of our balance sheet. We seek to manage our exposure to foreign currency exchange, where possible, by broadly matching our foreign currency assets against our foreign currency liabilities and to selectively use foreign currency exchange contracts. Subject to regulatory constraints, the net assets of our subsidiaries are maintained in U.S. dollars. Income Tax Expense/(Recovery) Under current Bermuda law, we and our Bermuda subsidiaries are not required to pay taxes in Bermuda on either income or capital gains. These companies have received an undertaking from the Bermuda government that, in the event of income or capital gains taxes being imposed, they will be exempted from such taxes until the year 2035. Income taxes have been provided, in accordance with the provisions of the Income Taxes topic of FASB ASC, on our operations in other jurisdictions which are subject to income tax. The calculation of our tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax laws and regulations in a multitude of jurisdictions across our global operations. Deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences between the tax and financial statement recognition of revenue and expense. Such temporary differences are due primarily to the tax basis discount on unpaid losses and loss expenses, net operating loss carryforwards, and certain investments. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance against deferred tax assets is recorded if it is more likely than not that all, or some portion, of the benefits related to deferred tax assets will not be realized. At each balance sheet date, we assess the need to establish a valuation allowance that reduces the net deferred tax asset when it is more likely than not that all, or some portion, of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The valuation allowance is based on all available information including projections of future U.S. GAAP taxable income from each tax-paying component in each tax jurisdiction. Projections of future U.S. GAAP taxable income incorporate several assumptions of future business and operations that are likely to differ from actual experience. We also, in accordance with the Income Taxes topic of FASB ASC, record tax liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits related to uncertain tax positions. 66 Table of Contents Noncontrolling Interest The acquisitions of Hillcot Re in March 2003 and of Brampton in March 2006 were effected through Hillcot, a Bermuda-based company in which we had a 50.1% economic interest until October 27, 2008. The results of operations of Hillcot were included in our consolidated statements of operations with the remaining 49.9% economic interest in the results of Hillcot reflected as a noncontrolling interest until October 27, 2008 when we acquired the 49.9% interest in Hillcot Re that we previously did not own. As a result, the noncontrolling interest in the earnings of Hillcot Re was recorded only through September 30, 2008. On November 2, 2010, we acquired the 49.9% of the shares of Hillcot that we did not previously own. At the time of acquisition, Hillcot owned 100% of the shares of Brampton. As a result, the noncontrolling interest in the earnings of Hillcot was recorded only through September 30, 2010. During 2008, we completed the following acquisitions of companies with noncontrolling interests: 1) Guildhall, a U.K.-based insurance and reinsurance company in run-off; 2) Gordian, AMP Limited’s Australian-based closed reinsurance and insurance operations; 3) EPIC, a Bermuda-based reinsurance company; 4) Goshawk, which owns Rosemont Reinsurance Limited, a Bermuda-based reinsurer in run-off; and 5) Unionamerica, a U.K.-based insurance and reinsurance company in run-off. We have a 70% economic interest in all of the above listed acquired subsidiaries with the exception of Goshawk, in which we have a 75% economic interest. The results of the operations of the acquired subsidiaries are included in our consolidated statements of earnings with the remaining noncontrolling interests’ share of the economic interest of the respective subsidiaries reflected as a noncontrolling interest. We own approximately 56.8% of Shelbourne, which in turn owns 100% of Shelbourne Syndicate Services Limited, the Managing Agency for Lloyd’s Syndicate 2008, a syndicate approved by Lloyd’s of London on December 16, 2007. We have committed to provide 100% of the capital required by Lloyd’s Syndicate 2008, which is authorized to undertake RITC transactions with Lloyd’s syndicates in run-off. In 2010, we completed the transfer of a specific portfolio of run-off business underwritten by Mitsui to our 50.1% owned subsidiary, Bosworth. The results of operations of Bosworth are included in our consolidated statements of earnings with the remaining noncontrolling interests’ share of the economic interest of Bosworth reflected as a noncontrolling interest. Gain on Bargain Purchase Gain on bargain purchase represents the excess of the fair value of businesses acquired by us over the cost of such businesses. In accordance with the Business Combinations topic of FASB ASC, or ASC 805, this amount is recognized upon the acquisition of the businesses as part of income. The fair values of the reinsurance assets and liabilities acquired are derived from probability-weighted ranges of the associated projected cash flows, based on actuarially prepared information and our management’s run-off strategy. Any changes to the fair values resulting from changes in such information or strategy will be recognized when they occur. Critical Accounting Policies Our primary objective in running off the operations of an acquired company or portfolio of insurance or reinsurance business is to effect an orderly and efficient settlement of all liabilities and assets and, in so doing, to strive to achieve savings in the settlement of such amounts in relation to the values implied by the purchase price of the transaction. Our run-off process is led by disciplined management and includes the adjustment and settlement of valid claims, commutations of exposures, disciplined collection of reinsurance receivables, achievement of early finality of the acquired run-off by way of solvent scheme of arrangement (if available) and imposition of strong financial and operational governance over acquired companies. 67 Table of Contents Accounting for Acquisitions The most significant liability and asset of an acquired company are typically the liability for loss and loss adjustment expenses and the asset related to any reinsurance recoverable on these liabilities that may be contractually due to the acquired entity. The market for acquisition of run-off companies is not sufficiently active and transparent to enable us to identify reliable, market exit values for acquired assets and liabilities. Accordingly, consistent with provisions of U.S. GAAP, we have developed internal models that we believe allow us to determine fair values that are reasonable proxies for market exit values. We are familiar with the major participants in the acquisition run-off market and believe that the key assumptions we make in valuing acquired assets and liabilities are consistent with the kinds of assumptions made by such market participants. Furthermore, in our negotiation of purchase price with sellers, it is frequently clear to us that other bidders in the market are using models and assumptions similar in nature to ours during the competitive bid process. The majority of acquisitions are completed following a public tender process whereby the seller invites market participants to provide bids for the target acquisition. We account for acquisitions using the purchase method of accounting, which requires that the acquirer record the assets and liabilities acquired at their estimated fair value. The fair values of each of the reinsurance assets and liabilities acquired are derived from probability-weighted ranges of the associated projected cash flows, based on actuarially prepared information and management’s run-off strategy. Our run-off strategy, as well as that of other run-off market participants, is expected to be different from the seller’s as generally sellers are not specialized in running off insurance and reinsurance liabilities whereas we and other market participants do specialize in such run-offs. The key assumptions used by us and, we believe, by other run-off market participants in the fair valuation of acquired companies are (i) the projected payout, timing and amounts of claims liabilities; (ii) the related projected timing and amount of reinsurance collections; (iii) a risk-free discount rate, which is applied to determine the present value of the future cash flows; (iv) the estimated unallocated loss adjustment expenses to be incurred over the life of the run-off; (v) the impact that any accelerated run-off strategy may have on the adequacy of acquired bad debt provisions; and (vi) an appropriate risk margin. The probability-weighted projected cash flows of the acquired company are based on projected claims payouts provided by the seller predominantly in the form of the seller’s most recent independent actuarial reserve report. In the absence of the seller’s actuarial reserve report, our independent actuaries will determine the estimated claims payout. With respect to our U.K., Bermudian and Australian insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries, we are able to pursue strategies to achieve complete finality and conclude the run-off of a company by promoting solvent schemes of arrangement. Solvent schemes of arrangement are a popular means of achieving financial certainty and finality for insurance and reinsurance companies incorporated or managed in the U.K., Bermuda and Australia by making a one-time full and final settlement of an insurance or reinsurance company’s liabilities to policyholders. On acquisition of a U.K., Bermudian or Australian company, the claims payout projection is weighted according to management’s estimated probability of being able to complete a solvent scheme of arrangement. To the extent that solvent schemes of arrangement are not available to an acquired company, no weighting is applied to the projected claims payout. On acquisition, we make a provision for unallocated loss adjustment expense liabilities. This provision considers the adequacy of the provision maintained and recorded by the seller in light of our run-off strategy and estimated unallocated loss adjustment expenses to be incurred over the life of the acquired run-off as projected by the seller’s actuaries or, in their absence, our actuaries. To the extent that our estimate of the total unallocated loss adjustment expense provision is different from the seller’s, an adjustment will be made. While it is our objective to accelerate the run-off by completing commutations of assumed and ceded business (which would have the effect of shortening the life, and therefore the cost, of the run-off), the success of this strategy is far from certain. Therefore, the estimates of unallocated loss adjustment expenses are based on running off the 68 Table of Contents liabilities and assets over the actuarially projected life of the run-off, which we consider to be a prudent approach. In those domiciles where solvent schemes of arrangement are available, management’s estimates of the total unallocated loss adjustment expenses are probability-weighted in accordance with the estimated time that a solvent scheme of arrangement could be completed, which has the effect of reducing the period of the run-off and the related unallocated loss adjustment expenses. For those acquisitions in domiciles where solvent schemes of arrangement are not available, the unallocated loss adjustment expenses are estimated over the projected life of the run-off. We believe that providing for unallocated loss adjustment expenses based on our run-off strategy is appropriate in determining the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired in an acquisition of a run-off company. We believe that other participants in the run-off acquisition marketplace factor into the price to pay for an acquisition the estimated cost of running off the acquired company based on how that participant expects to manage the assets and liabilities. The difference between the carrying value of reserves acquired at the date of acquisition and the fair value is the Fair Value Adjustment, or FVA. The FVA is amortized over the estimated payout period and adjusted for accelerations on commutation settlements or any other new information or subsequent change in circumstances after the date of acquisition. To the extent the actual payout experience after the acquisition is materially faster or slower than anticipated at the time of the acquisition, there is an adjustment to the estimated ultimate loss reserves, or there are changes in bad debt provisions or in estimates of future run-off costs following accelerated payouts, then the amortization of the FVA is accelerated or decelerated, as the case may be, to reflect such changes. Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses Our primary objective in running off the operations of acquired companies and portfolios of insurance and reinsurance business in run-off is to increase book value by settling loss reserves below their acquired fair value. The earnings created in each acquired company or portfolio of insurance and reinsurance business, together with the related decrease in loss reserves, leads to a reduction in the capital required for each company, thereby providing the ability to distribute both earnings and excess capital to the parent company. To the extent that the nature of the acquired loss reserves are conducive to commutation, our aim is to settle the majority of the acquired loss reserves within a timeframe of approximately 5 to 7 years from the date of acquisition. To the extent that acquired reserves are not conducive to commutation, we will instead adopt a disciplined claims management approach to pay only valid claims on a timely basis and endeavor to reduce the level of acquired loss adjustment expense provisions by withdrawing, where appropriate, from existing litigation and otherwise streamlining claims handling procedures. By adopting either of the above run-off strategies, we would expect that over the targeted life of the run-off, acquired ultimate loss reserves would settle below their recorded fair value, resulting in reductions in ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities. There can be no assurance, however, that we will successfully implement our strategy. At the beginning of each year we prepare our projections of potential ultimate reserve releases for the year based on the assumptions that each of our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries achieves its commutation targets and that non-commuted reserve development is better than that expected by our external actuaries. For each commutation target, a settlement objective is estimated. Probability of success weightings and assumptions of IBNR to case reserve ratios are applied to provide an indication of potential ultimate reserve savings that may be achieved from the target commutations. Commutations of blocks of policies, along with disciplined claims management, have the potential to produce favorable claims development compared to established reserves. For each newly-acquired company, we determine a commutation strategy that broadly identifies commutation targets using the following criteria: 1. Previous commutations completed by our existing insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries with policyholders of the newly-acquired company; 69 Table of Contents 2. Nature of liabilities; 3. Size of incurred loss reserves; 4. Recent loss development history; and 5. Targets for claims audits. Once commutation targets are identified they are prioritized into target years of completion. At the beginning of each year, the approach to commutation negotiations is determined by the commutation team, including claims and exposure analysis and broker account reconciliations. On completion of this analysis, settlement parameters are set around incurred liabilities. Commutation discussions can take many months or even years to come to fruition. Commutation targets not completed in a particular year are re-prioritized for the following year. Every commutation, irrespective of value, requires the approval of our chief financial officer or one of our two joint chief operating officers. For each commutation settled within the guideline settlement parameters, there is an expectation that there will be a favorable impact on the IBNR reserve when the annual actuarial review is completed. However, if a significant commutation is completed during the year, loss reserves will be adjusted in the corresponding quarter to reflect our best estimate of the impact. The following table provides a breakdown of gross loss and loss adjustment expense reserves by type of exposure as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. 70 2011 2010 O LR IBNR Total O LR IBNR Total (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Asbestos $ 207,288 $ 386,147 $ 593,435 $ 221,567 $ 492,772 $ 714,339 Environmental 67,040 42,326 109,366 62,592 48,281 110,873 All other: General casualty 550,012 533,504 1,083,516 616,970 320,458 937,428 Workers compensation/personal accident 707,723 349,061 1,056,784 238,760 125,763 364,523 Marine, aviation and transit 238,209 43,686 281,895 201,148 59,880 261,028 Construction defect 120,258 182,583 302,841 45,020 93,109 138,129 Other 466,397 137,380 603,777 465,556 121,150 586,706 Total all other 2,082,599 1,246,214 3,328,813 1,567,454 720,360 2,287,814 Total $ 2,356,927 $ 1,674,687 $ 4,031,614 $ 1,851,613 $ 1,261,413 $ 3,113,026 Unallocated loss adjustment expenses 251,302 178,249 Total $ 4,282,916 $ 3,291,275 Table of Contents The following table provides a breakdown of loss and loss adjustment expense reserves (net of reinsurance balances recoverable) by type of exposure as of December 31, 2011 and 2010: As of December 31, 2011, the IBNR reserves (net of reinsurance balances receivable) accounted for $1,038.9 million, or 35.8%, of our total net loss reserves. The reserve for IBNR (net of reinsurance balances receivable) accounted for $1,119.9 million, or 40.5%, of our total net loss reserves at December 31, 2010. Annual Loss and Loss Adjustment Reviews Because a significant amount of time can lapse between the assumption of risk, the occurrence of a loss event, the reporting of the event to an insurance or reinsurance company and the ultimate payment of the claim on the loss event, the liability for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses is based largely upon estimates. Our management must use considerable judgment in the process of developing these estimates. The liability for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses for property and casualty business includes amounts determined from loss reports on individual cases and amounts for IBNR reserves. Such reserves, including IBNR reserves, are estimated by management based upon loss reports received from ceding companies, supplemented by our own estimates of losses for which no ceding company loss reports have yet been received. Loss advices or reports from ceding companies are generally provided via the placing broker and comprise treaty statements, individual claims files, electronic messages and large loss advices or cash calls. Large loss advices and cash calls are provided to us as soon as practicable after an individual loss or claim is made or settled by the insured. The remaining broker advices are issued monthly, quarterly or annually depending on the provisions of the individual policies or the ceding company’s practice. For certain direct insurance policies where the claims are managed by Third Party Administrators (TPA’s) and Managing General Agents (MGA’s), loss bordereaux are received either monthly or quarterly depending on the arrangement with the TPA and MGA. We log all claims advices in our internal ‘Claims Tracking System’ upon receipt from brokers and cedants. Each advice is then assigned to the appropriate internal claims adjuster. Our professional claims adjusters and lawyers have many years of experience specializing in each class of business that we manage and also have established authority and internal referral levels. Individual large claims are reviewed and approved by senior management. Every item in the Claims Tracking System is monitored and tracked from the date of receipt of documents to review by adjusters and management and subsequent recording by our internal operations team. All loss reports are processed within three months of receipt with any items not processed during this period identified and flagged for review by senior management. The accuracy and completeness of the loss reports is assessed during the claims adjusting process. We also track where additional information is required for certain 71 2011 2010 Total Net Reserves % of Total Total Net Reserves % of Total (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Asbestos $ 528,398 18.2 % $ 640,063 23.2 % Environmental 93,089 3.2 % 96,109 3.5 % All other: General casualty 659,821 22.8 % 758,614 27.4 % Workers compensation/personal accident 643,543 22.2 % 294,990 10.7 % Marine, aviation and transit 171,664 5.9 % 211,237 7.6 % Construction defect 184,419 6.4 % 111,781 4.0 % Other 367,677 12.6 % 474,792 17.2 % Total all other 2,027,124 69.9 % 1,851,414 66.9 % Unallocated loss adjustment expenses 251,302 8.7 % 178,249 6.4 % Total $ 2,899,913 100.0 % $ 2,765,835 100.0 % Table of Contents claims so that the exact status of all claims received can be monitored to ensure that additional requests and queries are tracked and acted upon. By carrying out additional onsite audits for larger exposures (by cedant for reinsurance or by policyholder for direct claims), we are able to test the accuracy of the figures in the actual underlying files and loss advices. Where we provide reinsurance or retrocession reinsurance protection, the process of claim advice from the direct insurer to the reinsurers and/or retrocessionaires naturally involves more levels of communication, which inevitably creates delays or lags in the receipt of loss advice by the reinsurers/retrocessionaires relative to the date of first advice to the direct insurer. Certain types of exposure, typically latent health exposures such as asbestos-related claims, have inherently long reporting delays, in some cases many years, from the date a loss occurred to the manifestation and reporting of a claim and ultimately until the final settlement of the claim. For asbestos and environmental exposures, our actuaries apply explicit time lag assumptions in their reserving methodologies. This time lag varies by portfolio from one to five years depending on the relative mix of domicile, percentages of product mix of insurance, reinsurance and retrocessional reinsurance, primary insurance, excess reinsurance, reinsurance of direct and reinsurance of reinsurance within any given exposure category. Exposure portfolios written from a non-U.S. domicile are assumed to have a greater time lag than portfolios written from a U.S. domicile. Portfolios with a larger proportion of reinsurance exposures are assumed to have a greater time-lag than portfolios with a larger proportion of insurance exposures. An industry-wide weakness in cedant reporting affects the adequacy and accuracy of reserving for advised claims. We attempt to mitigate this inherent weakness as follows: (i) We closely monitor cedant loss reporting and, for those cedants identified as providing inadequate, untimely or unusual reporting of losses, we conduct, in accordance with the provisions of the insurance and reinsurance contracts, detailed claims audits at the insured’s or reinsured’s premises. Such claims audits have the benefit of validating advised claims, determining whether the cedant’s loss reserving practices and reporting are adequate and identifying potential loss reserving issues of which our actuaries need to be made aware. Any required adjustments to advised claims reserves reported by cedants identified during the claims audits will be recorded as an adjustment to the advised case reserve. (ii) Onsite claims audits are often supplemented by further reviews by our internal and external legal advisors to determine the reasonableness of advised case reserves and, if considered necessary, an adjustment to the reported case reserve will be recorded. (iii) Our actuaries project expected paid and incurred loss development for each class of business, which is monitored on a quarterly basis. Should actual paid and incurred development differ significantly from the expected paid and incurred development, we will investigate the cause and, in conjunction with our actuaries, consider whether any adjustment to ultimate loss reserves is required. Our actuaries consider the quality of ceding company data as part of their ongoing evaluation of the liability for ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses, and the methodologies they select for estimating ultimate losses inherently compensate for potential weaknesses in this data, including weaknesses in loss reports provided by cedants. We strive to apply the highest standards of discipline and professionalism to our claims adjusting, processing and settlement and disputes with cedants are rare. However, we are from time to time involved in various disputes and legal proceedings in the ordinary course of our claims adjusting process. The majority of the losses ceded to us are from the subscription insurance market (where there are often many insurers and reinsurers underwriting each policy), and we often are involved in disputes commenced by other co-insurers who act in unison with any litigation or dispute resolution controlled by the lead underwriter. Coverage disputes arise when the insured/reinsured and insurer/reinsurer cannot reach agreement as to the interpretation of the policy and/or application of the policy to a claim. Most insurance and reinsurance policies contain dispute resolution clauses requiring arbitration or mediation. In the absence of a contractual dispute resolution process, civil litigation would be commenced. We aim to reach a commercially acceptable resolution to any dispute, using arbitration or 72 Table of Contents litigation as a last resort. We regularly monitor and provide internal reports on all disputes involving arbitration and litigation and engage external legal counsel to provide professional advice and assist with case management. In establishing reserves, management includes amounts for IBNR reserves based on independent actuarial estimates of ultimate losses. Our independent actuaries employ generally accepted actuarial methodologies to estimate ultimate losses and loss adjustment expenses and those estimates are reviewed by our management. Nearly all of our unpaid claims liabilities are considered to have a longtail claims payout. Gross loss reserves relate primarily to casualty exposures, including latent claims, of which approximately 16.4% relate to asbestos and environmental, or A&E, exposures. Within the annual loss reserve studies produced by our external actuaries, exposures for each subsidiary are separated into homogeneous reserving categories for the purpose of estimating IBNR. Each reserving category contains either direct insurance or assumed reinsurance reserves and groups relatively similar types of risks and exposures (for example, asbestos, environmental, casualty, property) and lines of business written (for example, marine, aviation, non-marine). Based on the exposure characteristics and the nature of available data for each individual reserving category, a number of methodologies are applied. Recorded reserves for each category are selected from the indications produced by the various methodologies after consideration of exposure characteristics, data limitations and strengths and weaknesses of each method applied. This approach to estimating IBNR has been consistently adopted in the annual loss reserve studies for each period presented. We review our external actuaries’ reports for consistency and appropriateness of methodology and assumptions, including assumptions of industry benchmarks, and discuss any concerns or changes with them. Our chief actuary and chief financial officer then consider the reasonableness of the reduction (or increase) in ultimate loss reserves that would result by amending loss reserves to the level recommended by our external actuaries, in light of actual loss development during the year using the following reports produced internally on a quarterly basis for each of our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries: 73 1. Gross, ceded and net incurred loss report — This report provides, for each reporting period, the total (including commuted policies) gross, ceded and net incurred loss development for each company and a commentary on each company’s loss development prepared by our chief actuary. The report highlights the causes of any unusual or significant loss development activity (including commutations) and raises any concerns regarding the quality of the underlying reserve data. 2. Actual versus expected gross incurred loss development report — This report provides a summary, and commentary thereon, of each company’s (excluding companies or portfolios of business acquired in the current year) non-commuted incurred gross losses compared to the estimate of the development of non-commuted incurred gross losses provided by our external actuaries at the beginning of the year as part of the prior year’s reserving process. 3. Commutations summary schedule — This schedule summarizes all commutations completed during the year for all companies, and identifies the policyholder with which we commuted, the incurred losses settled by the commutation (comprising outstanding unpaid losses and case reserves) and the amount of the commutation settlement. 4. Analysis of paid, incurred and ultimate losses — This analysis for each company, and in the aggregate, provides a summary of the gross, ceded and net paid and incurred losses and the impact of applying our external actuaries’ recommended loss reserves. This report, reviewed in conjunction with the previous reports, provides an analytical tool to review each company’s incurred loss or gain and reduction in IBNR reserves to assess whether the ultimate reduction in loss reserves appears reasonable in light of known developments within each company. Table of Contents The above reports provide our chief actuary and chief financial officer with the relevant information to determine whether loss development (including commutations) during the year has, for each company, been sufficiently favorable so as to warrant a reserve reduction of the level that would result by applying our external actuaries’ recommended reserve levels. It is not possible to quantify how much of any reserve release specifically relates to commutations or favorable development of non-commuted claims as the revised historical loss development used by the actuaries to estimate required reserves is a combination of both the elimination of historical loss development relating to commuted policies and non-commuted loss development. It is not practicable to determine the loss reserves that would be required relating to commuted policies as this would require an additional actuarial review each year for each company based on loss development statistics including the historical loss development for commuted policies. Should the conclusions of the chief actuary and chief financial officer differ from those implied by our external actuaries, the chief actuary will engage in further discussions with the external actuaries to understand the rationale behind their reserve recommendations. When establishing loss reserves we have an expectation that, in the absence of commutations and significant favorable or unfavorable non-commuted loss development compared to expectations, loss reserves will not exceed the high, or be less than the low, end of the following ranges of gross loss and loss adjustment expense reserves implied by the various methodologies used by each of our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries. The range of gross loss and loss adjustment expense reserves implied by the various methodologies used by each of our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 was: Latent Claims Our loss reserves are related largely to casualty exposures including latent exposures relating primarily to A&E. In establishing the reserves for unpaid claims, management considers facts currently known and the current state of the law and coverage litigation. Liabilities are recognized for known claims (including the cost of related litigation) when sufficient information has been developed to indicate the involvement of a specific insurance policy, and management can reasonably estimate its liability. In addition, reserves are established to cover loss development related to both known and unasserted claims. The estimation of unpaid claim liabilities is subject to a high degree of uncertainty for a number of reasons. First, unpaid claim liabilities for property and casualty exposures in general are impacted by changes in the legal environment, jury awards, medical cost trends and general inflation. Moreover, for latent exposures in particular, developed case law and adequate claim history do not exist. There is significant coverage litigation related to these exposures, which creates further uncertainty in the estimation of the liabilities. As a result, for these types 74 Low Selected High (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Asbestos $ 529,129 $ 593,435 $ 685,767 Environmental 97,887 109,366 125,084 All other: General casualty 930,189 1,083,516 1,222,677 Workers compensation/personal accident 909,967 1,056,784 1,163,326 Marine, aviation and transit 252,146 281,895 302,609 Construction defect 252,888 302,841 337,508 Other 539,843 603,777 663,624 Total all other 2,885,033 3,328,813 3,689,744 Unallocated loss adjustment expenses 251,302 251,302 251,302 Total $ 3,763,351 $ 4,282,916 $ 4,751,897 Table of Contents of exposures, it is especially unclear whether past claim experience will be representative of future claim experience. Ultimate values for such claims cannot be estimated using reserving techniques that extrapolate losses to an ultimate basis using loss development factors, and the uncertainties surrounding the estimation of unpaid claim liabilities are not likely to be resolved in the near future. There can be no assurance that the reserves established by us will be adequate or will not be adversely affected by the development of other latent exposures. Our asbestos claims are primarily products liability claims submitted by a variety of insureds who operated in different parts of the asbestos distribution chain. While most such claims arise from asbestos mining and primary asbestos manufacturers, we have also been receiving claims from tertiary defendants such as smaller manufacturers, and the industry has seen an emerging trend of non-products claims arising from premises exposures. Unlike products claims, primary policies generally do not contain aggregate policy limits for premises claims, which, accordingly, remain at the primary layer and, thus, rarely impact excess insurance policies. As the vast majority of our policies are excess policies, this trend has had only a marginal effect on our asbestos exposures thus far. Asbestos reform efforts have been underway at both the federal and state level to address the cost and scope of asbestos claims to the American economy. While congressional efforts to create a federal trust fund that would replace the tort system for asbestos claims failed, several states, including Texas and Florida, have passed reforms based on “medical criteria” requiring certain levels of medically documented injury before a lawsuit can be filed, generally resulting in a drop of case filings in those states adopting this reform measure. Asbestos claims primarily fall into two general categories: impaired and unimpaired bodily injury claims. Property damage claims represent only a small fraction of asbestos claims. Impaired claims primarily include individuals suffering from mesothelioma or a cancer such as lung cancer. Unimpaired claims include asbestosis and those whose lung regions contain pleural plaques. Unlike traditional property and casualty insurers that either have large numbers of individual claims arising from personal lines such as auto, or small numbers of high value claims as in medical malpractice insurance lines, our primary exposures arise from A&E claims that do not follow a consistent pattern. For instance, we may encounter a small insured with one large environmental claim due to significant groundwater contamination, while a Fortune 500 company may submit numerous claims for relatively small values. Moreover, there is no set pattern for the life of an environmental or asbestos claim. Some of these claims may resolve within two years whereas others have remained unresolved for nearly two decades. Therefore, our open and closed claims data do not follow any identifiable or discernible pattern. Furthermore, because of the reinsurance nature of the claims we manage, we focus on the activities at the reinsured level rather than at the individual claims level. The counterparties with whom we typically interact are generally insurers or large industrial concerns and not individual claimants. Claims do not follow any consistent pattern. They arise from many insureds or locations and in a broad range of circumstances. An insured may present one large claim or hundreds or thousands of small claims. Plaintiffs’ counsel frequently aggregate thousands of claims within one lawsuit. The deductibles to which claims are subject vary from policy to policy and year to year. Often claims data is only available to reinsurers, such as us, on an aggregated basis. Accordingly, we have not found claim count information or average reserve amounts to be reliable indicators of exposure for our reserve estimation process or for management of our liabilities. We have found data accumulation and claims management more effective and meaningful at the reinsured level rather than at the underlying claim level. As a result, we have designed our reserving methodologies to be independent of claim count information. As the level of exposures to a reinsured can vary substantially, we focus on the aggregate exposures and pursue commutations and policy buy-backs with the larger reinsureds. We employ approximately 29 full time equivalent employees, including attorneys, actuaries, and experienced claims-handlers, to directly administer our A&E liabilities. We have established a provision for future expenses of $44.6 million, which reflects the total anticipated costs to administer these claims to expiration. 75 Table of Contents Our future environmental loss development may be influenced by other factors including: The influence of each of these factors is not easily quantifiable and, as with asbestos-related exposures, our historical environmental loss development is of limited value in determining future environmental loss development using traditional actuarial reserving techniques. There have been recent positive developments concerning lead paint liability, an area previously viewed as an emerging trend in latent claim activity with the potential to adversely affect reserves. After a series of successful defense efforts by defendant lead pigment manufacturers in lead paint litigation, in 2005, a Rhode Island trial court ruled in favor of the government in a nuisance claim against the defendant manufacturers. Since the Rhode Island decision, other government entities have employed the same theory for recovery against these manufacturers. In 2008, the Rhode Island Supreme Court reversed the sole legal liability loss experienced by lead pigment manufacturers in lead paint litigation. The court rejected public nuisance as a viable theory of liability for use by the government against the defendants and thus invalidated the entire claim against the lead pigment manufacturers. Subsequent to the Rhode Island Supreme Court decision at least one other government entity, an Ohio municipality, voluntarily dropped its lead paint suit. Thereafter, the State of Ohio, voluntarily dismissed its pending action against lead pigment manufacturers. Other state supreme courts equally rejected the public nuisance theory of liability, whereas no highest state court has ever adopted this theory as an acceptable cause of action. We believe that lead paint claims now pose a lower risk to adverse reserve adjustment than previously thought, as the only trial court decision against lead pigment manufacturers to date was reversed on the basis that public nuisance is an improper liability theory by which a plaintiff may seek recovery against the lead pigment manufacturers. Even if adverse rulings under alternative theories succeed or if other states ultimately permit recovery under a public nuisance theory, it is questionable whether insureds have coverage under their policies under which they seek indemnity. Insureds have yet to meet policy terms and conditions to establish coverage for lead paint public nuisance claims, as opposed to traditional bodily injury and property damage claims. Still, there is the potential for significant impact to excess insurers should plaintiffs prevail in successive nuisance claims pending in other jurisdictions and coverage is established. Our independent, external actuaries use industry benchmarking methodologies to estimate appropriate IBNR reserves for our A&E exposures. These methods are based on comparisons of our loss experience on A&E exposures relative to industry loss experience on A&E exposures. Estimates of IBNR are derived separately for each of our relevant subsidiaries and, for some subsidiaries, separately for distinct portfolios of exposure. The discussion that follows describes, in greater detail, the primary actuarial methodologies used by our independent actuaries to estimate IBNR for A&E exposures. In addition to the specific considerations for each method described below, many general factors are considered in the application of the methods and the interpretation of results for each portfolio of exposures. These factors include the mix of product types (e.g., primary insurance versus reinsurance of primary versus reinsurance of reinsurance), the average attachment point of coverages (e.g., first-dollar primary versus umbrella over primary versus high-excess), payment and reporting lags related to the international domicile of our 76 • Existence of currently undiscovered polluted sites eligible for clean-up under the United States Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) and related legislation. • Costs imposed due to joint and several liability if not all potentially reliable parties (PRPs) are capable of paying their share. • Success of legal challenges to certain policy terms such as the “absolute” pollution exclusion. • Potential future reforms and amendments to CERCLA, particularly as the resources of Superfund — the funding vehicle, established as part of CERCLA, to provide financing for cleanup of polluted sites where no PRP can be identified — become exhausted. Table of Contents subsidiaries, payment and reporting pattern acceleration due to large “wholesale” settlements (e.g., policy buy-backs and commutations) pursued by us, and lists of individual risks remaining and general trends within the legal and tort environments. 1. Paid Survival Ratio Method. In this method, our expected annual average payment amount is multiplied by an expected future number of payment years to get an indicated reserve. Our historical calendar year payments are examined to determine an expected future annual average payment amount. This amount is multiplied by an expected number of future payment years to estimate a reserve. Trends in calendar year payment activity are considered when selecting an expected future annual average payment amount. Accepted industry benchmarks are used in determining an expected number of future payment years. Each year, annual payments data is updated, trends in payments are re-evaluated and changes to benchmark future payment years are reviewed. This method has advantages of ease of application and simplicity of assumptions. A potential disadvantage of the method is that results could be misleading for portfolios of high excess exposures where significant payment activity has not yet begun. 2. Paid Market Share Method. In this method, our estimated market share is applied to the industry estimated unpaid losses. The ratio of our historical calendar year payments to industry historical calendar year payments is examined to estimate our market share. This ratio is then applied to the estimate of industry unpaid losses. Each year, calendar year payment data is updated (for both us and industry), estimates of industry unpaid losses are reviewed and the selection of our estimated market share is revisited. This method has the advantage that trends in calendar year market share can be incorporated into the selection of company share of remaining market payments. A potential disadvantage of this method is that it is particularly sensitive to assumptions regarding the time-lag between industry payments and our payments. 3. Reserve-to-Paid Method. In this method, the ratio of estimated industry reserves to industry paid-to-date losses is multiplied by our paid-to-date losses to estimate our reserves. Specific considerations in the application of this method include the completeness of our paid-to-date loss information, the potential acceleration or deceleration in our payments (relative to the industry) due to our claims handling practices, and the impact of large individual settlements. Each year, paid-to-date loss information is updated (for both us and the industry) and updates to industry estimated reserves are reviewed. This method has the advantage of relying purely on paid loss data and so is not influenced by subjectivity of case reserve loss estimates. A potential disadvantage is that the application to our portfolios which do not have complete inception-to-date paid loss history could produce misleading results. To address this potential disadvantage, a variation of the method is also considered by multiplying the ratio of estimated industry reserves to industry losses paid during a recent period of time (e.g., 5 years) times our paid losses during that period. 4. IBNR:Case Ratio Method. In this method, the ratio of estimated industry IBNR reserves to industry case reserves is multiplied by our case reserves to estimate our IBNR reserves. Specific considerations in the application of this method include the presence of policies reserved at policy limits, changes in overall industry case reserve adequacy and recent loss reporting history for us. Each year, our case reserves are updated, industry reserves are updated and the applicability of the industry IBNR:Case Ratio is reviewed. This method has the advantage that it incorporates the most recent estimates of amounts needed to settle open cases included in current case reserves. A potential disadvantage is that results could be misleading where our case reserve adequacy differs significantly from overall industry case reserve adequacy. 5. Ultimate-to-Incurred Method. In this method, the ratio of estimated industry ultimate losses to industry incurred-to-date losses is applied to our incurred-to-date losses to estimate our IBNR reserves. Specific considerations in the application of this method include the completeness of our incurred-to-date loss information, the potential acceleration or deceleration in our incurred losses (relative to the industry) due to our claims handling practices and the impact of large individual settlements. Each year incurred-to-date loss information is updated (for both us and the industry) and updates to industry estimated ultimate losses are reviewed. This method has the advantage that it incorporates both paid and case reserve information in projecting 77 Table of Contents ultimate losses. A potential disadvantage is that results could be misleading where cumulative paid loss data is incomplete or where our case reserve adequacy differs significantly from overall industry case reserve adequacy. Under the Paid Survival Ratio Method, the Paid Market Share Method and the Reserve-to-Paid Method, we first determine the estimated total reserve and then deduct the reported outstanding case reserves to arrive at an estimated IBNR reserve. The IBNR:Case Ratio Method first determines an estimated IBNR reserve which is then added to the advised outstanding case reserves to arrive at an estimated total loss reserve. The Ultimate-to-Incurred Method first determines an estimate of the ultimate losses to be paid and then deducts paid-to-date losses to arrive at an estimated total loss reserve and then deducts outstanding case reserves to arrive at the estimated IBNR reserve. As of December 31, 2011, we had 35 separate insurance and/or reinsurance subsidiaries whose reserves are categorized into approximately 328 reserve categories in total, including 39 distinct asbestos reserving categories and 25 distinct environmental reserving categories. To the extent that data availability allows, the five methodologies described above are applied for each of the 39 asbestos reserving categories and each of the 25 environmental reserving categories. As is common in actuarial practice, no one methodology is exclusively or consistently relied upon when selecting a recorded reserve. Consistent reliance on a single methodology to select a recorded reserve would be inappropriate in light of the dynamic nature of both the A&E liabilities in general, and our actual exposure portfolios in particular. In selecting a recorded reserve, management considers the range of results produced by the methods, and the strengths and weaknesses of the methods in relation to the data available and the specific characteristics of the portfolio under consideration. Trends in both our data and industry data are also considered in the reserve selection process. Recent trends or changes in the relevant tort and legal environments are also considered when assessing methodology results and selecting an appropriate recorded reserve amount for each portfolio. The following key assumptions were used to estimate A&E reserves at December 31, 2011: 1. $65 Billion Ultimate Industry Asbestos Losses — This level of industry-wide losses and its comparison to industry-wide paid, incurred and outstanding case reserves is the base benchmarking assumption applied to Paid Market Share, Reserve-to-Paid, IBNR:Case Ratio and the Ultimate-to-Incurred asbestos reserving methodologies. 2. $38.5 Billion Ultimate Industry Environmental Losses — This level of industry-wide losses and its comparison to industry-wide paid, incurred and outstanding case reserves is the base benchmarking assumption applied to Paid Market Share, Reserve-to-Paid, IBNR:Case Ratio and the Ultimate-to-Incurred environmental reserving methodologies. 3. Loss Reporting Lag — Our subsidiaries assumed a mix of insurance and reinsurance exposures generally through the London market. As the available industry benchmark loss information, as supplied by our independent consulting actuaries, is compiled largely from U.S. direct insurance company experience, our loss reporting is expected to lag relative to available industry benchmark information. This time-lag used by each of our insurance subsidiaries varies from 1 to 5 years depending on the relative mix of domicile, percentages of product mix of insurance, reinsurance and retrocessional reinsurance, primary insurance, excess insurance, reinsurance of direct, and reinsurance of reinsurance within any given exposure category. Exposure portfolios written from a non-U.S. domicile are assumed to have a greater time-lag than portfolios written from a U.S. domicile. Portfolios with a larger proportion of reinsurance exposures are assumed to have a greater time-lag than portfolios with a larger proportion of insurance exposures. The assumption above as to Ultimate Industry Asbestos losses has not changed from the immediately preceding period. As described more fully below, the assumption as to Ultimate Industry Environmental losses has been increased from the immediately preceding period. For our company as a whole, the average selected lag 78 Table of Contents for asbestos has decreased slightly from 2.9 years to 2.6 years and the average selected lag for environmental has decreased slightly from 2.4 years to 2.3 years. The changes to the selected lags arose largely as a result of the changes in the relative size of the various underlying asbestos and environmental portfolios during 2011. The following tables provide a summary of the sensitivity of reserve levels to changes in the selected value for the above-referenced assumptions regarding industry ultimate losses and loss reporting lag. Please note that the table below demonstrates sensitivity to changes to key assumptions using methodologies selected for determining loss and allocated loss adjustment expenses, or ALAE, at December 31, 2011 and differs from the table on page 74, which demonstrates the range of outcomes produced by the various methodologies. Industry publications have, since 2001, indicated that the range of ultimate industry losses is estimated to be between approximately $55 billion and $65 billion for asbestos losses. One commonly-referenced benchmark estimates ultimate industry asbestos losses to be between $65 billion and $75 billion. One of the reasons cited for this higher estimate is a shift of losses away from products liability claims to non-products claims. In considering the impact of this issue, it is important to understand how asbestos claims attach to policies issued by the insurance industry in general and the policies issued by the companies owned by us in particular. Historically, asbestos claims have been presented as “products liability” claims brought against manufacturers and distributors of asbestos-containing products. For a given manufacturer, distributor, or other entity involved in asbestos litigation, multiple claims are filed by numerous individuals. There is typically an allocation of the settlement costs for asbestos claims over time based on exposure to asbestos by the injured claimants. Many asbestos claims will aggregate within each individual policy period to exhaust the annual aggregate policy limits which exist within policies sold to cover products liability claims. Beginning in the mid-1990’s, a trend began to emerge whereby certain policyholders began to assert that their asbestos claims should not fall within the “products liability” section of their policies and, therefore, should not be subject to the aggregate limits of products liability claims. Instead, the policyholder would assert that each individual bodily injury claim should be treated as a separate occurrence under the “premises/operations” section of their policies. Under such presentation, individual claim or occurrence limits apply separately to each claim and there is no aggregate limit for the amount of “premises” or “non-products” claims within a particular policy. 79 Sensitivity to Industry Asbestos Ultimate Loss Assumption Asbestos Loss Reserves (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Asbestos — $70 billion $ 702,603 Asbestos — $65 billion (selected) 593,435 Asbestos — $60 billion 484,267 Sensitivity to Industry Environmental Ultimate Loss Assumption Environmental Loss Reserves (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Environmental — $40 billion $ 156,104 Environmental — $38.5 billion (selected) 109,366 Environmental — $30 billion 62,628 Sensitivity to Time-Lag Assumption* Asbestos Loss Reserves Environmental Loss Reserves (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Selected average of 2.6 years asbestos, 2.3 years environmental $ 593,435 $ 109,366 Increase all portfolio lags by six months 656,151 112,834 Decrease all portfolio lags by six months 524,018 105,751 * Using $65 billion/$38.5 billion Asbestos/Environmental Industry Ultimate Loss assumptions. Table of Contents Our exposure to asbestos losses arises largely from direct excess policies and assumed reinsurance policies written through the London market. With respect to direct excess policies, our companies typically participated on policies whereby liability would only attach in excess of primary and umbrella policy limits. As non-products asbestos losses are not aggregated and are generally confined to the limits of the primary and other lower layer insurance policies, we believe we have very little exposure to non-products asbestos losses through direct insurance policies issued by our owned subsidiary companies. To date, we have seen no material reporting of non-products asbestos claims on direct insurance policies. The trend of asbestos losses shifting from products to non-products is not a new phenomenon. As our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries have not received any material reporting of non-products claims to date and their direct insurance exposures are generally in excess of the layers of insurance impacted by non-products asbestos losses, we do not expect any material future liability in respect of non-products asbestos claims. Losses with respect to assumed reinsurance exposures to non-products asbestos claims are unlikely to be aggregated and are generally confined to the limits of the primary and other lower layer insurance policies. There is limited ability for such claims to exceed retained levels. Our assumed reinsurance portfolio with respect to asbestos exposures is largely excess of loss in nature and, therefore, not especially subject to non-products asbestos liabilities. To date, we have seen no material reporting of non-products asbestos claims on assumed reinsurance policies. As stated above, the trend of asbestos losses shifting from products to non-products is not a new phenomenon. As our assumed reinsurance entities have not received any material reporting of non-products claims to date and their assumed reinsurance exposures generally cover layers of insurance not impacted by non-products asbestos losses, management does not expect any material future liability in respect of non-products asbestos claims. Other reasons cited for the higher estimate of industry ultimate asbestos losses include the ongoing uncertainty surrounding insurance coverage of asbestos claims and the ongoing reporting of significant numbers and values of malignant mesothelioma claims. As we do not view these issues as new information, any impact has already been factored into our actuarial reserving methodologies with no need for any change in assumptions. Furthermore, in recent years, the overall asbestos loss development trend within our portfolio has been favorable. Our asbestos exposures are reviewed by independent actuaries on an annual basis as part of the overall annual loss reserve review. Actual loss reporting for asbestos claims in recent years has been below actuarial estimated expectations. Having considered the higher benchmark estimate of ultimate net asbestos losses in the context of our portfolio of loss exposures and actual asbestos loss reporting in recent years for us in particular, as well as for the insurance industry generally, we believe there is no need to increase the $65 billion asbestos ultimate industry loss assumption. Guidance from industry publications is more varied in respect of estimates of ultimate industry environmental losses. Consistent with an industry published estimate, we believe the reasonable range for ultimate industry environmental losses is between $30 billion and $40 billion. For a number of years, we have, based on advice supplied by our independent consulting actuaries, selected the midpoint of this range, $35 billion, as the basis for our environmental loss reserving. Based on the most recent information available, industry reported incurred losses have now exceeded $35 billion. In addition, a notable industry publication has recently published a revised estimate of ultimate industry environmental losses of $42 billion. In light of these facts, we have increased our estimate of ultimate industry losses from $35 billion to $38.5 billion as the basis for our environmental loss reserving. This change of assumption had no material impact on our consolidated financial statements. We continue to experience only moderate incurred loss development on our own portfolios of environmental exposures, and are comfortable with our carried reserve level for environmental exposures based on the analysis conducted by both our internal and our external independent actuaries. 80 Table of Contents Our current estimate of the time lag that relates to our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries compared to the industry is considered reasonable given the analysis performed by our internal and external actuaries to date. Over time, additional information regarding such exposure characteristics may be developed for any given portfolio. This additional information could cause a shift in the lag assumed. All Other (Non-latent) Reserves For our “All Other” (non-latent) loss exposure, a range of traditional loss development extrapolation techniques is applied by our independent actuaries and us. These methods assume that cohorts, or groups, of losses from similar exposures will increase over time in a predictable manner. Historical paid, incurred, and outstanding loss development experience is examined for earlier years to make inferences about how later years’ losses will develop. The application and consideration of multiple methods is consistent with the Actuarial Standards of Practice. When determining which loss development extrapolation methods to apply to each company and each class of exposure within each company, we and our independent actuaries consider the nature of the exposure for each specific subsidiary and reserving segment and the available loss development data, as well as the limitations of that data. In cases where company-specific loss development information is not available or reliable, we and our independent actuaries select methods that do not rely on historical data (such as incremental or run-off methods) and consider industry loss development information published by industry sources such as the Reinsurance Association of America. In determining which methods to apply, we and our independent actuaries also consider cause of loss coding information when available. A brief summary of the methods that are considered most frequently in analyzing non-latent exposures is provided below. This summary discusses the strengths and weaknesses of each method, as well as the data requirements for each method, all of which are considered when selecting which methods to apply for each reserve segment. 1. Cumulative Reported and Paid Loss Development Methods. The Cumulative Reported (Case Incurred) Loss Development method relies on the assumption that, at any given state of maturity, ultimate losses can be predicted by multiplying cumulative reported losses (paid losses plus case reserves) by a cumulative development factor. The validity of the results of this method depends on the stability of claim reporting and settlement rates, as well as the consistency of case reserve levels. Case reserves do not have to be adequately stated for this method to be effective; they only need to have a fairly consistent level of adequacy at all stages of maturity. Historical “age-to-age” loss development factors, or LDF’s, are calculated to measure the relative development of an accident year from one maturity point to the next. Age-to-age LDFs are then selected based on these historical factors. The selected age-to-age LDFs are used to project the ultimate losses. The Cumulative Paid Loss Development Method is mechanically identical to the Cumulative Reported Loss Development Method described above, but the paid method does not rely on case reserves or claim reporting patterns in making projections. The validity of the results from using a cumulative loss development approach can be affected by many conditions, such as internal claim department processing changes, a shift between single and multiple payments per claim, legal changes, or variations in a company’s mix of business from year to year. Typically, the most appropriate circumstances in which to apply a cumulative loss development method are those in which the exposure is mature, full loss development data is available, and the historical observed loss development is relatively stable. 2. Incremental Reported and Paid Loss Development Methods. Incremental incurred and paid analyses are performed in cases where cumulative data is not available. The concept of the incremental loss development methods is similar to the cumulative loss development methods described above, in that the pattern of historical paid or incurred losses is used to project the remaining future development. The difference between the cumulative and incremental methods is that the incremental methods rely on only incremental incurred or paid loss data from a given point in time forward, and do not require full loss history. These incremental loss 81 Table of Contents development methods are therefore helpful when data limitations apply. While this versatility in the incremental methods is a strength, the methods are sensitive to fluctuations in loss development, so care must be taken in applying them. 3. IBNR-to-Case Outstanding Method. This method requires the estimation of consistent cumulative paid and reported (case) incurred loss development patterns and age-to-ultimate LDFs, either from data that is specific to the segment being analyzed or from applicable benchmark or industry data. These patterns imply a specific expected relationship between IBNR, including both development on known claims (bulk reserve) and losses on true late reported claims, and reported case incurred losses. The IBNR-to-Case Outstanding method can be used in a variety of situations. It is appropriate for loss development experience that is mature and possesses a very high ratio of paid losses to reported case incurred losses. The method also permits an evaluation of the difference in maturity between the business being reviewed and benchmark development patterns. Depending on the relationship of paid to incurred losses, an estimate of the relative maturity of the business being reviewed can be made and a subsequent estimate of ultimate losses driven by the implied IBNR to case outstanding ratio at the appropriate maturity can be made. This method is also useful where loss development data is incomplete and only the case outstanding amounts are determined to be reliable. This method is less reliable in situations where relative case reserve adequacy has been changing over time. 4. Bornhuetter-Ferguson Expected Loss Projection Reported and Paid Methods. The Bornhuetter-Ferguson Expected Loss Projection Method based on reported loss data relies on the assumption that remaining unreported losses are a function of the total expected losses rather than a function of currently reported losses. The expected losses used in this analysis are based on initial selected ultimate loss ratios by year. The expected losses are multiplied by the unreported percentage to produce expected unreported losses. The unreported percentage is calculated as one minus the reciprocal of the selected cumulative incurred LDFs. Finally, the expected unreported losses are added to the current reported losses to produce ultimate losses. The calculations underlying the Bornhuetter-Ferguson Expected Loss Projection Method based on paid loss data are similar to the Bornhuetter-Ferguson calculations based on reported losses, with the exception that paid losses and unpaid percentages replace reported losses and unreported percentages. The Bornhuetter-Ferguson method is most useful as an alternative to other models for immature years. For these immature years, the amounts reported or paid may be small and unstable and therefore not predictive of future development. Therefore, future development is assumed to follow an expected pattern that is supported by more stable historical data or by emerging trends. This method is also useful when changing reporting patterns or payment patterns distort historical development of losses. Similar to the loss development methods, the Bornhuetter-Ferguson method may be applied to loss and ALAE on a combined or separate basis. The Bornhuetter-Ferguson method may not be appropriate in circumstances where the liabilities being analyzed are very mature, as it is not sensitive to the remaining amount of case reserves outstanding, or the actual development to date. 5. Reserve Run-off Method. This method first projects the future values of case reserves for all underwriting years to future ages of development. This is done by selecting a run-off pattern of case reserves. The selected case run-off ratios are chosen based on the observed run-off ratios at each age of development. Once the ratios have been selected, they are used to project the future values of case reserves. A paid on reserve factor is selected in a similar way. The ratios of the observed amounts paid during each development period to the respective case reserves at the beginning of the periods are used to estimate how much will be paid on the case reserves during each development period. These paid on reserve factors are then applied to the case reserve amounts that were projected during the first phase of this method. A summation of the resulting paid amounts yields an estimate of the liability. The Reserve Run-off Method works well when the historical run-off patterns are reasonably stable and when case reserves ultimately show a decreasing trend. Another strength of this method is that it only requires case reserves at a given point in time and incremental paid and incurred losses after that point, meaning that it can be applied in cases where full loss history is not available. In cases of volatile data where there is a persistent increasing trend in case reserves, this method will fail to produce a reasonable estimate. In several cases, reliance upon this method was limited due to this weakness. 82 Table of Contents Our independent actuaries select the appropriate loss development extrapolation methods to apply to each company and each class of exposure, and then apply these methods to calculate an estimate of ultimate losses. Our management, which is responsible for the final estimate of ultimate losses, reviews the calculations of our independent actuaries, considers whether the appropriate method was applied, and adjusts the estimate of ultimate losses as it deems necessary. Historically, we have not deviated from the recommendations of our independent actuaries. Paid-to-date losses are then deducted from the estimate of ultimate losses to arrive at an estimated total loss reserve, and reported outstanding case reserves are then deducted from estimated total loss reserves to calculate the estimated IBNR reserve. Net Reduction in Ultimate Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Liabilities The change in our estimated total loss reserves for both latent and all other exposures compared to that of the previous period, less net losses paid during the period, is recorded as a reduction in net ultimate losses on our statement of earnings for the period. Our estimated total loss reserve at December 31, 2011 was determined by estimating the ultimate losses and deducting paid-to-date losses. The estimated ultimate losses, for both latent and all other (non-latent) liabilities, were determined by the amount of advised case reserves and the application of the actuarial methodologies described above to estimate IBNR reserves. Future changes in our estimates of ultimate losses are likely to have a significant impact on future operating results. Our operating objective is to commute our loss exposures and manage non-commuted loss development in a disciplined manner such that future incurred loss development will be less than expected. A combination of future commutations and better-than-expected incurred loss development of non-commuted exposures could improve the trend of loss development and, after the application of actuarial methodologies to the improved trend, reduce the December 31, 2011 estimates of ultimate losses with a positive impact on our future results. However, it is not possible to project future commutation settlements or whether incurred loss development will be better than expected, and it is possible that ultimate loss reserves could increase based on the factors discussed herein. Quarterly Reserve Reviews In addition to an in-depth annual review, we also perform quarterly reserve reviews. This is done by examining quarterly paid and incurred loss development to determine whether it is consistent with reserves established during the preceding annual reserve review and with expected development. Loss development is reviewed separately for each major exposure type (e.g., asbestos, environmental, etc.), for each of our relevant subsidiaries, and for large “wholesale” commutation settlements versus “routine” paid and advised losses. This process is undertaken to determine whether loss development experience during a quarter warrants any change to held reserves. Loss development is examined separately by exposure type because different exposures develop differently over time. For example, the expected reporting and payout of losses for a given amount of asbestos reserves can be expected to take place over a different time frame and in a different quarterly pattern from the same amount of environmental reserves. In addition, loss development is examined separately for each of our relevant subsidiaries. Companies can differ in their exposure profile due to the mix of insurance versus reinsurance, the mix of primary versus excess insurance, the underwriting years of participation and other criteria. These differing profiles lead to different expectations for quarterly and annual loss development by company. Our quarterly paid and incurred loss development is often driven by large, “wholesale” settlements — such as commutations and policy buy-backs — which settle many individual claims in a single transaction. This allows for monitoring of the potential profitability of large settlements which, in turn, can provide information about the adequacy of reserves on remaining exposures which have not yet been settled. For example, if it were found that large settlements were consistently leading to large negative, or favorable, incurred losses upon settlement, it might be an indication that reserves on remaining exposures are redundant. Conversely, if it were found that large settlements were consistently leading to large positive, or adverse, incurred losses upon 83 Table of Contents settlement, it might be an indication — particularly if the size of the losses were increasing — that certain loss reserves on remaining exposures are deficient. Moreover, removing the loss development resulting from large settlements allows for a review of loss development related only to those contracts which remain exposed to losses. Were this not done, it is possible that savings on large wholesale settlements could mask significant underlying development on remaining exposures. Once the data has been analyzed as described above, an in-depth review is performed on classes of exposure with significant loss development. Discussions are held with appropriate personnel, including individual company managers, claims handlers and attorneys, to better understand the causes. If it were determined that development differs significantly from expectations, reserves would be adjusted. Quarterly loss development is expected to be fairly erratic for the types of exposure insured and reinsured by us. Several quarters of low incurred loss development can be followed by spikes of relatively large incurred losses. This is characteristic of latent claims and other insurance losses which are reported and settled many years after the inception of the policy. Given the high degree of statistical uncertainty, and potential volatility, it would be unusual to adjust reserves on the basis of one, or even several, quarters of loss development activity. As a result, unless the incurred loss activity in any one quarter is of such significance that management is able to quantify the impact on the ultimate liability for loss and loss adjustment expenses, reductions or increases in loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities are carried out in the fourth quarter based on the annual reserve review described above. As described above, our management regularly reviews and updates reserve estimates using the most current information available and employing various actuarial methods. Adjustments resulting from changes in our estimates are recorded in the period when such adjustments are determined. The ultimate liability for loss and loss adjustment expenses is likely to differ from the original estimate due to a number of factors, primarily consisting of the overall claims activity occurring during any period, including the completion of commutations of assumed liabilities and ceded reinsurance receivables, policy buy-backs and general incurred claims activity. Reinsurance Balances Receivable Our acquired insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries, prior to acquisition by us, used reinsurance and retrocessional agreements to reduce their exposure to the risk of insurance and reinsurance they assumed. Loss and loss adjustment expense reserves represent total gross reserves for unpaid losses, and reinsurance receivables represent anticipated recoveries of a portion of those unpaid losses as well as amounts receivable from reinsurers with respect to claims that have already been paid. While reinsurance arrangements are designed to limit losses and to permit recovery of a portion of direct paid losses, they do not relieve us of our liabilities to our insureds or reinsureds. Therefore, we evaluate and monitor concentration of credit risk among our reinsurers, including companies that are insolvent, in run-off or facing financial difficulties in order to make provisions for amounts considered potentially uncollectible. Reinsurance balances receivable increased by $828.1 million during 2011 primarily as a result of additional reinsurance receivables acquired during the year partially offset by cash collections. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the provision for uncollectible reinsurance relating to losses recoverable was $341.1 million and $381.4 million, respectively. To estimate the provision for uncollectible reinsurance recoverable, the reinsurance recoverables are first allocated to applicable reinsurers. This determination is based on a detailed process rather than an estimate, although an element of judgment is applied, with respect to the allocation of ceded IBNR. The stronger creditworthiness of reinsurance receivables acquired in 2011 compared to reinsurance receivables at December 31, 2010, combined with the reduction in aggregate provisions for bad debt of $42.8 million (following the collection of reinsurance receivables against which bad debt provisions had been provided in earlier periods), resulted in a lower provision for uncollectible reinsurance at December 31, 2011 compared to the provision at December 31, 2010. We use detailed analysis to estimate uncollectible reinsurance by applying the bad debt provision to reinsurance recoverable balances by reinsurer to determine the portion of a reinsurer’s balance deemed to be 84 Table of Contents uncollectible. These provisions require considerable judgment and are determined using the current rating, or rating equivalent, of each reinsurer (in order to determine its ability to settle the reinsurance balances) as well as other key considerations and assumptions, such as claims and coverage issues and age of debt. See Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements for an analysis of reinsurance recoverables. Provisions for Unallocated Loss Adjustment Expense Liabilities Provisions for unallocated loss adjustment expense liabilities are estimated by management by determining the future annual costs to be incurred by us, comprising staff costs, consultancy and professional fees and overheads, in managing the run-off of claims liabilities for each of our insurance and reinsurance entities. The provision is reviewed quarterly and reduced in accordance with the related costs incurred each period. Fair Value Measurements of Investments The following is a summary of valuation techniques or models we use to measure fair value by asset classes, which have not changed significantly since December 31, 2010. Fixed Maturity Investments Our fixed maturity portfolio is managed by our Chief Investment Officer and our outside investment advisors. We use inputs from nationally recognized pricing services, including pricing vendors, index providers and broker-dealers to estimate fair value measurements for all of our fixed maturity investments. These pricing services include FT Interactive Data, Barclays Capital Aggregate Index, Reuters Pricing Service and others. In general, the pricing services use observable market inputs including, but not limited to, investment yields, credit risks and spreads, benchmark curves, benchmarking of like securities, non-binding broker-dealer quotes, reported trades and sector groupings to determine the fair value. In addition, pricing services use valuation models, such as an Option Adjusted Spread model, to develop prepayment and interest rate scenarios. The Option Adjusted Spread model is commonly used to estimate fair value for securities such as mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities. With the exception of one security held within our trading portfolio, the fair value estimates of our fixed maturity investments are based on observable market data. We have therefore included these as Level 2 investments within the fair value hierarchy. The one security in our trading portfolio that does not have observable inputs has been included as a Level 3 investment within the fair value hierarchy. To validate the techniques or models used by the pricing services, we compare the fair value estimates to our knowledge of the current market and will challenge any prices deemed not to be representative of fair value. As of December 31, 2011, there were no material differences between the prices obtained from the pricing services and the fair value estimates developed by us. In evaluating credit losses, we consider a variety of factors in the assessment of a fixed maturity investment including: (1) the time period during which there has been a significant decline below cost; (2) the extent of the decline below cost and par; (3) the potential for the investment to recover in value; (4) an analysis of the financial condition of the issuer; (5) the rating of the issuer; and (6) failure of the issuer of the investment to make scheduled interest or principal payments. Based on the factors described above, we determined that, as of December 31, 2011, no credit losses existed. Equity Securities Our equity securities are managed by two external advisors. Through these third parties, we use nationally recognized pricing services, including pricing vendors, index providers and broker-dealers to estimate fair value measurements for all of our equity securities. These pricing services include FT Interactive Data and others. 85 Table of Contents We have categorized all of our investments in common stock as Level 1 investments because the fair values of these securities are based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. We categorized our investments in preferred stock as Level 2, with the exception of one which was categorized as Level 3, because the fair value estimates are based on observable market data. Other Investments For our investments in private equities, we measure fair value by obtaining the most recently published net asset value as advised by the external fund manager or third-party administrator. The use of net asset value as an estimate of the fair value for investments in certain entities that calculate net asset value is a permitted practical expedient. Our private equity investments are mainly in the financial services industry. The fund advisors continue to evaluate the overall market environment, as well as specific areas in the financial services sector, in order to identify segments that they believe will offer the most attractive investment opportunities. The financial statements of each fund generally are audited annually under U.S. GAAP, using fair value measurement for the underlying investments. For all publicly-traded companies within the funds, we have valued those investments based on the latest share price. The value of Affirmative Investment LLC (in which we own a non-voting 7% membership interest) is based on the market value of the shares of Affirmative Insurance Holdings, Inc., a publicly-traded company. All of our investments in private equities are subject to restrictions on redemptions and sales that are determined by the governing documents and limit our ability to liquidate those investments in the short term. The capital commitments are discussed in detail in Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements. We have classified our private equities as Level 3 investments because they reflect our own judgment about the assumptions that market participants might use. For our investment in the hedge fund, we also measure fair value by obtaining the most recently published net asset value as advised by the external fund manager or third-party administrator. The adviser of the fund intends to seek attractive risk-adjusted total returns for the fund’s investors by acquiring, originating, and actively managing a diversified portfolio of debt securities, with a focus on various forms of asset-backed securities and loans. The fund will focus on investments that the adviser believes to be fundamentally undervalued with current market prices that are believed to be compelling relative to intrinsic value. The units of account that are valued by us are our interests in the fund and not the underlying holdings of the fund. Thus, the inputs used to value our investments in the fund may differ from the inputs used to value the underlying holdings of the fund. The hedge fund is not currently eligible for redemption due to an imposed lock-up period of three years from the time of the initial investment. Once eligible, redemptions will be permitted quarterly with 90 days notice. There are no unfunded capital commitments in relation to the hedge fund. The investment in the fund is classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. The bond funds have been classified as Level 2 investments because their fair value is estimated using the net asset value reported by Bloomberg and they have daily liquidity. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the share of net earnings on our other investments was $1.9 million as compared to $21.4 million for the year-ended December 31, 2010, Any unrealized losses or gains on our other investments are included as part of our net investment income. 86 Table of Contents The following table summarizes all of our financial assets recorded at fair value at December 31, 2011, by the hierarchy established by the Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure topic of FASB ASC: Goodwill The Intangibles — Goodwill and Other topic of FASB ASC requires that recorded goodwill be assessed for impairment on at least an annual basis. ASC 805 requires an acquirer to recognize the assets acquired, the liabilities assumed and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at the acquisition date, measured at their fair values as of that date. ASC 805 also requires the acquirer to recognize acquisition-related costs separately from the acquisition, recognize assets acquired and liabilities assumed arising from contractual contingencies at their acquisition-date fair values and recognize goodwill as the excess of the consideration transferred plus the fair value of any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at the acquisition date over the fair values of the identifiable net assets acquired. In determining goodwill, we must determine the fair value of the assets of an acquired company. The determination of fair value necessarily involves many assumptions. Fair values of reinsurance assets and liabilities acquired are derived from probability-weighted ranges of the associated projected cash flows, based on actuarially prepared information and our management’s run-off strategy. Fair value adjustments are based on the estimated timing of loss and loss adjustment expense payments and an assumed interest rate, and are amortized over the estimated payout period, as adjusted for accelerations on commutation settlements, using the constant yield method option. Interest rates used to determine the fair value of gross loss reserves are based upon risk free rates applicable to the average duration of the loss reserves. Interest rates used to determine the fair value of reinsurance receivables are increased to reflect the credit risk associated with the reinsurers from which the receivables are, or will become, due. If the assumptions made in initially valuing the assets change significantly in the future, we may be required to record impairment charges which could have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations. Recent Accounting Pronouncements See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for a discussion of new accounting standards we have adopted as well as standards not yet adopted. 87 December 31, 2011 Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) Total Fair Value (in thousands of U.S. dollars) U.S. government and agency $ — $ 418,837 $ — $ 418,837 Non-U.S. government — 380,778 — 380,778 Corporate — 1,967,724 519 1,968,243 Municipal — 25,416 — 25,416 Residential mortgage-backed — 110,785 — 110,785 Commercial mortgage-backed — 86,694 — 86,694 Asset-backed — 62,201 — 62,201 Equities 82,381 4625 2,975 89,981 Other investments — 54,537 137,727 192,264 Total investments $ 82,381 $ 3,111,597 $ 141,221 $ 3,335,199 As a percentage of total assets 1.2 % 47.1 % 2.1 % 50.4 % Table of Contents Results of Operations The following table sets forth our selected consolidated statements of earnings data for each of the periods indicated: Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 We reported consolidated net earnings, before net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interest, of approximately $208.5 million and approximately $215.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The decrease in earnings of approximately $7.2 million was attributable primarily to the following: 88 Years Ended December 31, 2011 2010 2009 (in thousands of U.S. dollars) INCOME Consulting fees $ 17,858 $ 23,015 $ 16,104 Net investment income 69,870 99,906 81,371 Net realized and unrealized gains 8,020 13,137 4,237 Gain on bargain purchase 13,105 — — 108,853 136,058 101,712 EXPENSES Net reduction in ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities: Reduction in estimates of net ultimate losses (250,216 ) (278,065 ) (274,825 ) Reduction in provisions for bad debt (42,822 ) (49,556 ) (11,718 ) Reduction in provisions for unallocated loss adjustment expense liabilities (45,102 ) (39,651 ) (50,412 ) Amortization of fair value adjustments 42,693 55,438 77,328 (295,447 ) (311,834 ) (259,627 ) Salaries and benefits 89,846 86,677 68,454 General and administrative expenses 71,810 59,201 46,902 Interest expense 8,529 10,253 17,583 Net foreign exchange losses (gains) 373 (398 ) 23,787 (124,889 ) (156,101 ) (102,901 ) Earnings before income taxes and share of net earnings of partly owned company 233,742 292,159 204,613 Income taxes (25,284 ) (87,132 ) (27,605 ) Share of net earnings of partly owned company — 10,704 — NET EARNINGS 208,458 215,731 177,008 Less: Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interest (54,765 ) (41,645 ) (41,798 ) NET EARNINGS ATTRIBUTABLE TO ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED $ 153,693 $ 174,086 $ 135,210 (i) a decrease in net investment income of $30.0 million primarily as a result of a decrease, in 2011, in the fair value of our private equity portfolio classified as other investments of $2.4 million compared to a gain of $13.7 million in 2010, along with a decrease in net investment income due primarily to lower yields earned on our fixed maturity investments driven by lower interest rates in developed economies, primarily the United States. (ii) a lower net reduction in ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities of $16.4 million; (iii) an increase in general and administrative expenses of $12.6 million due primarily to an increase in loan structure fees and letter of credit fees that were paid in 2011 along with an overall increase in other professional fees; Table of Contents We recorded noncontrolling interest in earnings of $54.8 million and $41.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Net earnings attributable to Enstar Group Limited decreased from $174.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $153.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Consulting Fees: Our consulting companies earned fees of approximately $17.9 million and $23.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The decrease in consulting fees of $5.2 million related primarily to the decrease in management fees earned from incentive-based fee agreements. We would expect consulting fee income to remain at or around current levels in future periods, excluding the impact of any one-time incentive based fees that we might receive. While we intend to continue to provide management and consultancy services, claims inspection services and reinsurance collection services to third-party clients in limited circumstances, our core focus continues to be acquiring and managing insurance and reinsurance companies and portfolios of business in run-off. Net Investment Income and Net Realized and Unrealized Gains: 89 (iv) a decrease of $10.7 million in income earned from our investment in partly owned company as a result of its disposal in 2010; (v) a decrease in consulting fee income of $5.2 million due primarily to a decrease in fees earned in relation to incentive-based fee arrangements; (vi) a decrease in net realized and unrealized gains of $5.1 million due primarily to mark-to-market changes in the market value of our equity securities; and (vii) an increase in salaries and benefits costs of $3.2 million due primarily to our increased overall headcount from 335 at December 31, 2010 to 415 at December 31, 2011 offset by a reduction in salary costs related to our discretionary bonus plan as a result of decreased net earnings in the year; partially offset by (viii) a decrease in income taxes of $61.8 million due to decreased tax liabilities recorded on the results of our taxable subsidiaries along with no provision in 2011 for an additional tax liability of $30.3 million provided for in 2010 arising in our Australian subsidiary from the formation of an Australian tax consolidated group; (ix) a gain on bargain purchase of $13.1 million in 2011, which arose in relation to our acquisition of Laguna; and (x) a decrease in interest expense of $1.7 million due primarily to lower interest rates on the loan facilities outstanding during 2011. Years Ended December 31, 2011 2010 Variance (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Total $ 17,858 $ 23,015 $ (5,157 ) Years Ended December 31, Net Investment Income Net Realized and Unrealized Gains 2011 2010 Variance 2011 2010 Variance (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Total $ 69,870 $ 99,906 $ (30,036 ) $ 8,020 $ 13,137 $ (5,117 ) Table of Contents Net investment income for the year ended December 31, 2011 decreased by $30.0 million to $69.9 million, as compared to $99.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease was attributable primarily to the combination of the following items: The average return on the cash and fixed maturities investments (excluding any writedowns or appreciation related to our other investments) for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 1.70% as compared to the average return of 2.38% for the year ended December 31, 2010. The average credit rating of our fixed maturity investments at December 31, 2011 was AA-. During 2011, the rating agency Standard & Poors downgraded the U.S. sovereign debt from AAA to AA+. This, combined with the assets we acquired upon the acquisition of Clarendon, which had a lower proportion of investments with AAA credit ratings, has resulted in us having a lower percentage of AAA rated investments than we had as at December 31, 2010. See Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements for more information regarding the credit ratings of our investments. Net realized and unrealized gains for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $8.0 million and $13.1 million, respectively. The decrease was due primarily to mark-to-market changes in the market value of our equity securities. Fair Value Measurements In accordance with the provisions of the Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure topic of FASB ASC, we have categorized our investments that are recorded at fair value among levels as follows: 90 (i) a decrease of $2.4 million in the fair value of our private equity portfolio, for the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to an increase of $13.7 million for the same period in 2010; and (ii) a decrease in investment income due to lower yields on our fixed maturity investments driven by lower interest rates in developed economies, primarily the United States. December 31, 2011 Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) Total Fair Value (in thousands of U.S. dollars) U.S. government and agency $ — $ 418,837 $ — $ 418,837 Non-U.S. government — 380,778 — 380,778 Corporate — 1,967,724 519 1,968,243 Municipal — 25,416 — 25,416 Residential mortgage-backed — 110,785 — 110,785 Commercial mortgage-backed — 86,694 — 86,694 Asset-backed — 62,201 — 62,201 Equities 82,381 4,625 2,975 89,981 Other investments — 54,537 137,727 192,264 Total investments $ 82,381 $ 3,111,597 $ 141,221 $ 3,335,199 Table of Contents Gain on Bargain Purchase: Gain on bargain purchase of $13.1 million and $nil was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The gain on bargain purchase was earned in connection with our acquisition of Laguna and represents the excess of the cumulative fair value of net assets acquired of $34.3 million over the cost of $21.2 million. This excess has, in accordance with the provisions of the Business Combinations topic of FASB ASC, been recognized as income for the year ended December 31, 2011. The gain on bargain purchase arose mainly as a result of our reassessment, upon acquisition, of the total required estimated costs to manage the business to expiry. Our assessment of costs was lower than the acquired costs recorded by the vendor in the financial statements of Laguna. Net Reduction in Ultimate Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Liabilities The following table shows the components of the net reduction in ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010: 91 December 31, 2010 Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) Total Fair Value (in thousands of U.S. dollars) U.S. government and agency $ — $ 227,803 $ — $ 227,803 Non-U.S. government — 386,866 — 386,866 Corporate — 1,346,854 530 1,347,384 Municipal — 2,297 — 2,297 Residential mortgage-backed — 102,506 — 102,506 Commercial mortgage-backed — 37,927 914 38,841 Asset-backed — 28,613 — 28,613 Equities 56,369 138 3,575 60,082 Other investments — 102,279 132,435 234,714 Total investments $ 56,369 $ 2,235,283 $ 137,454 $ 2,429,106 Years Ended December 31, 2011 2010 Variance (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Total $ 13,105 $ — $ 13,105 Years Ended December 31, 2011 2010 (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Net losses paid $ (284,611 ) $ (294,996 ) Net change in case and LAE reserves 310,036 336,141 Net change in IBNR 224,791 236,920 Reduction in estimates of net ultimate losses 250,216 278,065 Reduction in provisions for bad debt 42,822 49,556 Reduction in provisions for unallocated loss adjustment expense liabilities 45,102 39,651 Amortization of fair value adjustments (42,693 ) (55,438 ) Net reduction in ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities $ 295,447 $ 311,834 Table of Contents Net reduction in case and LAE reserves comprises the movement during the year in specific case reserve liabilities as a result of claims settlements or changes advised to us by our policyholders and attorneys, less changes in case reserves recoverable advised by us to our reinsurers as a result of the settlement or movement of assumed claims. Net reduction in IBNR represents the change in our actuarial estimates of losses incurred but not reported. The net reduction in ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2011 of $295.4 million was attributable to a reduction in estimates of net ultimate losses of $250.2 million, a reduction in aggregate provisions for bad debts of $42.8 million and a reduction in estimates of unallocated loss adjustment expense liabilities of $45.1 million, relating to 2011 run-off activity, partially offset by the amortization, over the estimated payout period, of fair value adjustments relating to companies acquired amounting to $42.7 million. The reduction in estimates of net ultimate losses of $ 250.2 million comprised net incurred favorable loss development of $25.4 million and reductions in IBNR reserves of $224.8 million. The decrease in the aggregate estimate of IBNR loss reserves of $224.8 million (compared to $236.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2010) was comprised of $57.9 million relating to asbestos liabilities (compared to $67.8 million in 2010), $2.8 million relating to environmental liabilities (compared to $4.2 million in 2010) and $164.1 million relating to all other remaining liabilities (compared to $164.9 million in 2010). The aggregate reduction in IBNR of $224.8 million was a result of the application, on a basis consistent with the assumptions applied in the prior period, of our actuarial methodologies to revised historical loss development data, following 113 commutations (including three commutations completed shortly after December 31, 2011), to estimate loss reserves required to cover liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses relating to non-commuted exposures. The prior period estimate of aggregate net IBNR liabilities was reduced as a result of the combined impact on all classes of business of loss development activity during 2011, including commutations and the favorable trend of loss development related to non-commuted policies compared to prior forecasts. The net incurred favorable loss development of $25.4 million, resulting from settlement of net advised case and LAE reserves of $310.0 million for net paid losses of $284.6 million, related to the settlement of non-commuted losses in the year and approximately 110 commutations of assumed and ceded exposures, excluding the three commutations completed subsequent to December 31, 2011. Net incurred liabilities settled by way of commutation during the year ended December 31, 2011 (excluding the three commutations completed subsequent to December 31, 2011) amounted to $71.5 million compared to the net reduction in advised case reserves during the same period of $310.0 million. Commutations provide an opportunity for us to exit exposures to entire policies with insureds and reinsureds at a discount to the previous estimated ultimate liability. As a result of exiting all exposures to such policies, all advised case reserves and IBNR liabilities relating to that insured or reinsured are eliminated. This often results in a net gain irrespective of whether the settlement exceeds the advised case reserves. We adopt a disciplined approach to the review and settlement of non-commuted claims through claims adjusting and the inspection of underlying policyholder records such that settlements of assumed exposures may often be achieved below the level of the originally advised loss, and settlements of ceded receivables may often be achieved at levels above carried balances. Of the 113 commutations completed, nine related to our top ten insured and/or reinsured exposures, including three completed shortly after December 31, 2011 whereby the related reduction in IBNR reserves was recorded in the reduction in net ultimate losses for the year, and two related to our top ten ceded reinsurance assets. The remaining 102 commutations, of which approximately 46% were completed during the three months ended December 31, 2011, were of a smaller size, consistent with our approach of targeting significant numbers of cedant and reinsurer relationships, as well as targeting significant individual cedant and reinsurer relationships. The combination of the claims settlement activity in 2011, including commutations, and the actuarial estimation of IBNR reserves required for the remaining non-commuted exposures (which took into account the favorable trend of loss development in 2011 related to such exposures compared to prior forecasts), resulted in our management concluding that the loss development activity that occurred subsequent to the prior reporting period provided sufficient new information to warrant a reduction in IBNR reserves of $224.8 million in 2011. 92 Table of Contents The reduction in aggregate provisions for bad debt of $42.8 million was a result of the collection, primarily during the three months ended December 31, 2011, of certain reinsurance receivables against which bad debt provisions had been provided in earlier periods. The table below provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. Losses incurred and paid are reflected net of reinsurance recoverables. Salaries and Benefits: Salaries and benefits, which include expenses relating to our discretionary bonus and employee share plans, were $89.8 million and $86.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The principal changes in salaries and benefits were: 93 Years Ended December 31, 2011 2010 (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Balance as at January 1 $ 3,291,275 $ 2,479,136 Less: total reinsurance reserves recoverable 525,440 347,728 2,765,835 2,131,408 Effect of exchange rate movement (9,170 ) (3,836 ) Net reduction in ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities (295,447 ) (311,834 ) Net losses paid (284,611 ) (294,996 ) Acquired on purchase of subsidiaries 610,485 459,362 Retroactive reinsurance contracts assumed 112,821 785,731 Net balance as at December 31 2,899,913 2,765,835 Plus: total reinsurance reserves recoverable 1,383,003 525,440 Balance as at December 31 $ 4,282,916 $ 3,291,275 Year Ended December 31, 2011 2010 Variance (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Total $ 89,846 $ 86,677 $ (3,169 ) (i) increased staff costs due to an increase in staff numbers from 335 at December 31, 2010 to 415 at December 31, 2011; and (ii) increased U.S. dollar costs of our U.K.-based staff following an increase in the average British pound exchange rate from approximately 1.5458 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to 1.6041 for the year ended December 31, 2011. Approximately 61% and 67% of the average staff numbers for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, had their salaries paid in British pounds; partially offset by (iii) the reduction in the discretionary bonus accrual of $8.1 million due to the release back to earnings in 2011 of approximately $4.0 million relating to the unallocated portion of the 2010 year end bonus accrual provision and the reduction in net earnings for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to 2010. Expenses relating to our discretionary bonus plan will be variable and are dependent on our overall profitability. Table of Contents General and Administrative Expenses: General and administrative expenses increased by $12.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010. The increased expenses in 2011 related primarily to: Interest Expense: Interest expense of $8.5 million and $10.3 million was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The decrease in interest expense was attributable primarily to the lower interest rates on the loan facilities outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010. Income Tax Expense: We recorded income tax expense of $25.3 million and $87.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The decrease in taxes was due primarily to the combination of: 94 Years Ended December 31, 2011 2010 Variance (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Total $ 71,810 $ 59,201 $ (12,609 ) (i) increased bank costs of $5.2 million primarily associated with the costs of establishing and maintaining our letters of credit, along with the arrangement and agency fees paid in relation to the establishment of both our Clarendon Facility and EGL Revolving Credit Facility; (ii) additional general and administrative expenses of $4.1 million incurred in relation to both new acquisitions and significant new business that we completed in 2011; (iii) increased legal expenses of approximately $9.7 million due primarily to legal fees and settlement costs associated with certain litigation, along with legal fees associated with due diligence projects; and (iv) an increase in actuarial consulting fees of approximately $2.9 million due to costs associated with due diligence projects; partially offset by (v) a reduction in general and administrative expense of $9.2 million related to: 1) recovery of $5.8 million on a previously written-off asset; 2) release of $2.4 million related to provisions on certain other assets; and 3) savings of $1.0 million associated with settlement of other liabilities below their carried amount. Years Ended December 31, 2011 2010 Variance (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Total $ 8,529 $ 10,253 $ 1,724 Years Ended December 31, 2011 2010 Variance (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Total $ 25,284 $ 87,132 $ 61,848 (i) lower overall net earnings in our tax paying subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to those earned for the year ended December 31, 2010; and (ii) during 2010, in order to mitigate the tax impacts of inter-group transactions, the boards of our Australian group of companies elected to form a consolidated tax group. The impact of this tax consolidation resulted in resetting the cost base of certain assets, which resulted in us recording a tax charge in 2010 of approximately $30.3 million. Table of Contents Share of Net Earnings of Partly Owned Company For the year ended December 31, 2011, we recorded $nil as our share of net earnings of partly owned company as compared to $10.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease was attributable to the fact that we no longer have an investment in a partly owned company; during 2010, we disposed of our 44.4% indirect interest in Stonewall Insurance Company and we acquired a 100% interest in Seaton Insurance Company. Noncontrolling interest: We recorded a noncontrolling interest in earnings of $54.8 million and $41.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The increase in noncontrolling interest for the year ended December 31, 2011 was due primarily to the increase in earnings for those companies where there exists a noncontrolling interest. Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 Due to the growing insignificance of our consulting activities in relation to our core reinsurance operations, in 2011 we reevaluated our segment reporting and concluded that we have one reportable segment. As a result of the decreasing relative significance of consulting services and the associated revenues and earnings, we no longer monitor the results of consulting activities separately for evaluating business performance and for making resource allocation decisions. Accordingly, effective January 1, 2011, we no longer report separately the results of our consulting activities. Prior to 2011, however, we reported two segments, reinsurance and consulting, and the following comparison of the 2010 and 2009 results of operations presents our earnings data on the basis of those two segments. Each line item marked “total” below can be compared to the corresponding line item entry marked “total” in the comparison of the 2011 and 2010 results of operations. We reported consolidated net earnings, before net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interest, of approximately $215.7 million and $177.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The increase in earnings of approximately $38.7 million was primarily attributable to the following: (i) an increase in net investment income of $18.5 million primarily as a result of an increase, in 2010, in the fair value of our private equity portfolio classified as other investments of $8.6 million along with an increase in net investment income due to an increase in cash and investment balances held during 2010; (ii) an increase in net realized and unrealized gains of $8.9 million due primarily to mark-to-market changes in the market value of our equity investments along with realized gains on the sale of our fixed maturity securities; (iii) a larger net reduction in ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities of $52.2 million; (iv) an increase in consulting fee income of $6.9 million; (v) reduced interest expense of $7.3 million due primarily to an overall reduction in loan facility balances outstanding during 2010; 95 Years Ended December 31, 2011 2010 Variance (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Total $ — $ 10,704 $ (10,704 ) Years Ended December 31, 2011 2010 Variance (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Total $ 54,765 $ 41,645 $ (13,120 ) Table of Contents (vi) an increase of $10.7 million in income earned from our investment in partly owned company; and (vii) a decrease in net foreign exchange losses of $24.2 million due primarily to eliminating our excess U.S. dollar exposure that we held in 2009 within one of our subsidiaries whose functional currency is Australian dollars; partially offset by (viii) an increase in general and administrative expenses of $12.3 million due primarily to an increase in loan structure fees and letter of credit fees that were paid in 2010 along with an overall increase in other professional fees; (ix) an increase in income taxes of $59.5 million due to increased tax liabilities recorded on the results of our taxable subsidiaries along with an additional tax liability arising in our Australian subsidiaries from the formation of an Australian tax consolidated group; and (x) an increase in salaries and benefits costs of $18.2 million due primarily to our increased overall headcount from 287 at December 31, 2009 to 335 at December 31, 2010 along with increased salary costs related to our discretionary bonus plan as a result of increased net earnings in the year. We recorded noncontrolling interest in earnings of $41.6 million and $41.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Net earnings attributable to Enstar Group Limited increased from $135.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $174.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Consulting Fees: Our consulting companies earned fees of approximately $84.1 million and $49.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The increase in consulting fees related primarily to the combination of additional fees received from our reinsurance segment and increased incentive fees earned from third-party agreements. Internal management fees of $61.0 million and $33.5 million were paid for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, by our reinsurance companies to our consulting companies. The increase in internal fees paid to the consulting segment was due primarily to additional fees paid by reinsurance companies relating to allocated charges for increases in salary and general and administrative expenses. Net Investment Income and Net Realized and Unrealized Gains: 96 Years Ended December 31, 2010 2009 Variance (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Consulting $ 84,054 $ 49,617 $ 34,437 Reinsurance (61,039 ) (33,513 ) (27,526 ) Total $ 23,015 $ 16,104 $ 6,911 Years Ended December 31, Net Investment Income Net Realized and Unrealized Gains 2010 2009 Variance 2010 2009 Variance (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Consulting $ 461 $ 1,894 $ (1,433 ) $ — $ — $ — Reinsurance 99,445 79,477 19,968 13,137 4,237 8,900 Total $ 99,906 $ 81,371 $ 18,535 $ 13,137 $ 13,137 $ 8,900 Table of Contents Net investment income for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased by $18.5 million to $99.9 million, as compared to $81.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase was attributable primarily to the combination of the following items: (i) an increase of $8.6 million, for the year ended December 31, 2010, in the fair value of our private equity investments classified as other investments over that recorded for the year ended December 31, 2009; and (ii) higher investment income from our fixed maturities and cash and cash equivalents, reflecting the increase in the amount of cash and investment balances held by us in 2010 as compared to 2009. The increased cash and investments arose primarily as a result of the completion of the purchase of six companies along with the acquisition of eight portfolios of business in run-off during the year ended December 31, 2010. The average return on the cash and fixed maturities investments (excluding any writedowns or appreciation related to our other investments) for the year ended December 31, 2010 was 2.38% as compared to the average return of 2.13% for the year ended December 31, 2009. The average credit rating of our fixed maturity investments at December 31, 2010 was AA-. Net realized and unrealized gains for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 were $13.1 million and $4.2 million, respectively. The increase was due primarily to mark-to-market gains earned on our equity securities. Fair Value Measurements In accordance with the provisions of the Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure topic of FASB ASC, we have categorized our investments that are recorded at fair value among levels as follows: 97 December 31, 2010 Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) Total Fair Value (in thousands of U.S. dollars) U.S. government and agency $ — $ 227,803 $ — $ 227,803 Non-U.S. government — 386,866 — 386,866 Corporate — 1,346,854 530 1,347,384 Municipal — 2,297 — 2,297 Residential mortgage-backed — 102,506 — 102,506 Commercial mortgage-backed — 37,927 914 38,841 Asset-backed — 28,613 — 28,613 Equities 56,369 138 3,575 60,082 Other investments — 102,279 132,435 234,714 Total investments $ 56,369 $ 2,235,283 $ 137,454 $ 2,429,106 Table of Contents Net Reduction in Ultimate Loss and Loss Adjustment Expense Liabilities: The following table shows the components of the net reduction in ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009: The net reduction in ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2010 of $311.8 million was attributable to a reduction in estimates of net ultimate losses of $278.1 million, a reduction in aggregate provisions for bad debts of $49.6 million and a reduction in estimates of unallocated loss adjustment expense liabilities of $39.7 million, relating to 2010 run-off activity, partially offset by the amortization, over the estimated payout period, of fair value adjustments relating to companies acquired amounting to $55.4 million. The reduction in estimates of net ultimate losses of $278.1 million comprised net incurred favorable loss development of $41.1 million and reductions in IBNR reserves of $236.9 million. The decrease in the aggregate estimate of IBNR loss reserves of $236.9 million (compared to $318.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2009) was comprised of $67.8 million relating to asbestos liabilities (compared to $158.4 million in 2009), $4.2 million relating to environmental liabilities (compared to $17.0 million in 2009) and $164.9 million relating to all other remaining liabilities (compared to $142.8 million in 2009). The aggregate reduction in IBNR of $236.9 million was a result of the application, on a basis consistent with the assumptions applied in the prior period, of our actuarial methodologies to revised historical loss development data following 90 commutations to estimate loss reserves required to cover liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses relating to non-commuted exposures. The prior period estimate of aggregate net IBNR liabilities was reduced as a result of the combined impact on all classes of business of loss development activity during 2010, including commutations and the favorable trend of loss development related to non-commuted policies compared 98 December 31, 2009 Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) Total Fair Value (in thousands of U.S. dollars) U.S. government and agency $ — $ 76,226 $ — $ 76,226 Non-U.S. government — 37,186 — 37,186 Corporate — 87,083 — 87,083 Residential mortgage-backed — 2,012 — 2,012 Commercial mortgage-backed — — 641 641 Equities 21,203 — 3,300 24,503 Other investments — — 81,801 81,801 Total investments $ 21,203 $ 202,507 $ 85,742 $ 309,452 Years Ended December 31, 2010 2009 (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Net losses paid $ (294,996 ) $ (257,414 ) Net change in case and LAE reserves 336,141 214,079 Net change in IBNR 236,920 318,160 Reduction in estimates of net ultimate losses 278,065 274,825 Reduction in provisions for bad debt 49,556 11,718 Reduction in provisions for unallocated loss adjustment expense liabilities 39,651 50,412 Amortization of fair value adjustments (55,438 ) (77,328 ) Net reduction in ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities $ 311,834 $ 259,627 Table of Contents to prior forecasts. The lower reduction in asbestos IBNR reserves during 2010 was primarily due to reduced commutations of asbestos related exposures compared to the prior year. Total net loss reserves acquired from January 1, 2008 to December 31, 2010 amounted to $3,197.3 million, of which $2,634.5 million, or 82.4% related to all other losses. This increase in all other loss reserves provided the basis for a greater reduction in all other IBNR reserves. The net incurred favorable loss development of $41.1 million, resulting from settlement of net advised case and LAE reserves of $336.1 million for net paid losses of $295.0 million, related to the settlement of non-commuted losses in the year and approximately 90 commutations of assumed and ceded exposures. Net incurred liabilities settled by way of commutation during the year ended December 31, 2010 amounted to $109.7 million compared to the net reduction in advised case reserves during the same period of $336.1 million. Of the 90 commutations completed during 2010, three related to our top ten insured and/or reinsured exposures, including one commutation completed shortly after December 31, 2009 whereby the related reduction in IBNR reserves was recorded in the reduction in net ultimate losses for the year ended December 31, 2009, and one related to the commutation of one of our largest ceded reinsurance assets. The remaining 86 commutations, of which approximately 43% were completed during the three months ended December 31, 2010, were of a smaller size, consistent with our approach of targeting significant numbers of cedant and reinsurer relationships, as well as targeting significant individual cedant and reinsurer relationships. The combination of the claims settlement activity in 2010, including commutations (but excluding the impact of the commutation that was completed subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2009) and the actuarial estimation of IBNR reserves required for the remaining non-commuted exposures (which took into account the favorable trend of loss development in 2010 related to such exposures compared to prior forecasts), resulted in our management concluding that the loss development activity that occurred subsequent to the prior reporting period provided sufficient new information to warrant a reduction in IBNR reserves of $236.9 million in 2010. The reduction in aggregate provisions for bad debt of $49.6 million was a result of the collection, primarily during the three months ended December 31, 2010, of certain reinsurance receivables against which bad debt provisions had been provided in earlier periods. The table below provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. Losses incurred and paid are reflected net of reinsurance recoverables. 99 Years Ended December 31, 2010 2009 (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Balance as at January 1 $ 2,479,136 $ 2,798,287 Less: total reinsurance reserves recoverable 347,728 394,575 2,131,408 2,403,712 Effect of exchange rate movement (3,836 ) 73,512 Net reduction in ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities (311,834 ) (259,627 ) Net losses paid (294,996 ) (257,414 ) Acquired on purchase of subsidiaries 459,362 114,595 Retroactive reinsurance contracts assumed 785,731 56,630 Net balance as at December 31 2,765,835 2,131,408 Plus: total reinsurance reserves recoverable 525,440 347,728 Balance as at December 31 $ 3,291,275 $ 2,479,136 Table of Contents Salaries and Benefits: Salaries and benefits, which include expenses relating to our discretionary bonus and employee share plans, were $86.7 million and $68.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The increase in salaries and benefits was primarily attributable to: (i) an increase in the discretionary bonus expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 of $6.8 million. Expenses relating to our discretionary bonus plan will be variable and are dependent on our overall profitability; (ii) increased staff costs due to an increase in average staff numbers from 287 at December 31, 2009 to 335 at December 31, 2010; (iii) a payment of $1.25 million to our former Executive Chairman, John J. Oros, in accordance with the terms of his separation agreement; and (iv) amortization of unrecognized compensation costs of $1.5 million relating to the restricted shares that were awarded to certain employees in 2010 under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. General and Administrative Expenses: General and administrative expenses attributable to the consulting segment increased by $8.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The increased expenses in 2010 related primarily to: (i) increased loan structure fees incurred primarily related to the Enstar Group Facility; (ii) increased legal fees relating to ongoing litigation costs; and (iii) increased audit and actuarial tax fees due primarily to growth of the group and increased tax fees relating to the work done in connection with our Australian tax consolidation. General and administrative expenses attributable to the reinsurance segment increased by $3.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009. The increased expenses in 2010 related primarily to increased costs associated with new companies of approximately $3.0 million and additional letters of credit costs associated with portfolios of run-off business acquired during 2010. 100 Years Ended December 31, 2010 2009 Variance (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Consulting $ 50,684 $ 37,283 $ (13,401 ) Reinsurance 35,993 31,171 (4,822 ) Total $ 86,677 $ 68,454 $ (18,223 ) Years Ended December 31, 2010 2009 Variance (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Consulting $ 28,288 $ 19,870 $ (8,418 ) Reinsurance 30,913 27,032 (3,881 ) Total $ 59,201 $ 46,902 $ (12,299 ) Table of Contents Interest Expense: Interest expense of $10.3 million and $17.6 million was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The decrease in interest expense was attributable primarily to the reduction and then elimination of the principal balance of the term facility of our wholly-owned subsidiary, Cumberland Holdings Limited, partially offset by interest expense incurred on both the Knapton Facility and the loan associated with the Repurchase Agreements. Net Foreign Exchange Gains/(Losses): We recorded a foreign exchange gain of $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to a foreign exchange loss of $23.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. In October 2010, we entered into a foreign currency forward exchange contract as part of our overall foreign currency risk management strategy. On the value date, June 30, 2011, we sold AU$45 million and received $42.5 million. The contract exchange rate was AU$1 for $0.9439. As at December 31, 2010, the fair value of the contract was $(3.6) million, the effect of which we recognized as a foreign exchange loss included as part of our net earnings. This loss was offset by foreign exchange gains of approximately $4.0 million arising primarily from our holdings of surplus British pounds and Australian dollars at a time when these currencies were appreciating against the U.S. dollar. For the year ended December 31, 2009, $35.6 million (including noncontrolling interest’s share of $10.7 million) of the foreign exchange loss arose primarily as a result of holding surplus U.S. dollar denominated assets by Gordian, our Australian subsidiary, at a time when the U.S. dollar had weakened significantly against the Australian dollar. Excluding the foreign exchange loss in Gordian of $35.6 million, exchange gains of $11.8 million were generated during the year ended December 31, 2009 primarily as a result of our holding surplus British pounds relating to cash collateral required to support British pound denominated letters of credit required by U.K. regulators at a time when the British pound exchange rate to the U.S. dollar had increased from approximately £1 = $1.4593 as at January 1, 2009 to £1 = $1.6170 as at December 31, 2009. Since letters of credit were in excess of the British pound liabilities held by our subsidiaries, the subsidiary companies were unable to match the surplus assets against liabilities during the year, resulting in the foreign exchange gain. In addition to the foreign exchange gain we recorded in our consolidated statement of earnings for the year ended December 31, 2010, we recorded in our consolidated statement of comprehensive income foreign currency translation adjustment gains for the year ended December 31, 2010 of approximately $22.5 million, as compared 101 Years Ended December 31, 2010 2009 Variance (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Consulting $ — $ — $ — Reinsurance 10,253 17,583 7,330 Total $ 10,253 $ 17,583 $ 7,330 Years Ended December 31, 2010 2009 Variance (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Consulting $ (420 ) $ 920 $ (1,340 ) Reinsurance 818 (24,707 ) 25,525 Total $ 398 $ (23,787 ) $ 24,185 Table of Contents to gains of approximately $48.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. We have concluded that under the Foreign Currency Matters topic of the FASB ASC the functional currency of Gordian is Australian dollars. As a result, upon conversion of the net Australian dollar assets of Gordian to U.S. dollars, we recorded $22.4 million, net of noncontrolling interest of $9.6 million, of U.S. dollar foreign currency translation adjustment gains through accumulated other comprehensive income. This gain was due primarily to the appreciation in the Australian to U.S. dollar foreign exchange rate from AU$1 = $0.8977 as at December 31, 2009, to AU$1 = $1.0233 at December 31, 2010. As our functional currency is the U.S. dollar, we seek to manage our exposure to foreign currency exchange by broadly matching foreign currency assets against foreign currency liabilities, subject to regulatory constraints. The net impact on shareholders’ equity of foreign exchange movements relating specifically to Gordian are summarized in the table below: Income Tax (Expense)/Recovery: We recorded income tax expense of $87.1 million and $27.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Income tax expense of $87.2 million and $25.2 million were recorded in the reinsurance segment for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The increase in tax arose due primarily to increased income from our U.K. subsidiaries and our Australian subsidiaries, which recorded increased taxes in 2010 of $27.2 million and $12.4 million, respectively. In addition, during the three months ended December 31, 2010, in order to mitigate the tax impacts of inter-group transactions, the boards of our Australian group of companies elected to form a consolidated tax group. The impact of this tax consolidation resulted in resetting the cost base of certain assets, which resulted in an additional tax liability in 2010 of approximately $30.3 million. 102 Years Ended December 31, 2010 2009 (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Foreign exchange gains (losses) recorded through earnings (net of noncontrolling interest of $(0.4) million and $10.7 million, respectively) $ 1,035 $ (24,888 ) Foreign exchange losses recorded through earnings related to the forward foreign exchange contract (net of noncontrolling interest of $1.1 million) (2,501 ) — Foreign exchange gains recorded through accumulated other comprehensive income (net of noncontrolling interest of $(9.6) million and $(20.9) million, respectively) 22,403 48,753 Combined increase in shareholders’ equity $ 20,937 $ 23,865 Years Ended December 31, 2010 2009 Variance (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Consulting $ 33 $ (2,402 ) $ 2,435 Reinsurance (87,165 ) (25,203 ) (61,962 ) Total $ (87,132 ) $ (27,605 ) $ (59,527 ) Table of Contents Noncontrolling Interest: We recorded a noncontrolling interest in earnings of $41.6 million and $41.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The decrease for the year ended December 31, 2010 related to the decrease in earnings for those entities that have noncontrolling interests. Liquidity and Capital Resources As we are a holding company and have no substantial operations of our own, our assets consist primarily of investments in our subsidiaries. The potential sources of cash flows to the holding company consist of dividends, advances and loans from our subsidiary companies. Our future cash flows depend upon the availability of dividends or other statutorily permissible payments from our subsidiaries. The ability to pay dividends and make other distributions is limited by the applicable laws and regulations of the jurisdictions in which our subsidiaries operate, including Bermuda, the United Kingdom, the United States, Australia and Europe. Our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries are generally subjected to additional regulatory restrictions as a result of their regulated status. These laws and regulations require, among other things, certain of our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries to maintain minimum solvency requirements and limit the amount of dividends and other payments that these subsidiaries can pay to us, which in turn may limit our ability to pay dividends and make other payments. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, one of our U.S. insurance companies was not in compliance with its applicable risk-based capital level. We do not believe this company’s non-compliance will have a material impact on our ability to meet our cash obligations. With the exception of the above, all of our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries’ solvency and liquidity were in excess of the minimum levels required as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. Retained earnings of our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries, with the exception of the one noncompliant company noted above, are not currently restricted as minimum capital solvency margins are covered by share capital and additional paid-in-capital. Our capital management strategy is to preserve sufficient capital to enable us to make future acquisitions while maintaining a conservative investment strategy. We believe that restrictions on liquidity resulting from restrictions on the payments of dividends by our subsidiary companies will not have a material impact on our ability to meet our cash obligations. Our sources of funds primarily consist of the cash and investment portfolios acquired on the completion of the acquisition of an insurance or reinsurance company in run-off. These acquired cash and investment balances are classified as cash provided by investing activities. We expect to use these funds acquired, together with collections from reinsurance debtors, consulting income, investment income and proceeds from sales and redemptions of investments, to pay losses and loss expenses, salaries and benefits and general and administrative expenses, with the remainder used for acquisitions and additional investments. We expect a net use of cash from operations as total net claim settlements and operating expenses will generally be in excess of investment income earned. We expect our operating cash flows, together with our existing capital base and cash and investments acquired on the acquisition of our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries, to be sufficient to meet cash requirements and to operate our business. We currently do not intend to pay cash dividends on our ordinary shares. 103 Years Ended December 31, 2010 2009 Variance (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Consulting $ — $ — $ — Reinsurance 41,645 41,798 153 Total $ 41,645 $ 41,798 $ 153 Table of Contents We maintain a short duration conservative investment strategy whereby, as of December 31, 2011, 38.0% of our fixed maturity portfolio classified as available-for-sale or trading was held with a maturity of less than one year and 86.0% had maturities of less than five years. Excluding the impact of commutations and any schemes of arrangement, should they be completed, we expect approximately 16.6% of the gross reserves to be settled within one year and approximately 63.9% of the reserves to be settled within five years. However, our strategy of commuting our liabilities has the potential to accelerate the natural payout of losses to less than five years. Therefore, the relatively short-duration investment portfolio is maintained in order to provide liquidity for commutation opportunities and preclude us from having to liquidate longer dated securities. As a result, we do not anticipate having to sell longer dated investments in order to meet future policyholder liabilities. At December 31, 2011, total cash and investments were $4.56 billion, compared to $3.88 billion at December 31, 2010. Reinsurance Recoverables Our acquired insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries, prior to acquisition by us, used retrocessional agreements to reduce their exposure to the risk of reinsurance assumed. We remain liable to the extent that retrocessionaires do not meet their obligations under these agreements, and therefore, we evaluate and monitor concentration of credit risk. Provisions are made for amounts considered potentially uncollectible. The allowance for uncollectible reinsurance recoverable was $341.1 million and $381.4 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had total reinsurance balances receivable of $1.79 billion and $961.4 million, respectively, of which $235.8 million and $398.8 million, respectively, were associated with one and two reinsurers, respectively, which each represented 10% or more of total reinsurance balances receivable. Of the $235.8 million receivable from the one reinsurer as at December 31, 2011, $151.0 million is secured by a trust fund held for our benefit. As at December 31, 2011, the one reinsurer had a credit rating of A+. In the event that all or any of the reinsuring companies, that have not secured their obligations, are unable to meet their obligations under existing reinsurance agreements, we will be liable for such defaulted amounts. During 2011 and 2010, we completed five and six acquisitions, respectively, of insurance companies in run-off and entered into two and eight acquisitions of portfolios of insurance and reinsurance businesses in run-off, respectively. The stronger creditworthiness of acquired reinsurance receivables compared to reinsurance receivables at December 31, 2010, combined with the reduction in aggregate provisions for bad debt, resulted in a lower provision for uncollectible reinsurance at December 31, 2011 compared to the prior year. The aggregate provision for uncollectible reinsurance balances receivable as at December 31, 2011 amounted to approximately 16.0% of the total reinsurance balances receivable, before provisions for uncollectible reinsurance, compared to approximately 28.4% at December 31, 2010. Source of Funds We primarily generate our cash from the acquisitions we complete. These acquired cash and investment balances are classified as cash provided by investing activities. We expect the net operating cash flows for us, to expiry, to be negative as we pay out cash in claims settlements and expenses in excess of cash generated via investment income and consulting fees. 104 Table of Contents The following table summarizes our consolidated cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities in the last three years: See “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data — Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009” for further information. Operating Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $909.9 million compared to $609.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This $300.7 million increase in cash used in operating activities was due primarily to the following: (i) an increase of $675.1 million in losses and loss adjustment expenses in 2011 compared to a decrease of $150.0 million in 2010; partially offset by (ii) an increase in reinsurance balances receivable and other assets of $238.8 million and $138.4 million, respectively, compared to a decrease of $13.9 million and $186.2 million, respectively, in 2010. Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $609.2 million compared to $198.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. This $411.1 million increase in cash used in operating activities was due primarily to the following: (i) an increase of $838.5 million in the net purchases of trading securities between 2010 and 2009 due to the decision of our investment committee to increase the allocation of our investment portfolio to trading securities; (ii) an increase of $206.0 million in funds withheld by clients on our behalf between 2010 and 2009 due primarily to us entering into quota share reinsurance agreements with Allianz and IICH with respect to specific portfolios of run-off business; partially offset by (iii) a decrease of $654.4 million in losses and loss adjustment expenses between 2010 and 2009. Investing Investing cash flows consist primarily of cash acquired net of acquisitions along with net proceeds on the sale and purchase of investments. Net cash provided by investing activities was $691.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $253.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase of $438.5 million in investing cash flows between 2011 and 2010 was due primarily to the following: (i) a decrease of $290.2 million in restricted cash and cash equivalents during 2011, compared to an increase of $187.0 million in 2010; (ii) an increase of $92.1 million in the net sales, purchases and maturities of available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities between 2011 and 2010 due to the decision of our investment committee to increase the allocation of our investment portfolio to trading securities; 105 Years Ended December 31, Total cash (used in) provided by: 2011 2010 2009 (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Operating activities $ (909,920 ) $ (609,211 ) $ (198,055 ) Investing activities 691,923 253,461 (259,814 ) Financing activities 259,769 (124,697 ) (199,684 ) Effect of exchange rate changes on cash 9,548 13,156 57,452 Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents $ 51,320 $ (467,291 ) $ (600,101 ) Table of Contents (iii) a decrease of $91.9 million in the funding of other investments between 2011 and 2010 due to the increased investment in our private equity investments during 2010; partially offset by (iv) the use of $88.5 million in net cash for acquisitions during 2011, compared to net cash provided by acquisitions of $173.7 million during 2010. Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities was $253.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $(259.8) million during the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase of $513.3 million in investing cash flows between 2010 and 2009 was due primarily to the following: (i) a decrease of $315.7 million in the purchases of available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities between 2010 and 2009 due to the decision of our investment committee to increase the allocation of our investment portfolio to trading securities; (ii) an increase of $259.6 million in the sales and maturity of available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities between 2010 and 2009 due to the decision of our investment committee to increase the allocation of our investment portfolio to trading securities; and (iii) an increase of $98.9 million in the funding of other investments between 2010 and 2009 due to the increased investment in our private equity investments; partially offset by (iv) the receipt of $31.6 million on the sale of a partly owned company. Financing Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities was $259.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $(124.7) million during the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase of $384.5 million in cash provided by financing activities was primarily attributable to the following: (i) an increase of $287.4 million in net proceeds from issuance of shares; (ii) an increase of $112.8 million in cash received attributable to bank loans between 2011 and 2010, offset partially by an increase of $51.2 million in the repayment of bank loans; and (iii) a decrease of $41.1 million in dividends paid to noncontrolling interest in 2011, partially offset by an increase of $5.6 million in net distributions of capital to noncontrolling interest. Net cash used in financing activities was $124.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $199.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease of $75.0 million in cash used in financing activities was primarily attributable to the following: (i) an increase of $161.4 million in cash received attributable to bank loans between 2010 and 2009, offset partially by an increase of $62.7 million in the repayment of bank loans; and (iii) an increase of $49.2 million in dividends paid to noncontrolling interest in 2010, partially offset by contributions of $28.7 million to surplus of subsidiary by noncontrolling interest. 106 Table of Contents Investments The maturity distribution for our fixed maturity securities held as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 was as follows: 107 December 31, 2011 December 31, 2010 Fair Value % of Total Fair Value % of Total (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Due in one year or less $ 1,158,546 38.0 % $ 966,319 45.3 % Due after one year through five years 1,465,176 48.0 % 940,017 44.0 % Due after five years through ten years 152,829 5.0 % 47,627 2.2 % Due after ten years 16,723 0.6 % 10,387 0.5 % 2,793,274 91.6 % 1,964,350 92.0 % Residential mortgage-backed 110,785 3.6 % 102,506 4.8 % Commercial mortgage-backed 86,694 2.8 % 38,841 1.8 % Asset-backed 62,201 2.0 % 28,613 1.4 % Total $ 3,052,954 100.0 % $ 2,134,310 100.0 % Table of Contents Eurozone Exposure At December 31, 2011, we did not own any investments in fixed maturity securities (which includes securities classified as cash and cash equivalents) and bond funds issued by the sovereign governments of Portugal, Italy, Ireland, Greece or Spain. Our fixed maturity and bond funds exposures as of December 31, 2011 to Eurozone Governments (which includes regional and municipal governments including guaranteed agencies) by rating and maturity date are highlighted in the following tables: 108 Ratings AAA AA A BBB and below NR Total (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Germany $ 28,876 $ 2,175 $ — $ — $ — $ 31,051 Supranational (1) 41,920 — — — — 41,920 Denmark 9,901 — — — — 9,901 Netherlands 9,344 — — — — 9,344 Norway 2,271 — — — — 2,271 France 89,357 — — — — 89,357 Slovenia — 6,447 — — — 6,447 Finland 1,491 — — — — 1,491 Sweden 10,012 9,935 — — 5,215 25,162 Austria 10,543 — — — — 10,543 203,715 18,557 — — 5,215 227,487 Euro Region Government Funds — 11,253 — — — 11,253 $ 203,715 $ 29,810 $ — $ — $ 5,215 $ 238,740 By Maturity Date (2) 3 months or less 3 to 6 months 6 months to 1 year 1 to 2 years more than 2 years Total (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Germany $ 8,090 $ 992 $ 5,958 $ 8,709 $ 7,302 $ 31,051 Supranational (1) — 4,728 19,512 14,928 2,752 41,920 Denmark — — — — 9,901 9,901 Netherlands — — 996 3,977 4,371 9,344 Norway — — — 1,883 388 2,271 France 74,667 994 768 8,608 4,320 89,357 Slovenia 6,447 — — — — 6,447 Finland — — — — 1,491 1,491 Sweden 5,215 — 10,012 — 9,935 25,162 Austria — — — 10,052 491 10,543 $ 94,419 $ 6,714 $ 37,246 $ 48,157 $ 40,951 $ 227,487 (1) Supranationals are defined as international government or quasi-government organizations. (2) Our bond fund holdings have daily liquidity and are not included in the maturity date table. Table of Contents At December 31, 2011, we owned investments in corporate securities (which includes securities classified as cash and cash equivalents) whose ultimate parent company was located within the Eurozone. This includes securities that were issued by subsidiaries whose location was outside of the Eurozone. Our exposures to these investments as of December 31, 2011 by country and listed by rating, sector and maturity date are highlighted in the following tables: 109 Ratings AAA AA A BBB BB and below Total (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Germany $ — $ 1,538 $ 45,088 $ 12,412 $ 4,656 $ 63,694 Belgium — 494 — — — 494 Portugal — — — 11,693 — 11,693 Denmark — — 2,385 — — 2,385 Netherlands — 28,352 3,907 — — 32,259 Sweden — 10,640 34,312 2,705 21,237 68,894 Norway 5,005 — — 32,275 — 37,280 France 23,583 16,322 4,351 3,484 — 47,740 Ireland — — — 1,972 — 1,972 Spain 2,869 4,780 5,733 9,539 — 22,921 Italy — 491 34,420 4,999 — 39,910 $ 31,457 $ 62,617 $ 130,196 $ 79,079 $ 25,893 $ 329,242 Sector Financial Energy Industrial Telecom Utility Total (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Germany $ 11,816 $ — $ 24,141 $ 9,350 $ 18,387 $ 63,694 Belgium 494 — — — — 494 Portugal — — — — 11,693 11,693 Denmark — 2,385 — — — 2,385 Netherlands 29,736 2,523 — — — 32,259 Sweden 52,560 — 11,491 — 4,843 68,894 Norway 37,280 — — — — 37,280 France 27,206 1,315 9,558 — 9,661 47,740 Ireland 1,972 — — — — 1,972 Spain 12,331 1,363 — 8,176 1,051 22,921 Italy 5,908 — — — 34,002 39,910 $ 179,303 $ 7,586 $ 45,190 $ 17,526 $ 79,637 $ 329,242 Table of Contents Securities issued by companies located in the United Kingdom and Switzerland are not included in the tables. None of the securities we owned at December 31, 2011 were considered impaired. Long-Term Debt Our long-term debt consists of loan facilities used to partially finance certain of our acquisitions or significant new business transactions along with loans outstanding in relation to the Repurchase Agreements entered into with three of our executives and certain trusts and a corporation affiliated with the executives. We draw down on the loan facilities at the time of the acquisition or significant new business transaction, although in some circumstances we have made additional draw-downs to refinance existing debt of the acquired company. We incurred interest expense on our loan facilities and loans outstanding relating to the Repurchase Agreements of $8.5 million and $10.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Total amounts of loans payable outstanding, including accrued interest, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 totaled $242.7 million and $245.3 million, respectively, and were comprised as follows: 110 By Maturity Date 3 months or less 3 to 6 months 6 months to 1 year 1 to 2 years more than 2 years Total (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Germany $ 20,061 $ 18,115 $ 7,607 $ 13,157 $ 4,754 $ 63,694 Belgium — — — — 494 494 Portugal — — 11,693 — — 11,693 Denmark — 2,385 — — — 2,385 Netherlands 5,014 778 10,091 6,430 9,946 32,259 Sweden 20,414 3,936 21,304 7,441 15,799 68,894 Norway 24,248 — — 8,027 5,005 37,280 France 12,845 8,202 4,529 6,814 15,350 47,740 Ireland 1,972 — — — — 1,972 Spain 5,842 — 1,051 11,346 4,682 22,921 Italy 35,990 — — 3,502 418 39,910 $ 126,386 $ 33,416 $ 56,275 $ 56,717 $ 56,448 $ 329,242 Facility Date of Facility December 31, 2011 December 31, 2010 (in thousands of U.S. dollars) Clarendon Facility July 12, 2011 $ 108,123 $ — EGL Revolving Credit Facility June 30, 2011 115,881 — Unionamerica — Facility A December 30, 2008 — 71,259 Unionamerica — Facility B December 30, 2008 — 154 Knapton April 20, 2010 — 21,532 Enstar Group — Facility A December 29, 2010 — 52,100 Enstar Group — Facility B December 29, 2010 — 62,900 Total long-term bank debt 224,004 207,945 Repurchase Agreements October 1, 2010 18,706 37,333 Total loans payable $ 242,710 $ 245,278 Table of Contents EGL Revolving Credit Facility; Prepayment of Certain Subsidiary Debt Facilities On June 13, 2011, we, as borrower, and certain of our subsidiaries, as guarantors, entered into a Revolving Credit Facility Agreement with NAB and Barclays Corporate, the corporate banking division of Barclays Bank PLC, as bookrunners and mandated lead arrangers, certain financial institutions, as lenders, and NAB as agent, or the EGL Revolving Credit Facility. The EGL Revolving Credit Facility provides for a three-year revolving credit facility pursuant to which we are permitted to borrow up to an aggregate of $250.0 million, which will be available to prepay certain existing credit facilities of ours and certain of our subsidiaries, to fund permitted acquisitions and for general corporate purposes. Our ability to draw on the EGL Revolving Credit Facility is subject to customary conditions. On June 30, 2011, we borrowed $167.7 million under the EGL Revolving Credit Facility, which was used to prepay $167.7 million of the total amounts owing by us under the Knapton, Unionamerica and Enstar Group facilities. The prepayment of these existing credit facilities was a condition to our initial borrowing under the EGL Revolving Credit Facility. The EGL Revolving Credit Facility is secured by a first priority lien on the stock of certain of our subsidiaries and certain bank accounts held with Barclays Bank PLC in our name and into which amounts received in respect of any capital release from certain of our subsidiaries are required to be paid. Interest is payable at the end of each interest period chosen by us or, at the latest, each six months. The interest rate is LIBOR plus 2.75%, plus an incremental amount tied to certain regulatory costs that may be incurred by the lenders, if any. The unused portion of the EGL Revolving Credit Facility will be subject to a commitment fee of 1.10%. The EGL Revolving Credit Facility is subject to various financial and business covenants applicable to us, the guarantors and certain other material subsidiaries, including limitations on mergers and consolidations, acquisitions, indebtedness and guarantees, restrictions as to dispositions of stock and dividends, and limitations on liens on stock. As of December 31, 2011, all of the covenants relating to the EGL Revolving Credit Facility were met. During the existence of any payment default, the interest rate is increased by 1.0%. During the existence of any event of default as specified in the EGL Revolving Credit Facility, the agent may cancel the commitments of the lenders, declare all or a portion of outstanding amounts immediately due and payable, declare all or a portion of outstanding amounts payable upon demand or proceed against the security. The EGL Revolving Credit Facility terminates and all amounts borrowed must be repaid on June 13, 2014, the third anniversary of the date of the EGL Revolving Credit Facility. On October 21, 2011 and December 30, 2011, we repaid $25.0 million and $26.8 million, respectively, of the outstanding principal balance of the EGL Revolving Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2011, the outstanding EGL Revolving Credit Facility loan balance, inclusive of accrued interest, was $115.9 million. Clarendon Facility On March 4, 2011, we, through Clarendon Holdings, Inc., entered into a $106.5 million term facility agreement, or the Clarendon Facility, with NAB. The Clarendon Facility provides for a four-year term loan facility available to be drawn to fund up to 50% of the purchase price of Clarendon. On July 12, 2011, we fully drew down the Clarendon Facility in connection with the acquisition of Clarendon. As of December 31, 2011, the outstanding Clarendon Facility balance, inclusive of accrued interest, was $108.1 million. The Clarendon Facility is secured by a security interest in all of the assets of Clarendon Holdings, Inc., as well as a first priority lien on the stock of both Clarendon Holdings, Inc. and Clarendon. Interest is payable at the end of each interest period chosen by Clarendon Holdings, Inc. or, at the latest, each six months. The interest rate is LIBOR plus 2.75%. The Clarendon Facility is subject to various financial and business covenants, including limitations on mergers and consolidations, restrictions as to disposition of stock and limitations on liens on the stock. 111 Table of Contents During the existence of any payment default, the interest rate is increased by 1.0%. During the existence of any event of default (as specified in the term facility agreement), the lenders may declare all or a portion of outstanding amounts immediately due and payable, declare all or a portion of borrowed amounts payable upon demand, or proceed against the security. The Clarendon Facility terminates and all amounts borrowed must be repaid on July 12, 2015. Share repurchase agreements On October 1, 2010, we entered into the Repurchase Agreements to repurchase an aggregate of 800,000 of our ordinary shares at a price of $70.00 per share. We repurchased, in aggregate, 600,000 ordinary shares from Dominic F. Silvester (our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our Board of Directors) and a trust of which he and his immediate family are the sole beneficiaries, 100,000 ordinary shares from a trust of which Paul J. O’Shea (our Joint Chief Operating Officer, Executive Vice President and a member of our Board of Directors) and his immediate family are the sole beneficiaries and 100,000 ordinary shares from a corporation owned by a trust of which Nicholas A. Packer (our Joint Chief Operating Officer and Executive Vice President) and his immediate family are the sole beneficiaries. The repurchase transactions closed on October 14, 2010. The aggregate purchase price of $56.0 million is payable by us through promissory notes to the selling shareholders. The annual interest rate for the notes is fixed at 3.5%, and the notes are repayable in three equal installments on December 31, 2010, December 1, 2011 and December 1, 2012. In connection with the Repurchase Agreements, we entered into lock-up agreements with each of Messrs. Silvester, O’Shea and Packer, and their respective family trusts and corporation. The lock-up agreements prohibit future sales and transfers of shares now owned or subsequently acquired for two years from the date of the Repurchase Agreements. On each of December 9, 2011 and December 31, 2010, we repaid $20.0 million and $19.1 million, respectively, of the promissory notes, including accrued interest. Private Placement On April 20, 2011, we entered into an Investment Agreement, or the Investment Agreement, with GSCP VI AIV Navi, Ltd., GSCP VI Offshore Navi, Ltd., GSCP VI Parallel AIV Navi, Ltd., GSCP VI Employee Navi, Ltd., and GSCP VI GmbH Navi, L.P., or, collectively, the Purchasers, each of which is an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co. Under the Investment Agreement, we agreed to issue and sell, and the Purchasers agreed to purchase, at several different closings described below, securities representing 19.9% of our outstanding share capital pro forma for all the issuances, with the right to acquire an additional 2.0% on a fully diluted basis pro forma for all the issuances through the exercise of warrants as described below, although the Purchasers’ voting interest in us purchased pursuant to the Investment Agreement is less than 4.9%. The securities that the Purchasers have acquired at these closings can be further summarized as follows. At the first closing, which occurred on April 20, 2011, we issued to the Purchasers 531,345 of our voting ordinary shares, par value $1.00 per share, or the Voting Common Shares, and 749,869 of our Series A convertible non-voting preference shares, par value $1.00 per share, or the Non-Voting Preferred Shares, at a purchase price of $86.00 per share, and warrants to acquire 340,820 Non-Voting Preferred Shares for an exercise price of $115.00 per share, for aggregate proceeds of approximately $110.2 million. Upon the receipt of shareholder approval to create three new classes of non-voting ordinary shares at our Annual General Meeting on June 28, 2011, the Non-Voting Preferred Shares automatically converted on a share-for-share basis into our non-voting ordinary shares, par value $1.00, or the Non-Voting Common Shares, and the warrants became exercisable for Non-Voting Common Shares rather than Non-Voting Preferred Shares. At the second closing, which occurred on December 22, 2011, we issued to the Purchasers 134,184 Voting Common Shares and 827,504 Non-Voting Common Shares, at a purchase price of $86.00 per share, for aggregate proceeds of approximately $82.7 million. 112 Table of Contents At the third closing, which occurred simultaneously with the second closing on December 22, 2011, we issued to the Purchasers 1,148,264 Non-Voting Common Shares, at a purchase price of $86.00 per share, for aggregate proceeds of approximately $98.7 million. The Purchasers may elect to receive Series B Non-Voting Common Shares, Series C Non-Voting Common Shares or Series D Non-Voting Common Shares upon conversion of Voting Common Shares held by them. Holders of the Series B Non-Voting Common Shares would have the right to convert such shares on a share-for-share basis, subject to certain adjustments, into Voting Common Shares, Series C Non-Voting Common Shares or Series D Non-Voting Common Shares at their option. All Non-Voting Common Shares received by the Purchasers under the Investment Agreement are Series C Non-Voting Common Shares. Holders of the Series C Non-Voting Common Shares have the right to convert such shares, on a share-for-share basis, subject to certain adjustments, into Series D Non-Voting Common Shares at their option. There is no economic difference in the sub-series of Non-Voting Common Shares, but there are slight differences in the limited voting rights of each sub-series that are designed to address certain regulatory matters affecting the Purchasers. The total investment made by the Purchasers for the purchase of the Voting Common Shares, the Non-Voting Common Shares and the warrants was approximately $291.6 million. We believe that the proceeds received in connection with the closings under the Investment Agreement will provide us with capital and financial flexibility to pursue desirable acquisitions of insurance and reinsurance companies in run-off and portfolios of insurance and reinsurance business in run-off. Aggregate Contractual Obligations The following table shows our aggregate contractual obligations and commitments by time period remaining to due date as at December 31, 2011. The table does not reflect certain acquisition-related payments potentially due in the future. 113 Payments Due by Period Total Less than 1 year 1 - 3 years 3 - 5 years More than 5 years (in millions of U.S. dollars) Operating Activities Estimated gross reserves for loss and loss adjustment expenses(1) $ 4,282.9 $ 711.1 $ 1,296.7 $ 726.8 $ 1,548.3 Operating lease obligations(2) 16.2 4.7 9.6 1.9 — Investing Activities Investment commitments(3) 77.5 27.9 35.8 13.8 — Financing Activities Loan repayments (including interest payments)(4) 254.4 64.5 189.9 — — Total $ 4,631.0 $ 808.2 $ 1,532.0 $ 742.5 $ 1,548.3 (1) We are obligated to pay claims for specified loss events covered by the insurance and reinsurance contracts we have. Such loss payments represent our most significant future payment obligation. In contrast to our other contractual obligations, our cash payments are not determinable from the terms specified within the underlying contracts. The total amount in the table above reflects our best estimate of our reserve for losses and loss expenses. However, the actual amounts and timing may differ materially. See “— Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies — Loss and Loss Adjustment Expenses”beginning on page 69 for further information. We have not taken into account corresponding reinsurance recoverable amounts that would be due to us. (2) We lease office space in a number of locations, with such leases expiring at varying dates. We renew and enter into new leases in the ordinary course of business, as required. Table of Contents We have an accrued liability of approximately $5.6 million for unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2011. We are uncertain as to if or when such amounts may be settled with any tax authorities. Therefore the liability for unrecognized tax benefits is not included in the table above. Commitments and Contingencies We have a capital commitment of $100.0 million in the Flowers Fund and $100.0 million in J.C. Flowers III L.P., or Fund III. Both the Flowers Fund and Fund III are private investment funds advised by J.C. Flowers & Co. LLC. As of December 31, 2011, the capital contributed to the Flowers Fund and Fund III was $97.8 million and $30.7 million, respectively, with the remaining commitment being approximately $2.2 million and $69.3 million, respectively. We have guaranteed the obligation of one of our subsidiaries in respect of a letter of credit issued on its behalf by a London-based bank in the amount of £7.5 million (approximately $11.7 million) in respect of its insurance contract requirements. The guarantee will be triggered should losses incurred by the subsidiary exceed available cash on hand resulting in the letter of credit being drawn. As at December 31, 2011, we had not recorded any liability associated with the guarantee. During 2010, we provided guarantees supporting the obligations of one of our subsidiaries in respect of the acquisition, by the subsidiary, of two portfolios of insurance and reinsurance businesses in run-off. The total guarantee provided upon acquisition was approximately $198.4 million and will increase or decrease over time in line with relevant independent actuarial assessments, but will always be subject to an overall maximum cap with respect to reinsurance liabilities. As at December 31, 2011, the total of the parental guarantees provided by us was approximately $128.2 million. We have a capital commitment of $10.0 million in the GSC European Mezzanine Fund II, LP, or GSC. GSC invests in mezzanine securities of middle and large market companies throughout Western Europe. As of December 31, 2011, the capital contributed to GSC was $9.9 million, with the remaining commitment being $0.1 million. In October 2011, we made a commitment to invest in aggregate $5 million in Dowling Capital Partners I, L.P., or Dowling. As at December 31, 2011, we had not contributed any capital to Dowling. In July 2011, we made a commitment to invest $1.0 million in Meetinghouse Funding III. As at December 31, 2011 the capital contributed to the Meetinghouse Fund was $0.1 million with the remaining unfunded commitment being approximately $0.9 million. In July 2011, we, in connection with our acquisition of Clarendon, provided a parental guarantee to Hannover in the amount of $80.0 million supporting the obligations of one of our subsidiaries. Off-Balance Sheet and Special Purpose Entity Arrangements At December 31, 2011, we do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined by Item 303(a)(4) of Regulation S-K. 114 (3) For further details on the terms of our investment commitments, refer to Note 19 to our consolidated financial statements. (4) For further details on the terms of on our loan repayments, refer to Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements. Table of Contents Interest Rate Risk Our balance sheets include a substantial amount of assets and, to a lesser extent, liabilities whose fair values are subject to market risks. Market risk represents the potential for an economic loss due to adverse changes in the fair value of a financial instrument. Our most significant market risks are associated primarily with changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. The following provides an analysis of the potential effects that these market risk exposures could have on our future earnings. We have calculated the effect that an immediate parallel shift in the U.S. interest rate yield curve would have on our cash and investments at December 31, 2011. The modeling of this effect was performed on cash and fixed income investments classified as trading and available-for-sale. The results of this analysis are summarized in the table below. Interest Rate Movement Analysis on Market Value of Cash and Fixed Income Investments Classified as Trading and Available-for-Sale As a holder of fixed maturity securities and mutual funds, we also have exposure to credit risk. At December 31, 2011, approximately 53.4% of our fixed maturity investment portfolio was rated AA or higher by a major rating agency. At December 31, 2011, reinsurance receivables of $235.8 million were associated with one reinsurer, of which $151.0 million is secured by a trust fund held for our benefit, and represented 13.2% of reinsurance balances receivable. This reinsurer was rated A+ by a major rating agency. In the event that all or any of the reinsuring companies, that have not secured their obligations, are unable to meet their obligations under existing reinsurance agreements, we will be liable for such defaulted amounts. Effects of Inflation We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our consolidated results of operations. Loss reserves are established to recognize likely loss settlements at the date payment is made. Those reserves inherently recognize the anticipated effects of inflation. The actual effects of inflation on our results cannot be accurately known, however, until claims are ultimately resolved. Foreign Currency Risk Through our subsidiaries located in various foreign countries, we conduct our insurance and reinsurance operations in a variety of non-U.S. currencies. As the functional currency for the majority of our subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates related to these subsidiaries will have a direct impact on the valuation of our assets and liabilities denominated in local currencies. All changes in foreign exchange rates, with the exception of non-U.S. dollar denominated investments classified as available-for-sale, are recognized currently in foreign exchange gains (losses) in our consolidated statements of earnings. Certain of our subsidiaries have the Australian dollar as their functional currency. Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates related to these subsidiaries have a direct impact on the valuation of their assets and 115 ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE INFORMATION ABOUT MARKET RISK Interest Rate Shift in Basis Points –50 –25 0 +25 +50 (in millions of U.S. dollars) Total Market Value $ 4,304 $ 4,290 $ 4,277 $ 4,264 $ 4,250 Market Value Change from Base 0.6 % 0.3 % 0 % (0.3 )% (0.6 )% Change in Unrealized Value $ 27 $ 13 $ 0 $ 13 $ 27 Table of Contents liabilities denominated in local currencies. All changes in foreign exchange rates, with the exception of our U.S. dollar denominated investments classified as available-for-sale held by our Australian subsidiaries, are recognized currently in foreign exchange gains (losses) in our consolidated statements of earnings. Our foreign currency policy is to broadly manage, where possible, our foreign currency risk by seeking to match our liabilities under insurance and reinsurance policies that are payable in foreign currencies with assets that are denominated in such currencies, subject to regulatory constraints, and to selectively use foreign currency exchange contracts. The matching process is carried out quarterly in arrears and therefore any mismatches occurring in the period may give rise to foreign exchange gains and losses, which could adversely affect our operating results. We are, however, required to maintain assets in non-U.S. dollars to meet certain local country branch and regulatory requirements, which restricts our ability to manage these exposures through the matching of our assets and liabilities. In addition we do utilize foreign currency forward contracts to mitigate foreign currency risk. See Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion of foreign currency derivatives we have entered into. Regarding our investments, we are currently exposed to currency fluctuations through our investments in respect of: 1) non-U.S. dollar fixed maturities held by our subsidiaries whose functional currency is U.S. dollars; and 2) non-Australian dollar fixed maturities held by our subsidiaries whose functional currency is Australian dollars. The unrealized foreign exchange gains (losses) arising from non-Australian fixed maturities classified as available-for-sale are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income in our shareholders’ equity. The tables below summarize our gross and net exposure as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 to foreign currencies for our subsidiaries whose functional currency is U.S. dollars: 116 2011 GBP Euro AUD CDN Other Total (in millions of U.S. dollars) Total assets $ 724.1 $ 316.4 $ 17.0 $ 68.8 $ 48.9 $ 1,175.2 Total liabilities 747.4 254.5 15.5 55.4 45.6 1,118.4 Net foreign currency exposure $ (23.3 ) $ 61.9 $ 1.5 $ 13.4 $ 3.3 $ 56.8 Pre-tax impact of a 10% movement of the U.S. dollar $ (2.3 ) $ 6.2 $ 0.2 $ 1.3 $ 0.3 $ 5.7 (1) Assumes 10% change in U.S. dollar relative to other currencies 2010 GBP Euro AUD CDN Other Total (in millions of U.S. dollars) Total assets $ 751.1 $ 270.9 $ 57.6 $ 58.7 $ 48.7 $ 1,187.0 Total liabilities 795.7 267.7 82.7 41.5 31.6 1,219.2 Net foreign currency exposure $ (44.6 ) $ 3.2 $ (25.1 ) $ 17.2 $ 17.1 $ (32.2 ) Pre-tax impact of a 10% movement of the U.S. dollar $ (4.4 ) $ 0.3 $ (2.5 ) $ 1.7 $ 1.7 $ (3.2 ) (1) Assumes 10% change in U.S. dollar relative to other currencies (1) (1) Table of Contents The tables below summarize our gross and net exposure as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 to foreign currencies for our subsidiaries whose functional currency is Australian dollars: As at December 31, 2011, our subsidiaries, whose functional currency is Australian dollars, had total net Australian dollar exposure of approximately $120.0 million. On February 8, 2012, we entered into two foreign currency forward exchange contracts, where we sold AU$25.0 million for approximately $26.2 million and AU$35.0 million for approximately $36.1 million. The contracts have settlement dates of December 19, 2012 and May 10, 2013, respectively. 117 2011 GBP Euro USD CDN Other Total (in millions of U.S. dollars) Total assets $ 7.0 $ 4.6 $ 148.2 $ — $ 2.4 $ 162.2 Total liabilities 5.3 3.2 47.6 2.5 (0.0 ) 58.6 Net foreign currency exposure $ 1.7 $ 1.4 $ 100.6 $ (2.5 ) $ 2.4 $ 103.6 Pre-tax impact of a 10% movement of the Australian dollar $ 0.2 $ 0.1 $ 10.1 $ (0.2 ) $ 0.2 $ 10.4 (1) Assumes 10% change in Australian dollar relative to other currencies 2010 GBP Euro USD CDN Other Total (in millions of U.S. dollars) Total assets $ 5.3 $ 5.1 $ 128.9 $ 0.1 $ 2.4 $ 141.8 Total liabilities 8.2 7.0 73.2 0.8 0.1 89.3 Net foreign currency exposure $ (2.9 ) $ (1.9 ) $ 55.7 $ (0.7 ) $ 2.3 $ 52.5 Pre-tax impact of a 10% movement of the Australian dollar $ (0.3 ) $ (0.2 ) $ 5.6 $ — $ 0.2 $ 5.3 (1) Assumes 10% change in Australian dollar relative to other currencies (1) (1) Table of Contents ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES 118 Page December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 119 Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 120 Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 121 Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 122 Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 123 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 124 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 125 Schedule II — Condensed Financial Information of Registrant 173 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 177 Table of Contents REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Enstar Group Limited We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Enstar Group Limited and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15. These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Enstar Group Limited and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein. We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 24, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. /s/ Deloitte & Touche Ltd. Hamilton, Bermuda February 24, 2012 119 Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS As of December 31, 2011 and 2010 See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements 120 2011 2010 (expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share data) ASSETS Short-term investments, available-for-sale, at fair value (amortized cost: 2011 — $nil; 2010 — $7,209) $ — $ 7,263 Short-term investments, trading, at fair value 410,269 507,978 Fixed maturities, available-for-sale, at fair value (amortized cost: 2011 — $590,588; 2010 — $1,068,540) 607,316 1,094,947 Fixed maturities, trading, at fair value 2,035,369 524,122 Equities, trading, at fair value 89,981 60,082 Other investments, at fair value 192,264 234,714 Total investments 3,335,199 2,429,106 Cash and cash equivalents 850,474 799,154 Restricted cash and cash equivalents 373,191 656,200 Accrued interest receivable 26,924 19,980 Accounts receivable 50,258 24,790 Income taxes recoverable 10,559 7,968 Reinsurance balances receivable 1,789,582 961,442 Funds held by reinsured companies 107,748 274,699 Goodwill 21,222 21,222 Other assets 40,981 41,343 TOTAL ASSETS $ 6,606,138 $ 5,235,904 LIABILITIES Losses and loss adjustment expenses $ 4,282,916 $ 3,291,275 Reinsurance balances payable 208,540 231,435 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities 75,983 94,390 Income taxes payable 16,985 50,075 Loans payable 242,710 245,278 Other liabilities 95,593 107,630 TOTAL LIABILITIES 4,922,727 4,020,083 COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY Share capital Authorized, issued and fully paid, par value $1 each (authorized 2011: 156,000,000; 2010: 156,000,000) Ordinary shares (issued and outstanding 2011: 13,665,051; 2010: 12,940,021) 13,665 12,940 Non-voting convertible ordinary shares: Series A (issued 2011: 2,972,892; 2010: 2,972,892) 2,973 2,973 Series B, C and D (issued and outstanding 2011: 2,725,637; 2010: nil) 2,726 — Treasury shares at cost (Series A non-voting convertible ordinary shares 2011: 2,972,892; 2010: 2,972,892) (421,559 ) (421,559 ) Additional paid-in capital 956,329 667,907 Accumulated other comprehensive income 27,096 35,017 Retained earnings 804,836 651,143 Total Enstar Group Limited Shareholders’ Equity 1,386,066 948,421 Noncontrolling interest 297,345 267,400 TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 1,683,411 1,215,821 TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY $ 6,606,138 $ 5,235,904 Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS For the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements 121 2011 2010 2009 (expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data) INCOME Consulting fees $ 17,858 $ 23,015 $ 16,104 Net investment income 69,870 99,906 81,371 Net realized and unrealized gains 8,020 13,137 4,237 Gain on bargain purchase 13,105 — — 108,853 136,058 101,712 EXPENSES Net reduction in ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities: Reduction in estimates of net ultimate losses (250,216 ) (278,065 ) (274,825 ) Reduction in provisions for bad debt (42,822 ) (49,556 ) (11,718 ) Reduction in provisions for unallocated loss adjustment expense liabilities (45,102 ) (39,651 ) (50,412 ) Amortization of fair value adjustments 42,693 55,438 77,328 (295,447 ) (311,834 ) (259,627 ) Salaries and benefits 89,846 86,677 68,454 General and administrative expenses 71,810 59,201 46,902 Interest expense 8,529 10,253 17,583 Net foreign exchange losses (gains) 373 (398 ) 23,787 (124,889 ) (156,101 ) (102,901 ) EARNINGS BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND SHARE OF NET EARNINGS OF PARTLY OWNED COMPANY 233,742 292,159 204,613 INCOME TAXES (25,284 ) (87,132 ) (27,605 ) SHARE OF NET EARNINGS OF PARTLY OWNED COMPANY — 10,704 — NET EARNINGS 208,458 215,731 177,008 Less: Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interest (54,765 ) (41,645 ) (41,798 ) NET EARNINGS ATTRIBUTABLE TO ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED $ 153,693 $ 174,086 $ 135,210 EARNINGS PER SHARE — BASIC: Net earnings attributable to Enstar Group Limited ordinary shareholders $ 11.03 $ 12.91 $ 10.01 EARNINGS PER SHARE — DILUTED: Net earnings attributable to Enstar Group Limited ordinary shareholders $ 10.81 $ 12.66 $ 9.84 Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding — basic 13,930,221 13,489,221 13,514,207 Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding — diluted 14,212,440 13,751,256 13,744,661 Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME For the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements 122 2011 2010 2009 (expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars) NET EARNINGS $ 208,458 $ 215,731 $ 177,008 Other comprehensive income, net of tax: Unrealized holding gains (losses) on investments arising during the period 4,199 19,722 (3,332 ) Reclassification adjustment for net realized and unrealized gains included in net earnings (8,020 ) (13,137 ) (4,237 ) Increase in defined benefit pension liability (3,718 ) (1,000 ) — Currency translation adjustment (903 ) 32,077 69,833 Total other comprehensive (loss) income (8,442 ) 37,662 62,264 Comprehensive income 200,016 253,393 239,272 Less comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest (54,244 ) (53,000 ) (64,483 ) COMPREHENSIVE INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED $ 145,772 $ 200,393 $ 174,789 Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY For the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements 123 2011 2010 2009 (expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars) Share Capital — Ordinary Shares Balance, beginning of year $ 12,940 $ 13,581 $ 13,334 Issue of shares 674 80 170 Shares repurchased — (800 ) — Share awards granted/vested 51 79 77 Balance, end of year $ 13,665 $ 12,940 $ 13,581 Share Capital — Series A Non-Voting Convertible Ordinary Shares Balance, beginning and end of year $ 2,973 $ 2,973 $ 2,973 Share Capital — Series B, C and D Non-Voting Convertible Ordinary Shares Balance, beginning of year $ — $ — $ — Preferred shares converted 750 — — Issue of shares 1,976 — — Balance, end of year $ 2,726 $ — $ — Share Capital — Preference Shares Balance, beginning of year $ — $ — $ — Issue of shares 750 — — Shares converted (750 ) — — Balance, end of year $ — $ — $ — Treasury Shares Balance, beginning and end of year $ (421,559 ) $ (421,559 ) $ (421,559 ) Additional Paid-in Capital Balance, beginning of year $ 667,907 $ 721,120 $ 709,485 Equity attributable to Enstar Group Limited on acquisition of noncontrolling shareholders’ interest in subsidiary — (3,229 ) 2,716 Issue of shares and warrants, net 284,983 514 5,352 Shares repurchased — (55,200 ) — Share awards granted/vested 776 3,202 3,567 Amortization of share awards 2,663 1,500 — Balance, end of year $ 956,329 $ 667,907 $ 721,120 Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income Attributable to Enstar Group Limited Balance, beginning of year $ 35,017 $ 8,709 $ (30,871 ) Foreign currency translation adjustments (972 ) 22,476 48,939 Increase in defined benefit pension liability (3,718 ) (1,000 ) — Net movement in unrealized holding (losses) gains on investments (3,231 ) 4,832 (9,359 ) Balance, end of year $ 27,096 $ 35,017 $ 8,709 Retained Earnings Balance, beginning of year $ 651,143 $ 477,057 $ 341,847 Net earnings attributable to Enstar Group Limited 153,693 174,086 135,210 Balance, end of year $ 804,836 $ 651,143 $ 477,057 Noncontrolling Interest Balance, beginning of year $ 267,400 $ 274,271 $ 256,022 Return of capital (16,200 ) (39,381 ) (38,010 ) Contribution of capital — 28,742 — Equity attributable to noncontrolling interest on acquisition of noncontrolling shareholders’ interest in subsidiary — — (7,244 ) Dividends paid (8,100 ) (49,232 ) (980 ) Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interest 54,765 41,645 41,798 Foreign currency translation adjustments 69 9,602 20,894 Net movement in unrealized holding (losses) gains on investments (589 ) 1,753 1,791 Balance, end of year $ 297,345 $ 267,400 $ 274,271 Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS For the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements 124 2011 2010 2009 (expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars) OPERATING ACTIVITIES: Net earnings $ 208,458 $ 215,731 $ 177,008 Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to cash flows provided by operating activities: Gain on bargain purchase (13,105 ) — — Share of undistributed net earnings of partly owned company — (10,704 ) — Net realized and unrealized investment gains (8,020 ) (13,137 ) (4,237 ) Share of net gain from other investments (1,194 ) (18,645 ) (5,157 ) Share-based compensation expense — 1,562 — Other items 1,518 (550 ) 6,765 Depreciation and amortization 1,593 1,516 1,138 Amortization of bond premiums and discounts 25,085 10,275 5,926 Net movement of trading securities held on behalf of policyholders (6,816 ) 44,766 28,054 Sales and maturities of trading securities 1,463,637 563,729 13,289 Purchases of trading securities (2,158,509 ) (1,406,547 ) (17,598 ) Changes in assets and liabilities: Reinsurance balances receivable 238,818 (13,899 ) 70,166 Other assets 138,445 (186,247 ) (877 ) Losses and loss adjustment expenses (675,108 ) 150,009 (504,378 ) Reinsurance balances payable (24,833 ) 19,175 (28,268 ) Accounts payable and accrued liabilities (18,301 ) 18,557 11,428 Other liabilities (81,588 ) 15,198 48,686 Net cash flows used in operating activities (909,920 ) (609,211 ) (198,055 ) INVESTING ACTIVITIES: Acquisitions, net of cash acquired $ (88,505 ) $ 173,740 $ 67,804 Purchase of available-for-sale securities — — (222,891 ) Sales and maturities of available-for-sale securities 445,052 347,214 688,180 Purchase of held-to-maturity securities — (780,889 ) (873,679 ) Sales and maturities of held-to-maturity securities — 786,651 186,092 Movement in restricted cash and cash equivalents 290,207 (187,025 ) (85,005 ) Funding of other investments (24,787 ) (116,720 ) (17,863 ) Redemption of bond funds 66,925 — — Sale of investment in partly owned company — 31,554 — Other investing activities 3,031 (1,064 ) (2,452 ) Net cash flows provided by (used in) investing activities 691,923 253,461 (259,814 ) FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Distribution of capital to noncontrolling interest $ (16,200 ) $ (39,381 ) $ (38,990 ) Contribution to surplus of subsidiary by noncontrolling interest — 28,742 — Dividends paid to noncontrolling interest (8,100 ) (49,231 ) — Receipt of loans 274,150 161,400 — Repayment of loans (277,458 ) (226,227 ) (163,490 ) Net proceeds from issuance of shares 287,377 — 2,796 Net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities 259,769 (124,697 ) (199,684 ) TRANSLATION ADJUSTMENT 9,548 13,156 57,452 NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 51,320 (467,291 ) (600,101 ) CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR 799,154 1,266,445 1,866,546 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR $ 850,474 $ 799,154 $ 1,266,445 Supplemental Cash Flow Information Net income taxes paid $ 64,679 $ 73,368 $ 20,143 Interest paid $ 6,948 $ 10,404 $ 11,846 Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 (Tabular information expressed in thousands of U.S. dollars except share and per share data) Enstar Group Limited (“Enstar” or the “Company”) was formed in August 2001 under the laws of Bermuda to acquire and manage insurance and reinsurance companies in run-off and portfolios of insurance and reinsurance business in run-off, and to provide management, consulting and other services to the insurance and reinsurance industry. Basis of preparation — The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The major estimates reflected in the Company’s financial statements include, but are not limited to, the reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses and reinsurance balances receivable. Basis of consolidation — The consolidated financial statements include the assets, liabilities and results of operations of the Company as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. Results of operations for subsidiaries acquired are included from the dates of their acquisition by the Company. Intercompany transactions are eliminated on consolidation. Cash and cash equivalents — The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments purchased with an initial maturity of ninety-two days or less to be cash and cash equivalents. Investments — a) Short-term investments and fixed maturities: Short-term investments comprise securities with a maturity greater than ninety-two days but less than one year from the date of purchase. Fixed maturities comprise securities with a maturity of one year and greater from the date of purchase. Short-term investments and fixed maturities classified as available-for-sale are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from net earnings and reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income. Short-term investments and fixed maturities classified as trading are carried at fair value, with realized and unrealized holding gains and losses included in net earnings and reported as net realized and unrealized gains and losses. Amortization expenses derive from the difference between the nominal value and purchase cost and they are spread over the time to maturity of the debt securities using an effective yield method. Realized gains and losses on the sale of investments are based upon specific identification of the cost of investments. For mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, and any other holdings for which there is a prepayment risk, prepayment assumptions are evaluated and revised on a regular basis. Fixed maturity investments classified as available-for-sale are reviewed quarterly to determine if they have sustained an impairment of value that is considered to be other than temporary. The process includes reviewing each fixed maturity investment that is impaired and: (1) determining if the Company has the intent to sell the fixed maturity investment; (2) determining if it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the fixed maturity investment before its anticipated recovery; and (3) assessing whether a credit loss exists, that is, where the Company expects that the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected from the fixed 125 1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS 2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) maturity investment is less than the amortized cost basis of the investment. In evaluating credit losses, the Company considers a variety of factors in the assessment of a fixed maturity investment including: (1) the time period during which there has been a significant decline below cost; (2) the extent of the decline below cost and par; (3) the potential for the investment to recover in value; (4) an analysis of the financial condition of the issuer; (5) the rating of the issuer; and (6) failure of the issuer of the investment to make scheduled interest or principal payments. If management concludes a security is other-than-temporarily impaired (“OTTI”) then the difference between the fair value and the amortized cost of the security is presented as an OTTI charge in the consolidated statements of earnings, with an offset for any noncredit-related loss component of the OTTI charge to be recognized in other comprehensive income. Accordingly, only the credit loss component of the OTTI amount will have an impact on the Company’s earnings. Realized gains and loss on sales of investments classified as available-for-sale and trading securities are recognized in the consolidated statements of earnings. Investment purchases and sales are recorded on a trade-date basis. b) Equity securities: Equity investments are classified as trading securities and are carried at fair value with realized and unrealized holding gains and losses included in net earnings and reported as net realized and unrealized gains and losses. c) Other investments: Other investments include investments in limited partnerships and limited liability companies (collectively “private equities”) and bond and hedge funds which value their investments at fair value. The Company has no significant influence and does not participate in the management of these investments. Other investments are accounted for at estimated fair values, determined by the Company’s proportionate share of the net asset value of the investee reduced by any impairment charges. The Company records movement in the value of its other investments through earnings. Significant estimates are involved in the valuation of other investments. Because of the inherent uncertainty of valuation, the estimates of fair value may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a ready market for the other investments existed. Derivative instruments — The Company may enter into derivative instruments such as futures, options, interest rate swaps and foreign currency forward contracts as part of its overall foreign currency risk management strategy or to obtain exposure to a particular financial market and for yield enhancement. All derivative instruments are measured at fair value and recognized as either assets or liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. Change in fair value and realized gains or losses on derivative instruments are recorded in the consolidated statements of earnings. Investment in partly owned company — An investment in a partly owned company, in which the Company has significant influence, is carried on the equity basis whereby the investment is initially recorded at cost and adjusted to reflect the Company’s share of after-tax earnings or losses and unrealized investment gains and losses and reduced by dividends. Loss and loss adjustment expenses — The liability for loss and loss adjustment expenses includes an amount determined from loss reports and individual cases and an amount, based on historical loss experience and industry statistics, for losses incurred but not reported. These estimates are continually reviewed and are necessarily subject to the impact of future changes in such factors as claim severity and frequency. While management believes that the amount is adequate, the ultimate liability may be significantly in excess of, or less than, the amounts provided. Adjustments will be reflected as part of net increase or reduction in loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities in the periods in which they become known. Premium and commission adjustments may be triggered by incurred losses and any amounts are reflected in net loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities at the same time the related incurred loss is recognized. 126 Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) Commutations provide an opportunity for the Company to exit exposures to entire policies with insureds and reinsureds for an agreed upon payment, or payments, often at a discount to the previously estimated ultimate liability. As a result of exiting all exposures to such policies, all advised case reserves and incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) liabilities relating to the insured or reinsured are eliminated. A commutation is recognized upon the execution of a commutation release agreement. Following completion of a commutation, all the related balances, including insurance and reinsurance balances payable and/or receivable, funds held by ceding companies, and losses and loss adjustment expenses (including fair value adjustments and estimated IBNR), are written off with the corresponding gain or loss recorded in the net reduction of ultimate losses. A commutation may result in a net gain irrespective of whether the settlement exceeds the advised case reserves. Advised case reserves are those reserve estimates for a specific loss or losses reported to the Company by either the broker or insured or reinsured. IBNR liabilities (or reserves) are established by the Company at a class of business or exposure level for claims that have not yet been reported to the Company but can reasonably be expected to have occurred, as well as for the future development of reported claims. A commutation settlement is a negotiated settlement of both the advised case reserves and an estimate of the IBNR reserves that relate to the policies being commuted. For latent exposures with a long reporting tail, the estimated level of IBNR reserves may be significantly higher than the advised case reserves. In such an instance, the commutation settlement of a block of such policies may be greater than the advised case reserves but less than the aggregate of the advised case reserves plus the estimated related IBNR reserves, resulting in a total saving to the remaining liability. To the extent possible, all prior historical loss development that relates to commuted exposures is eliminated to produce revised historical loss development for the remaining non-commuted exposures. The Company’s estimates of IBNR reserves are not determined at the policyholder level but at the aggregate class of business or exposure level. Therefore, the Company does not typically identify a specific amount of IBNR reserves settled with each commutation. Rather, on an annual basis in the fourth quarter, the Company’s actuaries apply their actuarial methodologies to the remaining aggregate exposures and revised historical loss development information to reassess their estimates of gross and net ultimate liabilities and required gross and net IBNR reserves. Should a commutation that the Company considers significant occur in one of the first three quarters, then the Company, in conjunction with its independent actuaries, would estimate the amount of IBNR that would be associated with the policies being commuted. If the financial impact (including release of IBNR) of the commutation is considered significant, the Company would adjust its estimate of ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities in the quarter that the commutation was concluded. The agreed commutation settlement is recorded in net losses paid. To the extent that commuted policies are protected by reinsurance, then the Company will, on completion of a commutation with an insured or reinsured, negotiate with the reinsurers to contribute their share of the commutation settlement. Any amounts received from such reinsurers will be recorded in net losses paid and the impact of any savings or loss on reinsurance recoverable on unpaid losses will be implicitly included in the actuarial reassessment of net ultimate liabilities and net IBNR reserves. Commutations of acquired companies’ exposures have the effect of accelerating the payout of claims compared to the probability-weighted ranges of actuarially projected cash flows that the Company applies when estimating the fair values of assets and liabilities at the time of acquisition. Any material acceleration of payout together with the impact of any material loss reserve savings in any period will also accelerate the amortization of fair value adjustments in that period. The Company’s insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries establish provisions for loss adjustment expenses relating to run-off costs for the estimated duration of the run-off. These provisions are assessed at each reporting date and provisions relating to future periods are adjusted to reflect any changes in estimates, including the impact of any acceleration of the run-off period that may be caused by commutations, of the periodic run-off 127 Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) costs or the duration of the run-off. Provisions relating to the current period together with any adjustment to future run-off provisions are included in loss and loss adjustment expenses in the consolidated statements of earnings. Reinsurance balances receivable — Amounts receivable from reinsurers are estimated in a manner consistent with the loss reserve associated with the underlying policy. Retroactive reinsurance contracts — Premiums on ceded retroactive contracts are earned upon inception of the contract with corresponding reinsurance recoverable established for the amount of reserves ceded. The initial gain, if applicable, is deferred and amortized into income over an actuarially determined expected payout period. Consulting fee income — Fixed fee income is recognized in accordance with the term of the agreements. Fees based on hourly charge rates are recognized as services are provided. Performance fees are recognized when all of the contractual requirements specified in the agreement are met. Foreign currencies — At each balance sheet date, recorded balances that are denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the Company are adjusted to reflect the current exchange rate. Revenue and expense items are translated into U.S. dollars at average rates of exchange for the applicable year. The resulting exchange gains or losses are included in net earnings. Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at the year-end rates of exchange. Revenues and expenses of subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at the average rates of exchange for the applicable year. The resultant translation adjustment for self-sustaining subsidiaries is classified as a separate component of other comprehensive income and for integrated operations is included in net earnings. Earnings per share — Basic earnings per share is defined as net earnings available to ordinary shareholders divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding for the period, giving no effect to dilutive securities. Diluted earnings per share is defined as net earnings available to ordinary shareholders divided by the weighted average number of ordinary and ordinary share equivalents outstanding calculated using the treasury stock method for all potentially dilutive securities. When the effect of dilutive securities would be anti-dilutive, these securities are excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share. Acquisitions — Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets received related to the acquisition of Enstar Limited (formerly “Castlewood Limited”) by Enstar in 2001. The Company performed an initial valuation of its goodwill assets and updates this analysis on an annual basis. If, as a result of the assessment, the Company determines the value of its goodwill asset is impaired, goodwill is written down in the period in which the determination is made. An annual impairment valuation has concluded that there is no impairment to the value of the Company’s goodwill asset. Stock-based compensation — Compensation costs related to share-based payment transactions are recognized in the financial statements based on the grant date fair value of the award. Adoption of New Accounting Standards Effective January 1, 2011, the Company adopted the new guidance issued by the U.S. Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), which provides additional guidance for performing Step 1 of the test for goodwill impairment when an entity has reporting units with zero or negative carrying values. As of December 31, 2011, 128 Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) none of the Company’s reporting units were at risk of failing Step 1 of the test for goodwill impairment. Under the new guidance, Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test must be performed when adverse qualitative factors indicate that goodwill is more likely than not impaired. The adoption of the revised guidance did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements. Effective January 1, 2011, the Company adopted the new guidance issued by FASB, which specifies that if a public entity presents comparative financial statements, the entity should disclose, in its supplementary pro forma information, revenue and earnings of the combined entity as though the business combination that occurred during the current year had occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period only. The adoption of the revised guidance did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements. In September 2011, FASB issued amendments that simplify the current two-step goodwill impairment test previously required by permitting entities to first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If the entity determines that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, it would then perform the first step of the goodwill impairment test; otherwise, no further impairment test would be required. The Company adopted the amended guidance as of December 31, 2011. The adoption of the amended guidance did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements. Recently Issued Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted In May 2011, FASB issued amendments to disclosure requirements for common fair value measurement. These amendments, effective for the interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011 (early adoption is prohibited), result in a common definition of fair value and common requirements for measurement of and disclosure requirements under U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). Consequently, the amendments change some fair value measurement principles and disclosure requirements. The implementation of this amended accounting guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements. In June 2011, FASB issued amendments to disclosure requirements for presentation of comprehensive income. This guidance, effective retrospectively for the interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011 (early adoption is permitted), requires presentation of total comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The implementation of this amended accounting guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements. In December 2011, FASB issued new disclosure requirements regarding the nature of an entity’s rights of setoff and related arrangements associated with its financial instruments and derivative instruments. The new disclosures are designed to make financial statements that are prepared under U.S. GAAP more comparable to those prepared under IFRS. The new disclosure requirements are effective retrospectively for annual and interim reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting these revised disclosure requirements on the consolidated financial statements. The Company has determined that all other recently issued accounting pronouncements will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements, or do not apply to its operations. 129 Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) The Company’s primary objective in running off the operations of an acquired company is to effect an orderly and efficient settlement of all liabilities and assets and, in so doing, to strive to achieve savings in the settlement of such amounts in relation to the values implied by the purchase price of the transaction. The Company’s run-off process is led by disciplined management and includes the adjustment and settlement of valid claims, commutations of exposures, disciplined collection of reinsurance receivables, achievement of early finality of the acquired run-off by way of solvent scheme of arrangement (if available) and imposition of strong financial and operational governance over acquired companies. The most significant liability and asset of an acquired company are typically the liability for loss and loss adjustment expenses and the asset related to any reinsurance recoverable on these liabilities that may be contractually due to the acquired entity. The market for acquisition of run-off companies is not sufficiently active and transparent to enable the Company to identify reliable, market exit values for acquired assets and liabilities. Accordingly, consistent with provisions of U.S. GAAP, the Company has developed internal models that it believes allow it to determine fair values that are reasonable proxies for market exit values. The Company is familiar with the major participants in the acquisition run-off market and believes that the key assumptions it makes in valuing acquired assets and liabilities are consistent with the kinds of assumptions made by such market participants. Furthermore, in the Company’s negotiation of the purchase price with sellers, it is frequently clear to the Company that other bidders in the market are using models and assumptions similar in nature to the Company’s during the competitive bid process. The majority of acquisitions are completed following a public tender process whereby the seller invites market participants to provide bids for the target acquisition. The Company accounts for acquisitions using the purchase method of accounting, which requires that the acquirer record the assets and liabilities acquired at their estimated fair value. The fair values of each of the reinsurance assets and liabilities acquired are derived from probability-weighted ranges of the associated projected cash flows, based on actuarially prepared information and management’s run-off strategy. The Company’s run-off strategy, as well as that of other run-off market participants, is expected to be different from the seller’s as generally sellers are not specialized in running off insurance and reinsurance liabilities whereas the Company and other market participants do specialize in such run-offs. The key assumptions used by the Company and, it believes, by other run-off market participants in the fair valuation of acquired companies are (i) the projected payout, timing and amounts of claims liabilities; (ii) the related projected timing and amount of reinsurance collections; (iii) a risk-free discount rate, which is applied to determine the present value of the future cash flows; (iv) the estimated unallocated loss adjustment expenses to be incurred over the life of the run-off; (v) the impact that any accelerated run-off strategy may have on the adequacy of acquired bad debt provisions; and (vi) an appropriate risk margin. The probability-weighted projected cash flows of the acquired company are based on projected claims payouts provided by the seller predominantly in the form of the seller’s most recent independent actuarial reserve report. In the absence of the seller’s actuarial reserve report, the Company’s independent actuaries will determine the estimated claims payout. With respect to the Company’s U.K., Bermudian and Australian insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries, the Company is able to pursue strategies to achieve complete finality and conclude the run-off of a company by promoting solvent schemes of arrangement. Solvent schemes of arrangement are a popular means of achieving financial certainty and finality for insurance and reinsurance companies incorporated or managed in the U.K., Bermuda and Australia by making a one-time full and final settlement of an insurance or reinsurance company’s liabilities to policyholders. On acquisition of a U.K., Bermudian or Australian company, the claims 130 3. ACQUISITIONS Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) payout projection is weighted according to management’s estimated probability of being able to complete a solvent scheme of arrangement. To the extent that solvent schemes of arrangement are not available to an acquired company, no weighting is applied to the projected claims payout. On acquisition, the Company makes a provision for unallocated loss adjustment expense liabilities. This provision considers the adequacy of the provision maintained and recorded by the seller in light of the Company’s run-off strategy and estimated unallocated loss adjustment expenses to be incurred over the life of the acquired run-off as projected by the seller’s actuaries or, in their absence, the Company’s actuaries. To the extent that the Company’s estimate of the total unallocated loss adjustment expense provision is different from the seller’s, an adjustment will be made. While it is the objective of the Company to accelerate the run-off by completing commutations of assumed and ceded business (which would have the effect of shortening the life, and therefore the cost, of the run-off), the success of this strategy is far from certain. As a result, the estimates of unallocated loss adjustment expenses are based on running off the liabilities and assets over the actuarially projected life of the run-off, which the Company considers to be a prudent approach. In those domiciles where solvent schemes of arrangement are available, management’s estimates of the total unallocated loss adjustment expenses are probability-weighted in accordance with the estimated time that a solvent scheme of arrangement could be completed, which has the effect of reducing the period of the run-off and the related unallocated loss adjustment expenses. For those acquisitions in domiciles where solvent schemes of arrangement are not available, the unallocated loss adjustment expenses are estimated over the projected life of the run-off. The Company believes that providing for unallocated loss adjustment expenses based on the Company’s run-off strategy is appropriate in determining the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired in an acquisition of a run-off company. The Company believes that other participants in the run-off acquisition marketplace factor into the price to pay for an acquisition the estimated cost of running off the acquired company based on how that participant expects to manage the assets and liabilities. The difference between the carrying value of reserves acquired at the date of acquisition and the fair value is the Fair Value Adjustment (“FVA”). The FVA is amortized over the estimated payout period and adjusted for accelerations on commutation settlements or any other new information or subsequent change in circumstances after the date of acquisition. To the extent the actual payout experience after the acquisition is materially faster or slower than anticipated at the time of the acquisition, there is an adjustment to the estimated ultimate loss reserves, or there are changes in bad debt provisions or in estimates of future run-off costs following accelerated payouts, then the amortization of the FVA is accelerated or decelerated, as the case may be, to reflect such changes. 2009 Constellation Reinsurance On January 31, 2009, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Sun Gulf Holdings Inc., completed the acquisition of all of the outstanding capital stock of Constellation Reinsurance Company Limited (“Constellation”) for a total purchase price of approximately $2.5 million. Constellation is a New York-domiciled reinsurer that is in run-off. The acquisition was funded from available cash on hand. The purchase price and fair value of the assets acquired in the Constellation acquisition were as follows: 131 Total purchase price $ 2,500 Net assets acquired at fair value $ 2,500 Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) The following summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition: Copenhagen Re On October 15, 2009, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Marlon Insurance Company Limited, completed the acquisition of Copenhagen Reinsurance Company Ltd. (“Copenhagen Re”) from Alm. Brand Forsikring A/S for a total purchase price of DKK149.2 million (approximately $29.9 million). Copenhagen Re is a Danish-domiciled reinsurer that is in run-off. The acquisition was funded from available cash on hand. The purchase price and fair value of the assets acquired in the Copenhagen Re acquisition were as follows: The following summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at the date of the acquisition: 2010 Knapton Insurance (formerly British Engine) On March 2, 2010, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Knapton Holdings Limited (“Knapton Holdings”), completed the acquisition of Knapton Insurance Limited, formerly British Engine Insurance Limited (“Knapton”), from RSA Insurance Group plc for a total purchase price of approximately £28.8 million (approximately $44.0 million). Knapton is a U.K.-domiciled reinsurer that is in run-off. The acquisition was funded from available cash on hand. 132 Cash $ 11,004 Fixed maturity investments, available-for-sale 250 Reinsurance balances receivable 3,374 Losses and loss adjustment expenses (12,128 ) Net assets acquired at fair value $ 2,500 Total purchase price $ 29,884 Net assets acquired at fair value $ 29,884 Cash $ 93,710 Restricted cash 5,327 Fixed maturity investments, available-for-sale 39,848 Accounts receivable and accrued interest 747 Reinsurance balances receivable 23,905 Other assets 5,365 Losses and loss adjustment expenses (115,286 ) Insurance and reinsurance balances payable (8,089 ) Accounts payable (15,643 ) Net assets acquired at fair value $ 29,884 Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) The purchase price and fair value of the assets acquired in the Knapton acquisition were as follows: The following summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at the date of the acquisition: In April 2010, Knapton Holdings entered into a term facility agreement with a London-based bank (the “Knapton Facility”). On April 20, 2010, Knapton Holdings drew down $21.4 million from the Knapton Facility. On June 30, 2011, the Knapton Facility was fully repaid. Assuransinvest On March 30, 2010, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Nordic Run-Off Limited, completed the acquisition of Forsakringsaktiebolaget Assuransinvest MF (“Assuransinvest”) for a purchase price of SEK 78.8 million (approximately $11.0 million). Assuransinvest is a Swedish-domiciled reinsurer that is in run-off. The purchase price was funded from available cash on hand. The purchase price and fair value of the assets acquired in the Assuransinvest acquisition were as follows: The following summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at the date of the acquisition: 133 Total purchase price $ 44,031 Net assets acquired at fair value $ 44,031 Cash $ 153,286 Restricted cash 35,515 Investments: Short-term investments, trading 5,990 Fixed maturity investments, trading 27,923 Total investments 33,913 Reinsurance balances receivable 50,942 Other assets 5,840 Losses and loss adjustment expenses (216,871 ) Insurance and reinsurance balances payable (12,347 ) Accounts payable (6,247 ) Net assets acquired at fair value $ 44,031 Total purchase price $ 11,042 Net assets acquired at fair value $ 11,042 Cash $ 58,971 Fixed maturity investments, trading 579 Other assets 5 Losses and loss adjustment expenses (45,021 ) Insurance and reinsurance balances payable (3,130 ) Accounts payable (362 ) Net assets acquired at fair value $ 11,042 Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) Providence Washington On July 20, 2010, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, PWAC Holdings, Inc., completed the acquisition of PW Acquisition Company (“PWAC”) for a purchase price of $25.0 million. PWAC owns the entire share capital of Providence Washington Insurance Company. Providence Washington Insurance Company and its two subsidiaries are Rhode Island-domiciled insurers that are in run-off. The purchase price was financed by a term facility provided by a London-based bank (the “EGL Facility”), which was fully repaid on September 13, 2010. The purchase price and fair value of the assets acquired in the PWAC acquisition were as follows: The following summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at the date of the acquisition: Seaton Insurance On August 3, 2010, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Virginia Holdings Ltd. (“Virginia”), acquired 55.6% of the shares of Seaton Insurance Company (“Seaton”) for a $nil purchase price. Seaton is a Rhode Island-domiciled insurer that is in run-off and, at that time, was the subsidiary of Stonewall Acquisition Corporation (“Stonewall”). At that time, Virginia held 44.4% of the outstanding capital stock of Stonewall and, therefore, indirectly owned 44.4% of Seaton through its holdings. The acquisition of the 55.6% of the Seaton shares that it previously did not own was a result of the distribution by Stonewall to Virginia of proceeds and certain other assets following its sale of another subsidiary, Stonewall Insurance Company, to Columbia Insurance Company, an affiliate of National Indemnity Company (an indirect subsidiary of Berkshire Hathaway, Inc.). The distribution resulted in Virginia owning 100% of Seaton following the distribution. The fair value of the assets acquired in the Seaton acquisition was $nil. 134 Total purchase price $ 25,000 Net assets acquired at fair value $ 25,000 Cash $ 19,278 Investments: Short-term investments, trading 4,181 Fixed maturity investments, trading 97,756 Equities 37 Other investments 4,985 Total investments 106,959 Accounts receivable and accrued interest 813 Reinsurance balances receivable 31,718 Other assets 1,276 Losses and loss adjustment expenses (120,745 ) Insurance and reinsurance balances payable (3,597 ) Accounts payable (10,702 ) Net assets acquired at fair value $ 25,000 Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) The following summarizes the estimated fair values of 100% of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at the date of the acquisition: Brampton On November 2, 2010, the Company acquired the 49.9% of the shares of Hillcot Holdings Ltd. (“Hillcot”) from Shinsei Bank, Ltd. (“Shinsei”) that it did not previously own for a purchase price of $38.0 million, resulting in the Company owning 100% of Hillcot. At the time of acquisition, Hillcot owned 100% of the shares of Brampton Insurance Company of Europe Limited (“Brampton”). Brampton is a London-domiciled insurer that is in run-off. The fair value of the assets acquired that the Company did not previously own was $34.9 million. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of assets acquired in the amount of $3.1 million was recorded as a charge to additional paid-in capital in accordance with the applicable U.S. GAAP guidance. J. Christopher Flowers, a former member of the Company’s board of directors and one of its largest shareholders, is a director and the largest shareholder of Shinsei. New Castle On December 3, 2010, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Kenmare Holdings Ltd. (“Kenmare”), completed the acquisition of New Castle Reinsurance Company Ltd. (“New Castle”), for an aggregate purchase price of $22.0 million. New Castle is a Bermuda-domiciled insurer that is in run-off. The acquisition was funded from available cash on hand. The purchase price and fair value of the assets acquired in the New Castle acquisition were as follows: The following summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at the date of the acquisition: 135 Cash $ 3,949 Fixed maturity investments, trading 22,745 Accounts receivable and accrued interest 270 Reinsurance balances receivable 170,344 Other assets 3,759 Losses and loss adjustment expenses (171,010 ) Insurance and reinsurance balances payable (28,670 ) Accounts payable (1,387 ) Net assets acquired at fair value $ — Total purchase price $ 21,950 Net assets acquired at fair value $ 21,950 Cash $ 57,026 Reinsurance balances receivable 4,818 Other assets 99 Losses and loss adjustment expenses (38,603 ) Insurance and reinsurance balances payable (1,316 ) Accounts payable (74 ) Net assets acquired at fair value $ 21,950 Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) Claremont On December 31, 2010, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, CLIC Holdings, Inc., completed the acquisition of Claremont Liability Insurance Company (“Claremont”), for an aggregate purchase price of $13.9 million. Claremont is a California-domiciled insurer that is in run-off. The acquisition was funded from available cash on hand. The purchase price and fair value of the assets acquired in the Claremont acquisition were as follows: The following summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at the date of the acquisition: 2011 Laguna On March 25, 2011, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Kenmare, completed the acquisition of Laguna Life Limited, formerly known as CitiLife Financial Limited (“Laguna”), from Citigroup Insurance Holding Corporation (“Citigroup”), an affiliate of Citigroup Inc. Laguna is an Ireland-based life insurer that is in run-off. The purchase price was €15.0 million (approximately $21.2 million) and was funded from available cash on hand. The previously disclosed purchase price of €30.0 million (approximately $42.4 million) was reduced, prior to completion of the acquisition, after Citigroup received approval from Laguna’s regulator to distribute €15.0 million (approximately $21.2 million) to its shareholders. The purchase price and fair value of the net assets acquired in the Laguna acquisition were as follows: 136 Total purchase price $ 13,936 Net assets acquired at fair value $ 13,936 Cash $ 394 Investments: Fixed maturities, trading 15,990 Equities 138 Total investments 16,128 Accounts receivable and accrued interest 196 Reinsurance balances receivable 44,966 Other assets 19 Losses and loss adjustment expenses (47,516 ) Accounts payable (251 ) Net assets acquired at fair value $ 13,936 Purchase price $ 21,223 Net assets acquired at fair value $ 34,328 Excess of net assets over purchase price (gain on bargain purchase) $ (13,105 ) Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) The gain on bargain purchase of approximately $13.1 million, relating to the acquisition of Laguna, arose primarily as a result of the reassessment by the Company, upon acquisition, of the total required estimated costs to manage the business to expiry. The Company’s assessment of costs was lower than the acquired costs recorded by the vendor in the financial statements of Laguna. The following summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition: From March 25, 2011, the date of acquisition, to December 31, 2011, the Company has recorded in its consolidated statement of earnings, revenues and net earnings related to Laguna of $2.8 million and $4.2 million, respectively. Clarendon On July 12, 2011, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Clarendon Holdings, Inc., completed the acquisition of 100% of the shares of Clarendon National Insurance Company (“Clarendon”) from Clarendon Insurance Group, Inc., an affiliate of Hannover Re (“Hannover”). Clarendon is a New Jersey-domiciled insurer that is in run-off. Clarendon owns three other insurers, two domiciled in New Jersey and one domiciled in Florida, that are also in run-off. The purchase price was $219.1 million and was financed in part by $106.5 million under a four-year term loan facility provided by National Australia Bank Limited (“NAB”) and the remainder from available cash on hand. In addition, on July 12, 2011, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Fitzwilliam Insurance Limited (“Fitzwilliam”), in connection with the acquisition of Clarendon, entered into a reinsurance agreement with Hannover, which provides adverse development cover (“ADC”) to Clarendon to reinsure Hannover for the first $80.0 million of the ADC. The Company provided a parental guarantee to Hannover in the amount of $80.0 million supporting the obligations of Fitzwilliam. The purchase price and fair value of the assets acquired in the Clarendon acquisition were as follows: 137 Cash $ 13,274 Investments: Short-term investments, trading 1,154 Fixed maturities, trading 30,765 Total investments 31,919 Reinsurance balances receivable 1,459 Other assets 1,325 Losses and loss adjustment expenses (11,898 ) Accounts payable (1,751 ) Net assets acquired at fair value $ 34,328 Purchase price $ 219,077 Net assets acquired at fair value $ 219,077 Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) The following summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at the date of the acquisition: From July 12, 2011, the date of acquisition, to December 31, 2011, the Company has recorded in its consolidated statement of earnings, revenues and net earnings related to Clarendon of $7.7 million and $5.8 million, respectively. The following pro forma condensed combined income statement for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 combines the historical consolidated statements of earnings of the Company with those of Clarendon, giving effect to the business combination and related transaction had they occurred on January 1, 2011. 138 Cash $ 138,518 Restricted cash 7,198 Investments: Short-term investments, trading 60,376 Fixed maturities, trading 623,530 Equities 5,014 Total investments 688,920 Reinsurance balances receivable 1,065,341 Accrued interest and other receivables 9,655 Losses and loss adjustment expenses (1,654,436 ) Insurance and reinsurance balances payable (1,942 ) Funds withheld (26,277 ) Accounts payable (7,900 ) Net assets acquired at fair value $ 219,077 Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2011 Enstar Group Limited Clarendon Pro forma Adjustments Enstar Group Limited - Pro forma Total income $ 88,064 $ 17,404 $ — $ 105,468 Total expenses 114,624 (45,339 ) (4,562 )(a) 64,723 Noncontrolling interest (54,765 ) — — (54,765 ) Net earnings (loss) $ 147,923 $ (27,935 ) $ (4,562 ) $ 115,426 Net earnings per ordinary share — basic $ 8.29 Net earnings per ordinary share — diluted $ 8.12 Weighted average shares outstanding — basic 13,930,221 Weighted average shares outstanding — diluted 14,212,440 Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) Notes to the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2011 Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Earnings: The following pro forma condensed combined income statement for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 combines the historical consolidated statements of earnings of the Company with those of Clarendon, giving effect to the business combination and related transaction had they occurred on January 1, 2010. Notes to the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2010 Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Earnings: The pro forma financial information presented above is for informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that would have been achieved if the acquisition had taken place on January 1, 2011 or 2010, respectively. Shelbourne RITC Transactions In December 2007, the Company, in conjunction with JCF FPK I L.P. (“JCF FPK”) and a newly-hired executive management team, formed U.K.-based Shelbourne Group Limited (“Shelbourne”) to invest in Reinsurance to Close or “RITC” transactions (the transferring of liabilities from one Lloyd’s syndicate to 139 Expenses: (a) (i) Adjustment to interest expense to reflect the financing costs of the acquisition for the year $ (1,772 ) (ii) Adjustment to recognize amortization of fair value adjustments (3,410 ) (iii) Adjustment to income taxes for pro forma adjustments 620 $ (4,562 ) Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2010 Enstar Group Limited Clarendon Pro forma Adjustments Enstar Group Limited - Pro forma Total income $ 136,058 $ 23,997 $ — $ 160,055 Total expenses 79,673 154,379 (9,506 )(a) 224,546 Noncontrolling interest (41,645 ) — — (41,645 ) Net earnings (loss) $ 174,086 $ 178,376 $ (9,506 ) $ 342,956 Net earnings per ordinary share — basic $ 25.42 Net earnings per ordinary share — diluted $ 24.94 Weighted average shares outstanding — basic 13,489,221 Weighted average shares outstanding — diluted 13,751,256 Expenses: (a) (i) Adjustment to interest expense to reflect the financing costs of the acquisition for the year $ (4,115 ) (ii) Adjustment to recognize amortization of fair value adjustments (6,831 ) (iii) Adjustment to income taxes for pro forma adjustments 1,440 $ (9,506 ) 4. SIGNIFICANT NEW BUSINESS Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) another) with Lloyd’s of London insurance and reinsurance syndicates in run-off. The Company owns approximately 56.8% of Shelbourne, which in turn owns 100% of Shelbourne Syndicate Services Limited, the Managing Agency for Lloyd’s Syndicate 2008, a syndicate approved by Lloyd’s of London on December 16, 2007 to undertake RITC transactions with Lloyd’s syndicates in run-off. JCF FPK is a joint investment program between Fox-Pitt, Kelton, Cochran, Caronia & Waller (USA) LLC, or FPK, and J.C. Flowers II L.P., or the Flowers Fund. The Flowers Fund is a private investment fund advised by J.C. Flowers & Co. LLC. J. Christopher Flowers, one of our largest shareholders and formerly a member of our board of directors, is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of J.C. Flowers & Co. LLC. In addition, an affiliate of the Flowers Fund controlled approximately 41% of FPK until its sale of FPK in December 2009. Lloyd’s Syndicate 2008 has, to date, entered into 10 RITC agreements with Lloyd’s syndicates. During 2009, Lloyd’s Syndicate 2008 entered into a RITC agreement with a Lloyd’s syndicate with total gross insurance reserves of approximately $67.0 million. During 2010, Lloyd’s Syndicate 2008 entered into RITC agreements with three Lloyd’s syndicates with total gross insurance reserves of approximately $192.6 million. In February 2011, Lloyd’s Syndicate 2008 entered into RITC agreements with two Lloyd’s syndicates with total gross insurance reserves of approximately $129.6 million. The capital commitment to Lloyd’s Syndicate 2008 required to be in place by February 29, 2012, amounted to £62.9 million (approximately $97.7 million) and will be financed from available cash on hand. Fitzwilliam In February 2010, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Fitzwilliam, entered into a 100% quota share reinsurance agreement with Allianz Global Corporate & Specialty AG (UK) Branch (“Allianz”) with respect to a specific portfolio of run-off business of Allianz. Fitzwilliam received total assets and assumed total gross reinsurance reserves of approximately $112.6 million. In July 2010, following the acquisition of the entire issued share capital of Glacier Insurance AG by Torus Insurance (Bermuda) Limited (“Torus”), Fitzwilliam entered into two quota share reinsurance agreements with Torus protecting the prior year reserve development of two portfolios of business reinsured by them: a 79% quota share of Torus’ 95% quota share reinsurance of Glacier Insurance AG, and a 75% quota share of Torus’ 100% quota share reinsurance of Glacier Reinsurance AG. Fitzwilliam received total assets and assumed total gross reinsurance reserves of approximately $105.0 million. On December 31, 2010, Fitzwilliam entered into a 100% reinsurance agreement, administrative services agreement, and related transaction documents with three affiliates of CIGNA Corporation (“CIGNA affiliates”) pursuant to which Fitzwilliam has reinsured all of the run-off workers compensation and personal accident reinsurance business of those CIGNA affiliates. Pursuant to the transaction documents, the CIGNA affiliates transferred assets into three reinsurance collateral trusts securing the obligations of Fitzwilliam under the reinsurance agreement and administrative services agreement. Fitzwilliam received total assets and assumed total net reinsurance reserves of approximately $190.5 million. Fitzwilliam transferred approximately $50.0 million of additional funds to the trusts to further support these obligations. The Company funded the contribution to the trusts through a draw on the $115.0 million term facility agreements entered into with Barclays Bank PLC on December 29, 2010, which was fully repaid on June 30, 2011. In addition to the trusts, the Company has provided a limited parental guarantee supporting certain obligations of Fitzwilliam in the amount of $79.7 million. The amount of the guarantee will increase or decrease 140 Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) over time under certain circumstances, but will always be subject to an overall maximum cap with respect to reinsurance liabilities. As of December 31, 2011, the amount of the parental guarantee was $79.7 million. On October 1, 2011, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Brampton, completed the portfolio transfer of certain run-off agency business from International Insurance Company of Hannover, or IICH, under part VII of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000. The transferring business was previously reinsured by the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Fitzwilliam, pursuant to a 100% quota share reinsurance agreement with IICH entered into on December 3, 2010. Fitzwilliam had received total assets and assumed total net reinsurance reserves of approximately $137.1 million from IICH. In addition, the Company provided a parental guarantee supporting Fitzwilliam’s obligations in the amount of approximately £76.0 million (approximately $118.7 million). The amount of the guarantee will decrease over time in line with relevant independent actuarial assessments. This 100% quota share reinsurance with associated guarantee was novated in favor of Brampton as part of the portfolio transfer from IICH. As of December 31, 2011, the total amount of the parental guarantee was approximately £31.2 million (approximately $48.5 million). Bosworth In May 2010, a specific portfolio of run-off business underwritten by Mitsui Sumitomo Insurance Co., Ltd. of Japan was transferred to the Company’s 50.1% owned subsidiary, Bosworth Run-off Limited (“Bosworth”). This transfer, which occurred under Part VII of the U.K. Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, was approved by the U.K. Court and took effect on May 31, 2010. As a result of the transfer, Bosworth received total assets and assumed net reinsurance reserves of approximately $117.5 million. Shinsei owns the remaining 49.9% of Bosworth. Claremont On September 1, 2011, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Fitzwilliam, entered into a novation agreement with another of its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Claremont, and certain of its reinsurers with respect to three specific quota share contracts. Under the novation agreement, Fitzwilliam replaced those companies as reinsurer of Claremont on the quota share contracts in exchange for total assets and liabilities of approximately $22.5 million. Insurance Australia Group On September 20, 2011, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Gordian Run-off Limited (“Gordian”), acquired an inwards reinsurance portfolio from Insurance Australia Group Limited via an Australian Federal Court approved scheme. Gordian received total assets and assumed total net reinsurance liabilities of approximately $9.7 million Australian dollars (approximately $10.0 million). Restricted cash and cash equivalents were $373.2 million and $656.2 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The restricted cash and cash equivalents are used as collateral against letters of credit and as guarantees under trust agreements. Letters of credit and guarantees are issued to ceding insurers as security for the obligations of insurance subsidiaries under reinsurance agreements with those ceding insurers. 141 5. RESTRICTED CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) Available-for-sale The amortized cost and estimated fair values of the Company’s fixed maturity securities and short-term investments classified as available-for-sale were as follows: The following tables summarize the Company’s fixed maturity securities and short-term investments classified as available-for-sale in an unrealized loss position as well as the aggregate fair value and gross unrealized loss by length of time the security has continuously been in an unrealized loss position: 142 6. INVESTMENTS Amortized Cost Gross Unrealized Holding Gains Gross Unrealized Holding Losses Non-OTTI Fair Value As at December 31, 2011 U.S. government and agency $ 17,816 $ 546 $ (433 ) $ 17,929 Non-U.S. government 160,128 9,227 (828 ) 168,527 Corporate 366,954 7,937 (2,578 ) 372,313 Residential mortgage-backed 13,544 276 (108 ) 13,712 Commercial mortgage-backed 12,680 3,044 (7 ) 15,717 Asset-backed 19,466 65 (413 ) 19,118 $ 590,588 $ 21,095 $ (4,367 ) $ 607,316 Amortized Cost Gross Unrealized Holding Gains Gross Unrealized Holding Losses Non-OTTI Fair Value As at December 31, 2010 U.S. government and agency $ 65,115 $ 766 $ (92 ) $ 65,789 Non-U.S. government 248,487 8,832 (314 ) 257,005 Corporate 695,372 16,513 (1,615 ) 710,270 Residential mortgage-backed 20,036 305 (234 ) 20,107 Commercial mortgage-backed 19,667 2,083 (11 ) 21,739 Asset-backed 27,072 574 (346 ) 27,300 $ 1,075,749 $ 29,073 $ (2,612 ) $ 1,102,210 12 Months or Greater Less Than 12 Months Total Fair Unrealized Fair Unrealized Fair Unrealized As at December 31, 2011 Value Losses Value Losses Value Losses U.S. government and agency $ — $ — $ 8,318 $ (433 ) $ 8,318 $ (433 ) Non-U.S. government 14,982 (466 ) 16,305 (362 ) 31,287 (828 ) Corporate 47,197 (1,367 ) 54,106 (1,211 ) 101,303 (2,578 ) Residential mortgage-backed 1,299 (105 ) 36 (3 ) 1,335 (108 ) Commercial mortgage-backed — — 215 (7 ) 215 (7 ) Asset-backed 7,577 (187 ) 6,491 (226 ) 14,068 (413 ) $ 71,055 $ (2,125 ) $ 85,471 $ (2,242 ) $ 156,526 $ (4,367 ) Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) As at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the number of securities classified as available-for-sale in an unrealized loss position was 107 and 136, respectively, with a fair value of $156.5 million and $218.7 million, respectively. Of these securities, the number of securities that had been in an unrealized loss position for twelve months or longer was 59 and 32, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, none of these securities were considered to be other than temporarily impaired. The Company has no intent to sell, and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell, these securities before their fair values recover above the adjusted cost. The unrealized losses from these securities were not as a result of credit, collateral or structural issues. The contractual maturities of the Company’s fixed maturity securities and short-term investments classified as available-for-sale are shown below. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. 143 12 Months or Greater Less Than 12 Months Total Fair Unrealized Fair Unrealized Fair Unrealized As at December 31, 2010 Value Losses Value Losses Value Losses U.S. government and agency $ 801 $ — $ 22,976 $ (92 ) $ 23,777 $ (92 ) Non-U.S. government 7,710 (32 ) 31,128 (282 ) 38,838 (314 ) Corporate 22,039 (318 ) 107,735 (1,297 ) 129,774 (1,615 ) Residential mortgage-backed 2,368 (168 ) 11,274 (66 ) 13,642 (234 ) Commercial mortgage-backed 530 (10 ) 1,516 (1 ) 2,046 (11 ) Asset-backed 10,554 (346 ) 87 — 10,641 (346 ) $ 44,002 $ (874 ) $ 174,716 $ (1,738 ) $ 218,718 $ (2,612 ) As at December 31, 2011 Amortized Cost Fair Value % of Total Fair Value Due in one year or less $ 230,550 $ 230,377 37.9 % Due after one year through five years 308,062 322,131 53.0 % Due after five years through ten years 3,296 3,367 0.6 % Due after ten years 2,990 2,894 0.5 % 544,898 558,769 92.0 % Residential mortgage-backed 13,544 13,712 2.3 % Commercial mortgage-backed 12,680 15,717 2.6 % Asset-backed 19,466 19,118 3.1 % $ 590,588 $ 607,316 100.0 % As at December 31, 2010 Amortized Cost Fair Value % of Total Fair Value Due in one year or less $ 373,683 $ 379,203 34.4 % Due after one year through five years 625,463 643,252 58.3 % Due after five years through ten years 5,307 5,539 0.5 % Due after ten years 4,521 5,070 0.5 % 1,008,974 1,033,064 93.7 % Residential mortgage-backed 20,036 20,107 1.8 % Commercial mortgage-backed 19,667 21,739 2.0 % Asset-backed 27,072 27,300 2.5 % $ 1,075,749 $ 1,102,210 100.0 % Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) The following tables set forth certain information regarding the credit ratings (provided by major rating agencies) of the Company’s fixed maturity securities and short-term investments classified as available-for-sale: Trading The estimated fair values of the Company’s investments in fixed maturity securities, short-term investments and equities classified as trading securities were as follows: The following tables set forth certain information regarding the credit ratings (provided by major rating agencies) of the Company’s fixed maturity securities and short-term investments classified as trading: 144 As at December 31, 2011 Amortized Cost Fair Value % of Total Fair Value AAA $ 204,967 $ 214,873 35.4 % AA 131,092 132,971 21.9 % A 210,040 215,225 35.4 % BBB or lower 44,100 43,526 7.2 % Not Rated 389 721 0.1 % $ 590,588 $ 607,316 100.0 % As at December 31, 2010 Amortized Cost Fair Value % of Total Fair Value AAA $ 405,682 $ 416,526 37.8 % AA 267,917 273,500 24.8 % A 332,401 341,447 31.0 % BBB or lower 69,359 70,274 6.4 % Not Rated 390 463 0.0 % $ 1,075,749 $ 1,102,210 100.0 % December 31, 2011 December 31, 2010 U.S. government and agency $ 400,908 $ 162,014 Non-U.S. government 212,251 129,861 Corporate 1,595,930 637,114 Municipal 25,416 2,297 Residential mortgage-backed 97,073 82,399 Commercial mortgage-backed 70,977 17,102 Asset-backed 43,083 1,313 Equities 89,981 60,082 $ 2,535,619 $ 1,092,182 As at December 31, 2011 Fair Value % of Total Fair Value AAA $ 881,951 36.0 % AA 400,394 16.4 % A 796,608 32.6 % BBB or lower 341,307 14.0 % Not Rated 25,378 1.0 % $ 2,445,638 100.0 % Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) Other Investments The estimated fair values of the Company’s other investments were as follows: As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had $107.4 million and $104.1 million, respectively, of other investments recorded in private equities, which represented 2.4% of total investments, cash and cash equivalents, and restricted cash and cash equivalents, at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. All of the Company’s investments in private equities are subject to restrictions on redemptions and sales that are determined by the governing documents and limit the Company’s ability to liquidate these investments in the short term. These restrictions have been in place since the initial investments. Due to a lag in the valuations reported by the managers, the Company records changes in the investment value with up to a three-month lag. These investments are accounted for at estimated fair value determined by the Company’s proportionate share of the net asset value of the investee reduced by any impairment charges. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had unfunded capital commitments relating to its other investments of $77.5 million and $84.7 million, respectively. See Note 16 for details of other investments with related parties. The Company’s bond fund holdings comprise a number of positions in diversified bond mutual funds managed by third-party managers. Other-Than-Temporary Impairment Process The Company assesses whether declines in the fair value of its fixed maturity investments classified as available-for-sale represent impairments that are other-than-temporary and whether a credit loss exists in accordance with its accounting policies set forth in “Significant Accounting Policies — Short-term investments and fixed maturities”. The Company had no planned sales of its fixed maturity investments classified as available-for-sale as at December 31, 2011. In assessing whether it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell a fixed maturity investment before its anticipated recovery, the Company considers various factors including its future cash flow requirements, legal and regulatory requirements, the level of its cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and fixed maturity investments available-for-sale in an unrealized gain position, and other relevant factors. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company did not recognize any other-than-temporary impairments due to required sales. The Company determined that, as at December 31, 2011, no credit losses existed. 145 As at December 31, 2010 Fair Value % of Total Fair Value AAA $ 395,881 38.4 % AA 177,302 17.2 % A 400,314 38.8 % BBB or lower 51,983 5.0 % Not Rated 6,620 0.6 % $ 1,032,100 100.0 % December 31, 2011 December 31, 2010 Private equities $ 107,388 $ 104,109 Bond funds 54,537 102,279 Hedge fund 24,395 22,037 Other 5,944 6,289 $ 192,264 $ 234,714 Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) Fair Value of Financial Instruments Fair value is defined as the price at which to sell an asset or transfer a liability (i.e. the “exit price”) in an orderly transaction between market participants. The Company uses a fair value hierarchy that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets and the lowest priority to unobservable data. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels as follows: The following is a summary of valuation techniques or models the Company uses to measure fair value by asset and liability classes. Fixed Maturity Investments The Company’s fixed maturity portfolio is managed by the Company’s Chief Investment Officer and outside investment advisors. The Company uses inputs from nationally recognized pricing services, including pricing vendors, index providers and broker-dealers to estimate fair value measurements for all of its fixed maturity investments. These pricing services include FT Interactive Data, Barclays Capital Aggregate Index, Reuters Pricing Service and others. In general, the pricing services use observable market inputs including, but not limited to, investment yields, credit risks and spreads, benchmark curves, benchmarking of like securities, non-binding broker-dealer quotes, reported trades and sector groupings to determine the fair value. In addition, pricing services use valuation models, such as an Option Adjusted Spread model, to develop prepayment and interest rate scenarios. The Option Adjusted Spread model is commonly used to estimate fair value for securities such as mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities. The following describes the techniques generally used to determine the fair value of the Company’s fixed maturities by asset class. 146 • Level 1 — Valuations based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access. Valuation adjustments and block discounts are not applied to Level 1 instruments. • Level 2 — Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in inactive markets, or for which significant inputs are observable (e.g. interest rates, yield curves, prepayment speeds, default rates, loss severities, etc.) or can be corroborated by observable market data. • Level 3 — Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. The unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s own judgment about assumptions that market participants might use. • U.S. government and agency securities consist of securities issued by the U.S. Treasury and mortgage pass-through agencies such as the Federal National Mortgage Association, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and other agencies. The significant inputs include the spread above the risk-free yield curve, reported trades and broker-dealer quotes. These are considered to be observable market inputs and, therefore, the fair values of these securities are classified within Level 2. • Non-U.S. government securities consist of bonds issued by non-U.S. governments and agencies along with supranational organizations. The significant inputs include the spread above the risk-free yield curve, reported trades and broker-dealer quotes. These are considered to be observable market inputs and, therefore, the fair values of these securities are classified within Level 2. Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) To validate the techniques or models used by the pricing services, the Company compares the fair value estimates to its knowledge of the current market and challenges any prices deemed not to be representative of fair value. As of December 31, 2011, there were no material differences between the prices obtained from the pricing services and the fair value estimates developed by the Company. Equity Securities The Company’s equity securities are managed by two external advisors. The Company uses nationally recognized pricing services, including pricing vendors, index providers and broker-dealers to estimate fair value measurements for all of its equity securities. These pricing services include FT Interactive Data and others. The Company’s equity securities are widely diversified and there is no significant concentration in any specific industry. The Company has categorized all of its investments in common stock as Level 1 investments because the fair values of these securities are based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. The Company has categorized its investments in preferred stock as Level 2, with the exception of one which was categorized as Level 3, because their fair value estimates are based on observable market data. 147 • Corporate securities consist primarily of investment-grade debt of a wide variety of corporate issuers and industries. The fair values of these securities are determined using the spread above the risk-free yield curve, reported trades, broker-dealer quotes, benchmark yields, and industry and market indicators. These are considered observable market inputs and, therefore, the fair values of these securities are classified within Level 2. Where pricing is unavailable from pricing services, the Company obtains non-binding quotes from broker-dealers. This is generally the case when there is a low volume of trading activity and current transactions are not orderly. In this event, securities are classified within Level 3. As at December 31, 2011, the Company had one corporate security classified as Level 3. • Municipal securities consist primarily of bonds issued by U.S.-domiciled state and municipal entities. The fair values of these securities are determined using the spread above the risk-free yield curve, reported trades, broker-dealer quotes and benchmark yields. These are considered observable market inputs and, therefore, the fair values of these securities are classified within Level 2. • Asset-backed securities consist primarily of investment-grade bonds backed by pools of loans with a variety of underlying collateral. The significant inputs used to determine the fair value of these securities include the spread above the risk-free yield curve, reported trades, benchmark yields, broker-dealer quotes, prepayment speeds, and default rates. These are considered observable market inputs and, therefore, the fair values of these securities are classified within Level 2. • Residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities include both agency and non-agency originated securities. The significant inputs used to determine the fair value of these securities include the spread above the risk-free yield curve, reported trades, benchmark yields, broker-dealer quotes, prepayment speeds, and default rates. These are considered observable market inputs and, therefore, the fair values of these securities are classified within Level 2. Where pricing is unavailable from pricing services, the Company obtains non-binding quotes from broker-dealers. This is generally the case when there is a low volume of trading activity and current transactions are not orderly. In this event, securities are classified within Level 3. As at December 31, 2011, the Company had no residential or commercial mortgage-backed securities classified as Level 3. Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) Other Investments For its investments in private equities, the Company measures fair value by obtaining the most recently published net asset value as advised by the external fund manager or third-party administrator. The use of net asset value as an estimate of the fair value for investments in certain entities that calculate net asset value is a permitted practical expedient. The Company’s private equity investments are mainly in the financial services industry. The fund advisors continue to evaluate the overall market environment, as well as specific areas in the financial services sector, in order to identify segments they believe will offer the most attractive investment opportunities. The financial statements of each fund generally are audited annually under U.S. GAAP, using fair value measurement for the underlying investments. For all publicly-traded companies within the funds, the Company has valued those investments based on the latest share price. The value of Affirmative Investment LLC (in which the Company owns a non-voting 7% membership interest) is based on the market value of the shares of Affirmative Insurance Holdings, Inc., a publicly-traded company. All of the Company’s investments in private equities are subject to restrictions on redemptions and sales that are determined by the governing documents and limit the Company’s ability to liquidate those investments in the short term. These restrictions have been in place since the initial investment. The capital commitments are discussed in detail in Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements. The Company has classified private equities as Level 3 investments because they reflect the Company’s own judgment about the assumptions that market participants might use. For its investment in the hedge fund, the Company also measures fair value by obtaining the most recently published net asset value as advised by the external fund manager or third-party administrator. The adviser of the fund intends to seek attractive risk-adjusted total returns for the fund’s investors by acquiring, originating, and actively managing a diversified portfolio of debt securities, with a focus on various forms of asset-backed securities and loans. The fund will focus on investments that the adviser believes to be fundamentally undervalued with current market prices that are believed to be compelling relative to intrinsic value. The units of account that are valued by the Company are its interests in the fund and not the underlying holdings of such fund. Thus, the inputs used by the Company to value its investment in the fund may differ from the inputs used to value the underlying holdings of such fund. The hedge fund is not currently eligible for redemption due to an imposed lock-up period of three years from the time of the initial investment. Once eligible, redemptions will be permitted quarterly with 90 days notice. There are no unfunded capital commitments in relation to the hedge fund. The investment in the fund is classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. The bond funds in which the company invests have been classified as Level 2 investments because their fair value is estimated using the net asset value reported by Bloomberg and they have daily liquidity. 148 Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) Fair Value Measurements In accordance with the provisions of the Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure topic of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification, the Company has categorized its investments that are recorded at fair value among levels as follows: The following table presents a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for all investments measured at fair value on a recurring basis using Level 3 inputs during the year ended December 31, 2011: 149 December 31, 2011 Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) Total Fair Value U.S. government and agency $ — $ 418,837 $ — $ 418,837 Non-U.S. government — 380,778 — 380,778 Corporate — 1,967,724 519 1,968,243 Municipal — 25,416 — 25,416 Residential mortgage-backed — 110,785 — 110,785 Commercial mortgage-backed — 86,694 — 86,694 Asset-backed — 62,201 — 62,201 Equities 82,381 4,625 2,975 89,981 Other investments — 54,537 137,727 192,264 Total investments $ 82,381 $ 3,111,597 $ 141,221 $ 3,335,199 December 31, 2010 Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) Total Fair Value U.S. government and agency $ — $ 227,803 $ — $ 227,803 Non-U.S. government — 386,866 — 386,866 Corporate — 1,346,854 530 1,347,384 Municipal — 2,297 — 2,297 Residential mortgage-backed — 102,506 — 102,506 Commercial mortgage-backed — 37,927 914 38,841 Asset-backed — 28,613 — 28,613 Equities 56,369 138 3,575 60,082 Other investments — 102,279 132,435 234,714 Total investments $ 56,369 $ 2,235,283 $ 137,454 $ 2,429,106 Fixed Maturity Investments Other Investments Equity Securities Total Level 3 investments as of January 1, 2011 $ 1,444 $ 132,435 $ 3,575 $ 137,454 Purchases — 13,753 — 13,753 Sales (1,051 ) (7,655 ) — (8,706 ) Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) through earnings 126 (806 ) (600 ) (1,280 ) Net transfers into and/or (out of) Level 3 — — — — Level 3 investments as of December 31, 2011 $ 519 $ 137,727 $ 2,975 $ 141,221 Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) The amount of net gains/(losses) for the year included in earnings attributable to the fair value of changes in assets still held at December 31, 2011 was $(0.9) million. Of this amount, $(0.5) million was included in net realized and unrealized gains/(losses) and $(0.4) million was included in net investment income. The following table presents a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for all investments measured at fair value on a recurring basis using Level 3 inputs during the year ended December 31, 2010: The amount of net gains/(losses) for the year included in earnings attributable to the fair value of changes in assets still held at December 31, 2010 was $16.3 million. Of this amount, $0.5 million was included in net realized and unrealized gains/(losses) and $15.8 million was included in net investment income. Components of net realized and unrealized gains/(losses) for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are as follows: Major categories of net investment income are summarized as follows: 150 Fixed Maturity Investments Other Investments Equity Securities Total Level 3 investments as of January 1, 2010 $ 641 $ 81,801 $ 3,300 $ 85,742 Net purchases (sales and distributions) 579 36,052 — 36,631 Total realized and unrealized losses through earnings 224 14,582 275 15,081 Net transfers into and/or (out of) Level 3 — — — — Level 3 investments as of December 31, 2010 $ 1,444 $ 132,435 $ 3,575 $ 137,454 2011 2010 2009 Gross realized gains on available-for-sale securities $ 808 $ 1,587 $ 813 Gross realized (losses) on available-for-sale securities (471 ) — (1,639 ) Net realized gains/(losses) on trading securities 3,738 2,603 (1,127 ) Net realized gains on held-to-maturity securities — 3,671 1,286 Net unrealized gains on trading securities 3,945 5,276 4,904 Net realized and unrealized gains $ 8,020 $ 13,137 $ 4,237 Proceeds from sale of available-for-sale securities $ 445,052 $ 347,214 $ 688,180 2011 2010 2009 Interest from fixed maturities $ 70,753 $ 59,187 $ 42,842 Amortization of bond premiums and discounts (25,245 ) (9,304 ) (5,716 ) Dividends from equities 1,786 1,172 1,252 Other investments 1,928 21,470 5,201 Interest from cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments 13,232 15,951 27,938 Other receivables 6,572 6,816 6,853 Other income 3,118 5,117 4,777 Interest on deposits held with clients 1,188 1,172 53 Investment expenses (3,462 ) (1,675 ) (1,829 ) $ 69,870 $ 99,906 $ 81,371 Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) Restricted Investments The Company is required to maintain investments on deposit with various regulatory authorities to support its insurance and reinsurance operations. The investments on deposit are available to settle insurance and reinsurance liabilities. The Company also utilizes trust accounts to collateralize business with its insurance and reinsurance counterparties. These trust accounts generally take the place of letter of credit requirements. The investments in trust as collateral are primarily highly rated fixed maturity securities. The carrying value of the Company’s restricted investments as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 was as follows: The Company uses foreign currency forward exchange contracts as part of its overall foreign currency risk management strategy or to obtain exposure to a particular financial market and for yield enhancement. However, the Company may choose not to hedge certain foreign currency exchange exposures for a variety of reasons including, but not limited to, accounting considerations and the prohibitive economic cost of hedging particular exposures. There can be no assurance the hedges will offset more than a portion of the financial impact resulting from movements in foreign currency exchange rates or enhance yield. The estimated fair value of derivative instruments outstanding and recorded on the balance sheet was $nil and $(3.6) million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The Company recognized in net earnings a foreign exchange gain/(loss) of $1.1 million and $(3.6) million on foreign currency forward exchange contracts during 2011 and 2010, respectively. On February 8, 2012, the Company entered into two foreign currency forward exchange contracts, where it sold AU$25.0 million for approximately $26.2 million and AU$35.0 million for approximately $36.1 million. The contracts have settlement dates of December 19, 2012 and May 10, 2013, respectively. Reinsurance balances receivable increased by $828.1 million during 2011 primarily as a result of additional reinsurance receivables acquired during the year partially offset by cash collections. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the provision for uncollectible reinsurance relating to losses recoverable was $341.1 million and 151 2011 2010 Assets used for collateral in trust for third-party agreements $ 571,041 $ 371,834 Deposits with regulatory authorities 200,136 33,970 Others 59,763 62,437 $ 830,940 $ 468,241 7. DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS 8. REINSURANCE BALANCES RECEIVABLE 2011 2010 Recoverable from reinsurers on: Outstanding losses $ 837,693 $ 425,336 Losses incurred but not reported 678,437 141,118 Fair value adjustments (133,127 ) (41,014 ) Total reinsurance reserves recoverable 1,383,003 525,440 Paid losses 406,579 436,002 $ 1,789,582 $ 961,442 Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) $381.4 million, respectively. To estimate the provision for uncollectible reinsurance recoverables, the reinsurance recoverables are first allocated to applicable reinsurers. This determination is based on a detailed process rather than an estimate, although an element of judgment is applied. As part of this process, ceded IBNR is allocated by reinsurer. The stronger creditworthiness of acquired reinsurance receivables compared to reinsurance receivables at December 31, 2010, combined with the reduction in aggregate provisions for bad debt of $42.8 million (following the collection of reinsurance receivables against which bad debt provisions had been provided in earlier periods), resulted in a lower provision for uncollectible reinsurance at December 31, 2011 compared to the provision at December 31, 2010. The fair value adjustment, determined on acquisition of reinsurance subsidiaries, was based on the estimated timing of loss and loss adjustment expense recoveries and an assumed interest rate equivalent to a risk free rate for securities with similar duration to the reinsurance receivables acquired plus a spread to reflect credit risk, and is amortized over the estimated recovery period, as adjusted for accelerations on commutation settlements, using the constant yield method. The Company’s acquired reinsurance subsidiaries, prior to acquisition, used retrocessional agreements to reduce their exposure to the risk of insurance and reinsurance assumed. The Company remains liable to the extent that retrocessionaires do not meet their obligations under these agreements, and therefore, the Company evaluates and monitors concentration of credit risk among its reinsurers. Provisions are made for amounts considered potentially uncollectible. At December 31, 2011, the Company’s top 10 reinsurers accounted for 70.0% (December 31, 2010: 75.5%) of reinsurance recoverables (which includes loss reserves recoverable and recoverables on paid losses) and included $451.3 million of IBNR recoverable (December 31, 2010: $99.6 million). With the exception of one BBB+ rated reinsurer, from which $55.2 million was recoverable, the other top 10 reinsurers, as at December 31, 2011, are all rated A+ or better. As at December 31, 2010, with the exception of one non-rated reinsurer, from which $17.6 million was recoverable, the other top 10 reinsurers were all rated A- or better. Reinsurance recoverables by reinsurer were as follows: As at December 31, 2011 and 2010, reinsurance balances receivable with a carrying value of $235.8 million and $398.8 million, respectively, were associated with one and two reinsurers, respectively, which each represented 10% or more of total reinsurance balances receivable. Of the $235.8 million receivable from the one reinsurer as at December 31, 2011, $151.0 million is secured by a trust fund held for the benefit of the Company. As at December 31, 2011, the one reinsurer had a credit rating of A+, as provided by a major rating agency. In the event that all or any of the reinsuring companies, that have not secured their obligations, are unable to meet their obligations under existing reinsurance agreements, the Company will be liable for such defaulted amounts. In 2008, the Company’s indirect subsidiary Virginia acquired from Dukes Place Holdings, L.P. (a portfolio company of GSC European Mezzanine Fund II, L.P.) 44.4% of the outstanding capital stock of Stonewall, which 152 2011 2010 Reinsurance Recoverable % of Total Reinsurance Recoverable % of Total Top 10 reinsurers $ 1,252,929 70.0 % $ 726,201 75.5 % Other reinsurers’ balances > $1 million 532,303 29.7 % 36,504 3.8 % Other reinsurers’ balances < $1 million 4,350 0.3 % 198,737 20.7 % Total $ 1,789,582 100.0 % $ 961,442 100.0 % 9. INVESTMENT IN PARTLY OWNED COMPANY Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) at that time was the parent of two Rhode Island-domiciled insurers in run-off, Stonewall Insurance Company and Seaton. The total purchase price, including acquisition costs, was $21.4 million and was funded from available cash on hand. Stonewall sold its shares in Stonewall Insurance Company to Columbia Insurance Company, an affiliate of National Indemnity Company (an indirect subsidiary of Berkshire Hathaway, Inc.), for total consideration of $60.4 million on April 7, 2010. The proceeds received by Stonewall were later distributed between Dukes Place Holdings, L.P. and Virginia. As part of that distribution, Virginia acquired the 55.6% of the shares of Seaton that it did not previously own for $nil consideration, resulting in Virginia owning 100% of Seaton. The investment was carried on the equity basis until the distribution. When the Company carries an investment on the equity basis, the investment is initially recorded at cost and adjusted to reflect the Company’s share of after-tax earnings or losses and unrealized investment gains and losses and reduced by dividends. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company recorded in its consolidated statement of earnings, its share of income from partly owned company related to Stonewall of $nil, $10.7 million and $nil. In establishing the reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses related to asbestos and environmental claims, management considers facts currently known and the current state of the law and coverage litigation. Liabilities are recognized for known claims (including the cost of related litigation) when sufficient information has been developed to indicate the involvement of a specific insurance policy, and management can reasonably estimate its liability. In addition, reserves have been established to cover additional exposures on both known and unasserted claims. Estimates of the reserves are reviewed and updated continually. Developed case law and adequate claim history do not exist for such claims, especially because significant uncertainty exists about the outcome of coverage litigation and whether past claim experience will be representative of future claim experience. In view of the changes in the legal and tort environment that affect the development of such claims, the uncertainties inherent in valuing asbestos and environmental claims are not likely to be resolved in the near future. Ultimate values for such claims cannot be estimated using traditional reserving techniques and there are significant uncertainties in estimating the amount of the Company’s potential losses for these claims. There can be no assurance that the reserves established by the Company will be adequate or will not be adversely affected by the development of other latent exposures. The Company’s liability for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 included $621.5 million and $736.2 million, respectively, that represented an estimate of its net ultimate liability for asbestos and environmental claims. The gross liability for such claims as at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $702.8 million and $825.2 million, respectively. The FVA is accounted for as described in “Note 3 — Acquisitions”. 153 10. LOSSES AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES 2011 2010 Outstanding $ 2,549,648 $ 2,122,168 Incurred but not reported 2,110,299 1,467,239 Fair value adjustment (377,031 ) (298,132 ) $ 4,282,916 $ 3,291,275 Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) The table below provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. Losses incurred and paid are reflected net of reinsurance recoverables. The net reduction in ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was due to the following: Net reduction in case and loss adjustment expense reserves (“LAE reserves”) comprises the movement during the year in specific case reserve liabilities as a result of claims settlements or changes advised to the Company by its policyholders and attorneys, less changes in case reserves recoverable advised by the Company to its reinsurers as a result of the settlement or movement of assumed claims. Net reduction in incurred but not reported (“IBNR”) represents the change in the Company’s actuarial estimates of losses incurred but not reported. Year Ended December 31, 2011 The net reduction in ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $295.4 million, excluding the impact of foreign exchange rate movements of $9.2 million and 154 2011 2010 2009 Balance as at January 1 $ 3,291,275 $ 2,479,136 $ 2,798,287 Less: total reinsurance reserves recoverable 525,440 347,728 394,575 2,765,835 2,131,408 2,403,712 Effect of exchange rate movement (9,170 ) (3,836 ) 73,512 Net reduction in ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities (295,447 ) (311,834 ) (259,627 ) Net losses paid (284,611 ) (294,996 ) (257,414 ) Acquired on purchase of subsidiaries 610,485 459,362 114,595 Retroactive reinsurance contracts assumed 112,821 785,731 56,630 Net balance as at December 31 2,899,913 2,765,835 2,131,408 Plus: total reinsurance reserves recoverable 1,383,003 525,440 347,728 Balance as at December 31 $ 4,282,916 $ 3,291,275 $ 2,479,136 2011 2010 2009 Net losses paid $ (284,611 ) $ (294,996 ) $ (257,414 ) Net change in case and LAE reserves 310,036 336,141 214,079 Net change in IBNR reserves 224,791 236,920 318,160 Reduction in estimates of net ultimate losses 250,216 278,065 274,825 Reduction in provisions for bad debt 42,822 49,556 11,718 Reduction in provisions for unallocated loss adjustment expense liabilities 45,102 39,651 50,412 Amortization of fair value adjustments (42,693 ) (55,438 ) (77,328 ) Net reduction in ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities $ 295,447 $ 311,834 $ 259,627 Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) including both net reduction in ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities of $17.5 million relating to companies and portfolios acquired during the year and premium and commission adjustments triggered by incurred losses of $32.5 million, as well as the Claremont novation agreement settlement of $22.5 million. The net reduction in ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2011 of $295.4 million was attributable to a reduction in estimates of net ultimate losses of $250.2 million, a reduction in aggregate provisions for bad debts of $42.8 million and a reduction in estimates of unallocated loss adjustment expense liabilities of $45.1 million, relating to 2011 run-off activity, partially offset by the amortization, over the estimated payout period, of fair value adjustments relating to companies acquired amounting to $42.7 million. The reduction in estimates of net ultimate losses of $ 250.2 million comprised net incurred favorable loss development of $25.4 million and reductions in IBNR reserves of $224.8 million. The decrease in the aggregate estimate of IBNR loss reserves of $224.8 million (compared to $236.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2010) was comprised of $57.9 million relating to asbestos liabilities (compared to $67.8 million in 2010), $2.8 million relating to environmental liabilities (compared to $4.2 million in 2010) and $164.1 million relating to all other remaining liabilities (compared to $164.9 million in 2010). The aggregate reduction in IBNR of $224.8 million was a result of the application, on a basis consistent with the assumptions applied in the prior period, of the Company’s actuarial methodologies to revised historical loss development data, following 113 commutations (including three commutations completed shortly after December 31, 2011), to estimate loss reserves required to cover liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses relating to non-commuted exposures. The prior period estimate of aggregate net IBNR liabilities was reduced as a result of the combined impact on all classes of business of loss development activity during 2011, including commutations and the favorable trend of loss development related to non-commuted policies compared to prior forecasts. The net incurred favorable loss development of $25.4 million, resulting from settlement of net advised case and LAE reserves of $310.0 million for net paid losses of $284.6 million, related to the settlement of non-commuted losses in the year and approximately 110 commutations of assumed and ceded exposures, excluding the three commutations completed subsequent to December 31, 2011. Net incurred liabilities settled by way of commutation during the year ended December 31, 2011 (excluding the three commutations completed subsequent to December 31, 2011) amounted to $71.5 million compared to the net reduction in advised case reserves during the same period of $310.0 million. Commutations provide an opportunity for the Company to exit exposures to entire policies with insureds and reinsureds at a discount to the previous estimated ultimate liability. As a result of exiting all exposures to such policies, all advised case reserves and IBNR liabilities relating to that insured or reinsured are eliminated. This often results in a net gain irrespective of whether the settlement exceeds the advised case reserves. The Company adopts a disciplined approach to the review and settlement of non-commuted claims through claims adjusting and the inspection of underlying policyholder records such that settlements of assumed exposures may often be achieved below the level of the originally advised loss, and settlements of ceded receivables may often be achieved at levels above carried balances. Of the 113 commutations completed, nine related to the Company’s top ten insured and/or reinsured exposures, including three completed shortly after December 31, 2011 whereby the related reduction in IBNR reserves was recorded in the reduction in net ultimate losses for the year, and two related to its top ten ceded reinsurance assets. The remaining 102 commutations, of which approximately 46% were completed during the three months ended December 31, 2011, were of a smaller size, consistent with the Company’s approach of targeting significant numbers of cedant and reinsurer relationships, as well as targeting significant individual cedant and reinsurer relationships. The combination of the claims settlement activity in 2011, including commutations, and the actuarial estimation of IBNR reserves required for the remaining non-commuted exposures (which took into account the favorable trend of loss development in 2011 related to such exposures compared to prior forecasts), resulted in the Company’s management concluding that the loss development activity that occurred subsequent to the prior reporting period provided sufficient new information to warrant a reduction in IBNR reserves of $224.8 million in 2011. 155 Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) The reduction in aggregate provisions for bad debt of $42.8 million was a result of the collection, primarily during the three months ended December 31, 2011, of certain reinsurance receivables against which bad debt provisions had been provided in earlier periods. Year Ended December 31, 2010 The net reduction in ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $311.8 million, excluding the impact of foreign exchange rate movements of $3.8 million and including both net reduction in ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities of $19.0 million relating to companies and portfolios acquired during the year and premium and commission adjustments triggered by incurred losses of $16.5 million. The net reduction in ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2010 of $311.8 million was attributable to a reduction in estimates of net ultimate losses of $278.1 million, a reduction in aggregate provisions for bad debts of $49.6 million and a reduction in estimates of unallocated loss adjustment expense liabilities of $39.7 million, relating to 2010 run-off activity, partially offset by the amortization, over the estimated payout period, of fair value adjustments relating to companies acquired amounting to $55.4 million. The reduction in estimates of net ultimate losses of $278.1 million comprised net incurred favorable loss development of $41.1 million and reductions in IBNR reserves of $236.9 million. The decrease in the aggregate estimate of IBNR loss reserves of $236.9 million (compared to $318.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2009) was comprised of $67.8 million relating to asbestos liabilities (compared to $158.4 million in 2009), $4.2 million relating to environmental liabilities (compared to $17.0 million in 2009) and $164.9 million relating to all other remaining liabilities (compared to $142.8 million in 2009). The aggregate reduction in IBNR of $236.9 million was a result of the application, on a basis consistent with the assumptions applied in the prior period, of the Company’s actuarial methodologies to revised historical loss development data following 90 commutations to estimate loss reserves required to cover liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses relating to non-commuted exposures. The prior period estimate of aggregate net IBNR liabilities was reduced as a result of the combined impact on all classes of business of loss development activity during 2010, including commutations and the favorable trend of loss development related to non-commuted policies compared to prior forecasts. The lower reduction in asbestos IBNR reserves during 2010 was primarily due to reduced commutations of asbestos related exposures compared to the prior year. Total net loss reserves acquired from January 1, 2008 to December 31, 2010 amounted to $3,197.3 million, of which $2,634.5 million, or 82.4% related to all other losses. This increase in all other loss reserves provided the basis for a greater reduction in all other IBNR reserves. The net incurred favorable loss development of $41.1 million, resulting from settlement of net advised case and LAE reserves of $336.1 million for net paid losses of $295.0 million, related to the settlement of non-commuted losses in the year and approximately 90 commutations of assumed and ceded exposures. Net incurred liabilities settled by way of commutation during the year ended December 31, 2010 amounted to $109.7 million compared to the net reduction in advised case reserves during the same period of $336.1 million. Of the 90 commutations completed during 2010, three related to the Company’s top ten insured and/or reinsured exposures, including one commutation completed shortly after December 31, 2009 whereby the related reduction in IBNR reserves was recorded in the reduction in net ultimate losses for the year ended December 31, 2009, and one related to the commutation of one of the Company’s largest ceded reinsurance assets. The remaining 86 commutations, of which approximately 43% were completed during the three months ended December 31, 2010, were of a smaller size, consistent with the Company’s approach of targeting significant numbers of cedant and reinsurer relationships, as well as targeting significant individual cedant and reinsurer relationships. The combination of the claims settlement activity in 2010, including commutations (but excluding the impact of the commutation that was completed subsequent to the year ended 156 Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) December 31, 2009) and the actuarial estimation of IBNR reserves required for the remaining non-commuted exposures (which took into account the favorable trend of loss development in 2010 related to such exposures compared to prior forecasts), resulted in the Company’s management concluding that the loss development activity that occurred subsequent to the prior reporting period provided sufficient new information to warrant a reduction in IBNR reserves of $236.9 million in 2010. The reduction in aggregate provisions for bad debt of $49.6 million was a result of the collection, primarily during the three months ended December 31, 2010, of certain reinsurance receivables against which bad debt provisions had been provided in earlier periods. Year Ended December 31, 2009 The net reduction in ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $259.6 million, excluding the impact of adverse foreign exchange rate movements of $73.5 million and including both net reduction in ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities of $4.8 million relating to companies acquired during the year and premium and commission adjustments of $5.5 million triggered by incurred losses. The net reduction in ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2009 of $259.6 million was attributable to a reduction in estimates of net ultimate losses of $274.8 million, a reduction in aggregate provisions for bad debts of $11.7 million and a reduction in estimates of loss adjustment expense liabilities of $50.4 million, relating to 2009 run-off activity, partially offset by the amortization, over the estimated payout period, of fair value adjustments relating to companies acquired amounting to $77.3 million. The reduction in estimates of net ultimate losses of $274.8 million comprised net incurred loss development of $43.3 million and reductions in IBNR reserves of $318.2 million. The decrease in the estimate of IBNR loss reserves of $318.2 million (compared to $210.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008) was comprised of $158.4 million relating to asbestos liabilities (compared to $101.5 million in 2008), $17.0 million relating to environmental liabilities (compared to $10.8 million in 2008) and $142.8 million relating to all other remaining liabilities (compared to $98.1 million in 2008). The reduction in IBNR is a result of the application, on a basis consistent with the assumptions applied in the prior period, of the Company’s actuarial methodologies to loss data to estimate loss reserves required to cover liabilities for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses. The prior period estimate of net IBNR liabilities was reduced as a result of the combined impact of loss development activity during 2009, including commutations and the favorable trend of loss development related to non-commuted policies compared to prior forecasts. The larger reduction in asbestos IBNR reserves in 2009 was primarily due to the further commutation of asbestos reserves relating to one of the Company’s insurance entities that had benefited from a substantial stop loss protection until December 18, 2008. The larger reduction in all other IBNR reserves in 2009 was primarily due to incurred loss development in one of the Company’s entities acquired during 2008 that was in line with incurred loss development expected by the Company’s external actuaries and was, therefore, offset by a corresponding reduction in IBNR reserves, as well as the completion of a commutation by the same entity in 2009. The net incurred loss development of $43.3 million resulting from settlement of net advised case and LAE reserves of $214.1 million for net paid losses of $257.4 million, related to the settlement of non-commuted losses in the year and approximately 79 commutations of assumed and ceded exposures. Of the 79 commutations completed during 2009, two related to the Company’s top ten insured and/or reinsured exposures. The remaining 77 were of a smaller size, consistent with the Company’s approach of targeting significant numbers of cedant and reinsurer relationships, as well as targeting significant individual cedant and reinsurer relationships. Approximately 76% of commutations completed in 2009 related to commutations completed during the three months ended December 31, 2009. Net incurred liabilities settled by way of commutation during the year ended December 31, 2009 amounted to $81.9 million compared to the net 157 Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) reduction in advised case reserves during the same period of $214.1 million. Subsequent to the year end, one of the Company’s insurance entities completed a commutation of another of one of the Company’s top ten reinsured exposures. The combination of the claims settlement activity in 2009, including commutations, and the actuarial estimation of IBNR reserves required for the remaining non-commuted exposures (which took into account the favorable trend of loss development in 2009 related to such exposures compared to prior forecasts as well as the impact of the commutation that was completed subsequent to the year-end), resulted in the Company’s management concluding that the loss development activity that occurred subsequent to the prior reporting period provided sufficient new information to warrant a reduction in IBNR reserves of $318.2 million in 2009. The reduction in aggregate provisions for bad debt of $11.7 million was a result of the collection, primarily during the three months ended March 31, 2009, of certain reinsurance receivables against which bad debt provisions had been provided in earlier periods. The Company’s long-term debt consists of loan facilities used to partially finance certain of the Company’s acquisitions or significant new business transactions along with loans outstanding in relation to the share repurchase agreements (the “Repurchase Agreements”) entered into with three of its executives and certain trusts and a corporation affiliated with the executives. The Company draws down on the loan facilities at the time of the acquisition or significant new business transaction, although in some circumstances the Company has made additional draw-downs to refinance existing debt of the acquired company. The Company incurred interest expense on its loan facilities and loans outstanding relating to the Repurchase Agreements of $8.5 million and $10.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Total amounts of loans payable outstanding, including accrued interest, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 totaled $242.7 million and $245.3 million, respectively, and were comprised as follows: EGL Revolving Credit Facility; Prepayment of Certain Subsidiary Debt Facilities On June 13, 2011, the Company, as borrower, and certain of its subsidiaries, as guarantors, entered into a Revolving Credit Facility Agreement with NAB and Barclays Corporate, the corporate banking division of Barclays Bank PLC, as bookrunners and mandated lead arrangers, certain financial institutions, as lenders, and NAB as agent (the “EGL Revolving Credit Facility”). The EGL Revolving Credit Facility provides for a three-year revolving credit facility pursuant to which the Company is permitted to borrow up to an aggregate of $250.0 million, which will be available to prepay certain existing credit facilities of the Company and certain of its subsidiaries, to fund permitted acquisitions and for general corporate purposes. The Company’s ability to draw on the EGL Revolving Credit Facility is subject to customary conditions. 158 11. LOANS PAYABLE Facility Date of Facility December 31, 2011 December 31, 2010 Clarendon Facility July 12, 2011 $ 108,123 $ — EGL Revolving Credit Facility June 30, 2011 115,881 — Unionamerica — Facility A December 30, 2008 — 71,259 Unionamerica — Facility B December 30, 2008 — 154 Knapton April 20, 2010 — 21,532 Enstar Group — Facility A December 29, 2010 — 52,100 Enstar Group — Facility B December 29, 2010 — 62,900 Total long-term bank debt 224,004 207,945 Repurchase Agreements October 1, 2010 18,706 37,333 Total loans payable $ 242,710 $ 245,278 Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) On June 30, 2011, the Company borrowed $167.7 million under the EGL Revolving Credit Facility, which was used to prepay $167.7 million of the total amounts owing by the Company under the Knapton, Unionamerica and Enstar Group facilities. The prepayment of these existing credit facilities was a condition to the Company’s initial borrowing under the EGL Revolving Credit Facility. The EGL Revolving Credit Facility is secured by a first priority lien on the stock of certain of the Company’s subsidiaries and certain bank accounts held with Barclays Bank PLC in the name of the Company and into which amounts received in respect of any capital release from certain of the Company’s subsidiaries are required to be paid. Interest is payable at the end of each interest period chosen by the Company or, at the latest, each six months. The interest rate is LIBOR plus 2.75%, plus an incremental amount tied to certain regulatory costs that may be incurred by the lenders, if any. The unused portion of the EGL Revolving Credit Facility will be subject to a commitment fee of 1.10%. The EGL Revolving Credit Facility is subject to various financial and business covenants applicable to the Company, the guarantors and certain other material subsidiaries, including limitations on mergers and consolidations, acquisitions, indebtedness and guarantees, restrictions as to dispositions of stock and dividends, and limitations on liens on stock. As of December 31, 2011, all of the covenants relating to the EGL Revolving Credit Facility were met. During the existence of any payment default, the interest rate is increased by 1.0%. During the existence of any event of default as specified in the EGL Revolving Credit Facility, the agent may cancel the commitments of the lenders, declare all or a portion of outstanding amounts immediately due and payable, declare all or a portion of outstanding amounts payable upon demand or proceed against the security. The EGL Revolving Credit Facility terminates and all amounts borrowed must be repaid on June 13, 2014, the third anniversary of the date of the EGL Revolving Credit Facility. On October 21, 2011 and December 30, 2011, the Company repaid $25.0 million and $26.8 million, respectively, of the outstanding principal balance of the EGL Revolving Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2011, the outstanding EGL Revolving Credit Facility loan balance, inclusive of accrued interest, was $115.9 million. Clarendon Facility On March 4, 2011, the Company, through Clarendon Holdings, Inc., entered into a $106.5 million term facility agreement (the “Clarendon Facility”) with NAB. The Clarendon Facility provides for a four-year term loan facility available to be drawn to fund up to 50% of the purchase price of Clarendon. On July 12, 2011, the Company fully drew down the Clarendon Facility in connection with the acquisition of Clarendon. As of December 31, 2011, the outstanding Clarendon Facility balance, inclusive of accrued interest, was $108.1 million. The Clarendon Facility is secured by a security interest in all of the assets of Clarendon Holdings, Inc., as well as a first priority lien on the stock of both Clarendon Holdings, Inc. and Clarendon. Interest is payable at the end of each interest period chosen by Clarendon Holdings, Inc. or, at the latest, each six months. The interest rate is LIBOR plus 2.75%. The Clarendon Facility is subject to various financial and business covenants, including limitations on mergers and consolidations, restrictions as to disposition of stock and limitations on liens on the stock. During the existence of any payment default, the interest rate is increased by 1.0%. During the existence of any event of default (as specified in the term facility agreement), the lenders may declare all or a portion of outstanding amounts immediately due and payable, declare all or a portion of borrowed amounts payable upon demand, or proceed against the security. The Clarendon Facility terminates and all amounts borrowed must be repaid on July 12, 2015. 159 Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) The fair values of the Company’s floating rate loans approximate their book values. Share Repurchase On October 1, 2010, the Company entered into the Repurchase Agreements to repurchase an aggregate of 800,000 of the Company’s ordinary shares at a price of $70.00 per share. The Company repurchased an aggregate of 600,000 ordinary shares from Dominic F. Silvester (the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and a member of its board of directors) and a trust of which he and his immediate family are the sole beneficiaries, 100,000 ordinary shares from a trust of which Paul J. O’Shea (the Company’s Joint Chief Operating Officer, Executive Vice President and a member of its board of directors) and his immediate family are the sole beneficiaries and 100,000 ordinary shares from a corporation owned by a trust of which Nicholas A. Packer (the Company’s Joint Chief Operating Officer and Executive Vice President) and his immediate family are the sole beneficiaries. The repurchase transactions closed on October 14, 2010. The aggregate purchase price of $56.0 million is payable by the Company through promissory notes to the selling shareholders. The annual interest rate for the notes is fixed at 3.5%, and the notes are repayable in three equal installments on December 31, 2010, December 1, 2011 and December 1, 2012. In connection with the Repurchase Agreements, the Company entered into lock-up agreements with each of Messrs. Silvester, O’Shea and Packer, and their respective family trusts and corporation. The lock-up agreements prohibit future sales and transfers of shares now owned or subsequently acquired for two years from the date of the Repurchase Agreements. On December 9, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company repaid $20.0 million and $19.1 million, respectively, of the promissory notes including accrued interest. On April 20, 2011, the Company entered into an Investment Agreement (the “Investment Agreement”) with GSCP VI AIV Navi, Ltd., GSCP VI Offshore Navi, Ltd., GSCP VI Parallel AIV Navi, Ltd., GSCP VI Employee Navi, Ltd., and GSCP VI GmbH Navi, L.P. (collectively, the “Purchasers”), each of which is an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co. Under the Investment Agreement, the Company agreed to issue and sell, and the Purchasers agreed to purchase, at several different closings described immediately below, securities representing 19.9% of the Company’s outstanding share capital pro forma for all the issuances, with the right to acquire an additional 2.0% on a fully diluted basis pro forma for all the issuances through the exercise of warrants as described below, although the Purchasers’ voting interest in the Company purchased pursuant to the Investment Agreement is less than 4.9%. The securities that the Purchasers have acquired can be further summarized as follows: 160 12. SHARE CAPITAL • At the first closing, which occurred on April 20, 2011, 531,345 of the Company’s voting ordinary shares, par value $1.00 per share (“Voting Common Shares”), and 749,869 of the Company’s newly created Series A convertible non-voting preference shares, par value $1.00 per share (the “Non-Voting Preferred Shares”), at a purchase price of $86.00 per share, or approximately $110.2 million in the aggregate. Upon the receipt of shareholder approval to create three new classes of non-voting ordinary shares at the Company’s Annual General Meeting on June 28, 2011 (the “Shareholder Approval”), the Non-Voting Preferred Shares automatically converted on a share-for-share basis into non-voting ordinary shares of the Company, par value $1.00 (the “Non-Voting Common Shares”). At the first closing, the Company also issued to the Purchasers warrants to acquire 340,820 Non-Voting Preferred Shares (which converted to the right to acquire Non-Voting Common Shares upon receipt of the Shareholder Approval) for an exercise price of $115.00 per share, subject to certain adjustments. The Purchasers may, at their election, satisfy the exercise price of the warrants on a cashless basis by surrender of shares otherwise issuable upon exercise of the warrants in accordance with a formula set forth in the warrants. The warrants expire on the ten year anniversary of the first closing. Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) The Purchasers may elect to receive Series B Non-Voting Common Shares, Series C Non-Voting Common Shares or Series D Non-Voting Common Shares upon conversion of Voting Common Shares held by them. Holders of the Series B Non-Voting Common Shares would have the right to convert such shares on a share-for-share basis, subject to certain adjustments, into Voting Common Shares, Series C Non-Voting Common Shares or Series D Non-Voting Common Shares at their option. All Non-Voting Common Shares received by the Purchasers under the Investment Agreement are Series C Non-Voting Common Shares. Holders of the Series C Non-Voting Common Shares have the right to convert such shares, on a share-for-share basis, subject to certain adjustments, into Series D Non-Voting Common Shares at their option. There is no economic difference in the sub-series of Non-Voting Common Shares, but there are slight differences in the limited voting rights of each sub-series that are designed to address certain regulatory matters affecting the Purchasers. The total investment made by the Purchasers for the purchase of the Voting Common Shares, the Non-Voting Common Shares and the warrants was approximately $291.6 million. The Company has accounted for the Purchaser’s investment under the Investment Agreement as equity under the applicable U.S. GAAP. As at December 31, 2011 and 2010, the authorized share capital was 156,000,000 ordinary shares and non-voting convertible ordinary shares, each par value $1.00 per share. The following tables are a summary of changes in ordinary shares and non-voting convertible ordinary shares issued and outstanding: Issued and fully paid ordinary shares of par value $1.00 each — Issued and fully paid Series A non-voting convertible ordinary shares of par value $1.00 each — Issued and fully paid Series B, C and D non-voting convertible ordinary shares of par value $1.00 each — 161 • At the second closing, which occurred on December 22, 2011, 134,184 Voting Common Shares and 827,504 Non-Voting Common Shares, at a purchase price of $86.00 per share, for aggregate proceeds of approximately $82.7 million. • At the third closing, which occurred simultaneously with the second closing on December 22, 2011, 1,148,264 Non-Voting Common Shares, at a purchase price of $86.00 per share, for aggregate proceeds of approximately $98.7 million. 2011 2010 Balance, beginning of year $ 12,940 $ 13,581 Issue of shares 674 80 Shares repurchased — (800 ) Share awards granted/vested 51 79 Balance, end of year $ 13,665 $ 12,940 2011 2010 Balance, beginning and end of year $ 2,973 $ 2,973 2011 2010 Balance, beginning of year $ — $ — Preferred shares converted 750 — Issue of shares 1,976 — Balance, end of year $ 2,726 $ — Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) Accumulated other comprehensive income as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 was comprised of foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized holding gains on investments arising during the year. (a) Summary Components of salaries and benefits are summarized as follows: (b) Employee share plans Employee share awards for 2011 are summarized as follows: (i) 2006-2010 Annual Incentive Plan, 2011-2015 Annual Incentive Compensation Program and 2006 Equity Incentive Plan For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, 16,328, 78,664 and 64,378 shares, respectively, were awarded to directors, officers and employees under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. The total value of the awards for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $1.5 million, $5.4 million and $3.3 million, respectively, and was charged against the 2006-2010 Annual Incentive Compensation Program (the “2006 Program”) accrual established for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The 2006 Program ended effective December 31, 2010. On February 23, 2011, the Company adopted the Enstar Group Limited 2011-2015 Annual Incentive Compensation Program (the “2011 Program”). 162 13. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 2011 2010 Foreign currency translation adjustments $ 25,616 $ 26,588 Defined benefit pension liability (4,718 ) (1,000 ) Unrealized holding gains on investments 6,198 9,429 $ 27,096 $ 35,017 14. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS 2011 2010 2009 Salaries and benefits $ 55,642 $ 50,978 $ 41,534 Defined contribution pension plan expense 4,864 3,477 3,060 2006 equity plan 2,662 1,500 — Annual incentive plan 26,678 30,722 23,860 Total salaries and benefits $ 89,846 $ 86,677 $ 68,454 Number of Shares Weighted Average Fair Value of the Award Nonvested — January 1 153,930 $ 13,019 Granted 71,621 5,957 Vested (21,621 ) (1,907 ) Nonvested — December 31 203,930 $ 20,026 Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) In addition, for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, 50,000 and 153,930 restricted shares were awarded to certain employees under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. The total unrecognized compensation cost related to the Company’s non-vested share awards as at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $10.4 million and $9.0 million, respectively. This cost is expected to be recognized evenly over the next 3.7 years. Compensation costs of $2.7 million and $1.5 million relating to these share awards were recognized in the Company’s statement of earnings for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The accrued expense relating to the 2006 Program for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $26.7 million, $30.7 million and $23.9 million, respectively. (ii) Enstar Group Limited Employee Share Purchase Plan As at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, 5,208, 5,871 and 5,588 shares have been issued to employees under the Amended and Restated Enstar Group Limited Employee Share Purchase Plan. Compensation costs of less than $0.1 million relating to the shares issued have been recognized in the Company’s statement of earnings for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. (c) Options Stock options outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2011 were as follows: (d) Deferred Compensation and Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, 4,193, 6,463 and 7,147 restricted share units, respectively, were credited to the accounts of non-employee directors under the Enstar Group Limited Deferred Compensation and Ordinary Share Plan for Non-Employee Directors (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”). Following J. Christopher Flowers’ resignation from the Board of Directors on May 6, 2011, 3,610 restricted share units previously credited to his account under the Deferred Compensation Plan were converted into the same number of the Company’s ordinary shares on May 24, 2011, with fractional shares paid in cash. Also on May 24, 2011, 4,515 restricted stock units previously credited to Mr. Flowers’ account under The Enstar Group Inc.’s Deferred Compensation and Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors were converted into the same number of the Company’s ordinary shares. Following Paul J. Collins resignation from the Board of Directors on September 30, 2011, 4,103 restricted share units previously credited to his account under the Deferred Compensation Plan were converted into the 163 Number of Shares Weighted Average Exercise Price Instrinsic Value of Shares Outstanding — January 1, 2011 152,015 $ 34.55 $ 7,606 Exercised (53,940 ) 23.20 3,901 Outstanding — December 31, 2011 98,075 $ 40.78 $ 5,631 Exercise Price Number of Options Weighted Average Exercise Price Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life $40.78 98,075 $ 40.78 1.6 years Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) same number of the Company’s ordinary shares on October 3, 2011, with fractional shares paid in cash. Also on October 3, 2011, 1,304 restricted stock units previously credited to Mr. Collins’ account under The Enstar Group Inc.’s Deferred Compensation and Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors were converted into the same number of the Company’s ordinary shares. (e) Pension plan The Company provides pension benefits to eligible employees through various plans sponsored by the Company. All pension plans, except as disclosed below, are structured as defined contribution plans. Pension expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $4.9 million, $3.5 million and $3.1 million, respectively. The Company acquired, as part of the acquisition of PWAC, a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan (the “PWAC Plan”) that covers substantially all PWAC employees hired before April 1, 2003 and provides pension and certain death benefits. Effective April 1, 2004, PWAC froze the PWAC Plan. As at the date of acquisition of PWAC by the Company, the PWAC Plan had an unfunded liability of $6.7 million that had been accrued by PWAC. During 2011, an actuarial review was performed of the PWAC Plan which determined that the PWAC Plan’s unfunded liability, as at December 31, 2011, was $10.5 million as compared to $7.9 million as at December 31, 2010. As at December 31, 2011, PWAC had an accrued liability of $10.5 million for the unfunded PWAC Plan liability. The Company recorded pension expense relating to the PWAC Plan, for the year ended December 31, 2011 and for the period from the date of acquisition to December 31, 2010, of $0.6 million and $0.6 million, respectively. The following table sets forth the comparison of basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009: 164 15. EARNINGS PER SHARE 2011 2010 2009 Basic earnings per share: Net earnings attributable to Enstar Group Limited $ 153,693 $ 174,086 $ 135,210 Weighted average shares outstanding — basic 13,930,221 13,489,221 13,514,207 Earnings per share attributable to Enstar Group Limited — basic $ 11.03 $ 12.91 $ 10.01 Diluted earnings per share: Net earnings attributable to Enstar Group Limited $ 153,693 $ 174,086 $ 135,210 Weighted average shares outstanding — basic 13,930,221 13,489,221 13,514,207 Share equivalents: Unvested shares 196,670 125,733 4,822 Restricted share units 69,723 16,423 8,988 Options 15,826 119,879 216,644 Weighted average shares outstanding — diluted 14,212,440 13,751,256 13,744,661 Earnings per share attributable to Enstar Group Limited — diluted $ 10.81 $ 12.66 $ 9.84 Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) The Company has entered into certain transactions with companies and partnerships that are affiliated with J. Christopher Flowers. Mr. Flowers is one of the largest shareholders of the Company and, until May 6, 2011, was a member of the Company’s board of directors. 165 16. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS • The Company earned management fees for advisory services provided to the Flowers Fund, a private investment fund, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 of $0.5 million, $0.3 million and $0.7 million, respectively. • The Company had, as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, excluding its investment in Varadero International Ltd. (“Varadero”) (a hedge fund affiliated with the Company and Mr. Flowers with respect to which the Company has funded 100% of its capital commitment), investments in entities affiliated with Mr. Flowers with a total value of $102.3 million, $96.1 million and $76.1 million, respectively, and outstanding commitments to entities managed by Mr. Flowers, for the same periods, of $71.5 million, $84.6 million and $98.1 million, respectively. The Company’s outstanding commitments may be drawn down over approximately the next four years. As at December 31, 2011, the related party investments associated with Mr. Flowers, including its investment in Varadero, accounted for 92.2% of the total unfunded capital commitments of the Company and 65.9% of the total amount of investments classified as other investments by the Company. • On October 1, 2010, the Company entered into the Repurchase Agreements with three of its executives and certain trusts and a corporation affiliated with the executives to repurchase an aggregate of 800,000 of the Company’s ordinary shares at a price of $70.00 per share. The Company repurchased an aggregate of 600,000 ordinary shares from Dominic F. Silvester (the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and a member of its Board of Directors) and a trust of which he and his immediate family are the sole beneficiaries, 100,000 ordinary shares from a trust of which Paul J. O’Shea (the Company’s Joint Chief Operating Officer, Executive Vice President and a member of its Board of Directors) and his immediate family are the sole beneficiaries and 100,000 ordinary shares from a corporation owned by a trust of which Nicholas A. Packer (the Company’s Joint Chief Operating Officer and Executive Vice President) and his immediate family are the sole beneficiaries. The repurchase transactions closed on October 14, 2010. The aggregate purchase price of $56.0 million is payable by the Company through promissory notes to the selling shareholders. The annual interest rate for the notes is fixed at 3.5%, and the notes are repayable in three equal installments on December 31, 2010, December 1, 2011 and December 1, 2012. In connection with the Repurchase Agreements, the Company entered into lock-up agreements with each of Messrs. Silvester, O’Shea and Packer, and their respective family trusts and corporation. The lock-up agreements prohibit future sales and transfers of shares now owned or subsequently acquired for two years from the date of the Repurchase Agreements. • On August 9, 2010, the Company entered into a participation agreement for $1 million with Flowers National Bank, an entity owned by Mr. Flowers. Flowers National Bank purchased a pool of mortgage loans from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. • In March 2010, the Company committed to invest $20.0 million in Varadero, a hedge fund. The investment manager of Varadero is Varadero Capital, L.P., of which Varadero GP, LLC is the general partner. Both the investment manager and general partner are partially owned by an entity affiliated with Mr. Flowers. In December 2011, the Company committed to invest a further $21.5 million in the hedge fund. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had funded 100% of its commitment to Varadero. • On November 12, 2009, the Company invested approximately $4.0 million in Flowers Sego-Carrus Holdings, LLC (“FSC”), a joint venture between the Company, an unaffiliated third party and Flowers National Bank, an entity owned by Mr. Flowers. FSC purchased two mortgage loans from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) Income before income taxes includes the following components: Tax expense (benefit) for income taxes is comprised of Under current Bermuda law, the Company and its Bermuda subsidiaries are not required to pay any taxes in Bermuda on their income or capital gains. In March 2011, the Company received confirmation from the Minister of Finance in Bermuda that, in the event of any taxes being imposed, the period for which the Company and its Bermuda subsidiaries will be exempt from taxation in Bermuda would be extended until March 2035. The Company has operating subsidiaries and branch operations in the United Kingdom, Australia, the United States and Europe and is subject to federal, foreign, state and local taxes in those jurisdictions. In addition, certain distributions from some foreign sources may be subject to withholding taxes. The expected income tax provision for the foreign operations computed on pre-tax income at the weighted-average tax rate has been calculated as the sum of the pre-tax income in each jurisdiction multiplied by that jurisdiction’s applicable statutory tax rate. 166 • On January 28, 2009, the Company invested approximately $8.7 million in JCF III Co-invest I L.P., an entity affiliated with J.C. Flowers & Co. LLC, in connection with its investment in certain of the operations, assets and liabilities of OneWest Bank FSB (formerly known as IndyMac Bank, F.S.B.). • During 2011, Enstar (US) Inc. renewed its lease agreement for use of office space with one of its directors until October 2018. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, Enstar (US) Inc. incurred rent expense of $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively. 17. TAXATION 2011 2010 2009 Domestic (Bermuda) $ 23,890 $ 45,434 $ (91,550 ) Foreign 155,087 215,784 254,365 Total $ 178,977 $ 261,218 $ 162,815 2011 2010 2009 Current: Domestic (Bermuda) $ — $ — $ — Foreign 28,924 57,443 35,172 28,924 57,443 35,172 Deferred: Domestic (Bermuda) — — — Foreign (3,640 ) 29,689 (7,567 ) (3,640 ) 29,689 (7,567 ) Total tax expense $ 25,284 $ 87,132 $ 27,605 Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) The actual income tax rate differed from the amount computed by applying the effective rate of 0% under the Bermuda law to earnings before income taxes as shown in the following reconciliation: In 2010, in order to mitigate the tax impacts of inter-group transactions, the board of directors of the Company’s Australian subsidiaries elected to form a consolidated tax group. The impact of this tax consolidation resulted in the resetting of the cost base of certain assets of our Australian subsidiaries, which resulted in an additional tax liability of approximately $30.3 million. Deferred income taxes arise from the recognition of temporary differences between income determined for financial reporting purposes and income tax purposes. The temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are presented in the table below: As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, U.K. insurance subsidiaries and branch operations had tax loss carryforwards, which do not expire, and deductions available for tax purposes of approximately $382.8 million and $404.0 million, respectively. Certain of the Company’s U.K. insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries have tax loss carryforwards that arose prior to acquisition. Under U.K. tax law, these tax loss carryforwards are available to offset future taxable income generated by the acquired company without time limit. 167 2011 2010 2009 Earnings before income tax $ 178,977 $ 261,218 $ 162,815 Expected tax rate — % — % — % Foreign taxes at local expected rates 25.1 % 28.7 % 52.1 % Benefit of loss carryovers — % (1.5 )% — % Change in uncertain tax positions — % (0.1 )% (0.8 )% Change in valuation allowance (11.0 )% (5.1 )% (28.4 )% Impact of Australian tax consolidation 1.0 % 11.6 % — % Other (1.0 )% (0.2 )% (5.9 )% Effective tax rate 14.1 % 33.4 % 17.0 % As of December 31, 2011 2010 Deferred tax assets Benefit of losses, deductions, and other carryforwards $ 182,975 $ 143,680 Claims reserves, principally due to discounting for tax 35,314 10,082 Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable 12,725 — Investments 7,914 — 238,928 153,762 Deferred tax liabilities Investments (4,290 ) (15,745 ) Other — (1,355 ) (4,290 ) (17,100 ) Net deferred tax asset before valuation allowance 234,638 136,662 Valuation allowance (224,750 ) (133,506 ) Net deferred tax asset $ 9,888 $ 3,156 Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, U.S. subsidiaries had deductible losses for tax purposes of approximately $221.9 million and $27.0 million, respectively. Under U.S. tax law, these tax losses can be carried forward and could be available to offset future taxable income of the companies that experienced the losses. The Company has estimated future taxable income of its foreign subsidiaries and has provided a valuation allowance in respect of those loss carryforwards where it does not expect to realize a benefit. The Company has considered all available evidence using a “more likely than not” standard in determining the amount of the valuation allowance. The Company had unrecognized tax benefits of $5.6 million, $5.6 million and $5.7 million relating to uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, there were certain reductions to unrecognized tax benefits due to the expiration of statutes of limitations of $0.1 million, $0.3 million and $3.5 million, respectively, which were included in net earnings. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows: Included in the balances at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were $4.4 million, $4.4 million and $5.1 million, respectively, of tax positions for which the ultimate deductibility is highly certain but for which there is uncertainty about the timing of such deductibility. Because of the impact of deferred tax accounting, other than interest and penalties, the disallowance of the shorter deductibility period would not affect the annual effective tax rate but would accelerate the payment of cash to the taxing authority to an earlier period. It is reasonably possible that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits with respect to certain of the unrecognized tax positions could decrease by up to approximately $0.1 million within the next 12 months if the statute of limitations expires on certain tax periods. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a part of income tax expense. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company recognized a benefit for the reversal of interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits due to the expiration of the statute of limitations in the amount of $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0.5 million, respectively. The Company had approximately $1.2 million, $1.0 million and $0.9 million accrued for the payment of interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company’s operating subsidiaries in specific countries may be subject to audit by various tax authorities and may have different statutes of limitations expiration dates. With limited exceptions, the Company’s major subsidiaries that operate in the United States, United Kingdom and Australia are no longer subject to tax examinations for years before 2005, 2008 and 2005, respectively. Because the Company operates in many jurisdictions, its net earnings are subject to risk due to changing tax laws and tax rates around the world. The current, rapidly changing economic environment may increase the likelihood of substantial changes to tax laws in the jurisdictions in which it operates. The Company cannot predict what, if any, legislation, will actually be proposed or enacted, or what the effect of any such legislation might be on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. 168 2011 2010 2009 Balance, beginning of year $ 5,566 $ 5,727 $ 8,056 Gross increases — tax positions related to the current year — — 835 Gross increases — tax positions related to prior years 161 113 413 Lapse of statute of limitations (106 ) (274 ) (3,577 ) Balance, end of year $ 5,621 $ 5,566 $ 5,727 Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) The Company’s insurance and reinsurance operations are subject to insurance laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which they operate, including Bermuda, Australia, the United States, Europe and the United Kingdom. Statutory capital and surplus as reported to the relevant regulatory authorities for the insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries of the Company as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 was as follows: The statutory capital and surplus required by the relevant regulatory authorities in any jurisdiction may be significantly in excess of the minimum required statutory capital and surplus and, as a result, the maximum surplus available for distribution may be significantly lower than shown in the table above. The Company leases office space under operating leases expiring in various years through 2017. The leases are renewable at the option of the lessee under certain circumstances. The following is a schedule of future minimum rental payments on non-cancellable leases as of December 31, 2011: Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $3.0 million, $2.9 million and $2.7 million, respectively. The Company has a capital commitment of up to $100.0 million in the Flowers Fund and up to $100.0 million in J.C. Flowers III L.P., or Fund III. Both the Flowers Fund and Fund III are private investment funds advised by J.C. Flowers & Co. LLC. As of December 31, 2011, the capital contributed to the Flowers Fund and Fund III was $97.8 million and $30.7 million, respectively, with the remaining commitment being approximately $2.2 million and $69.3 million, respectively. 169 18. STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS (Unaudited) Bermuda U.K. Australia U.S. Europe December 31, 2011 December 31, 2010 December 31, 2011 December 31, 2010 December 31, 2011 December 31, 2010 December 31, 2011 December 31, 2010 December 31, 2011 December 31, 2010 Minimum required statutory capital and surplus $ 131,161 $ 112,593 $ 78,537 $ 66,445 $ 94,326 $ 128,576 $ 127,911 $ 42,476 $ 28,362 $ 25,785 Actual statutory capitals and surplus $ 669,607 $ 613,867 $ 564,328 $ 945,451 $ 138,199 $ 224,256 $ 491,560 $ 94,543 $ 167,458 $ 126,392 Bermuda U.K. Australia U.S. Europe December 31, 2011 December 31, 2010 December 31, 2011 December 31, 2010 December 31, 2011 December 31, 2010 December 31, 2011 December 31, 2010 December 31, 2011 December 31, 2010 Statutory income $ 79,961 $ 66,718 $ 110,612 $ 130,105 $ 13,979 $ (1,934 ) $ (7,558 ) $ 4,940 $ 21,999 $ 62,440 Maximum available for distribution $ 472,216 $ 422,043 $ 485,790 $ 441,794 $ 43,873 $ 95,681 $ — $ 3,902 $ 31,347 $ 8,361 19. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 2012 $ 4,677 2013 3,802 2014 3,255 2015 2,581 2016 1,433 2017 405 $ 16,153 Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) The Company has guaranteed the obligation of one of its subsidiaries in respect of a letter of credit issued on its behalf by a London-based bank in the amount of £7.5 million (approximately $11.7 million) in respect of its insurance contract requirements. The guarantee will be triggered should losses incurred by the subsidiary exceed available cash on hand resulting in the letter of credit being drawn. As at December 31, 2011, the Company had not recorded any liability associated with the guarantee. During 2010, the Company provided guarantees supporting the obligations of one of its subsidiaries in respect of the acquisition, by the subsidiary, of two portfolios of insurance and reinsurance businesses in run-off. The total guarantee provided upon acquisition was approximately $198.4 million and will increase or decrease over time in line with relevant independent actuarial assessments, but will always be subject to an overall maximum cap with respect to reinsurance liabilities. As at December 31, 2011, the total of the parental guarantees provided was approximately $128.2 million. The Company has made a capital commitment of up to $10.0 million in the GSC European Mezzanine Fund II, LP (“GSC”). GSC invests in mezzanine securities of middle and large market companies throughout Western Europe. As of December 31, 2011, the capital contributed to GSC was $9.9 million, with the remaining commitment being $0.1 million. In October 2011, the Company made a commitment to invest an aggregate $5.0 million in Dowling Capital Partners I, L.P. (“Dowling”). As at December 31, 2011, the Company had not contributed any capital to Dowling. In July 2011, the Company made a commitment to invest an aggregate $1.0 million in Meetinghouse Funding III. As at December 31, 2011, the capital contributed to the Meetinghouse Fund was $0.1 million with the remaining unfunded commitment being approximately $0.9 million. In July 2011, the Company, in connection with its acquisition of Clarendon, provided a parental guarantee to Hannover in the amount of $80.0 million supporting the obligations of one of its subsidiaries. The Company is, from time to time, involved in various legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business, including litigation regarding claims. The Company does not believe that the resolution of any currently pending legal proceedings, either individually or taken as a whole, will have a material effect on its business, results of operations or financial condition. Nevertheless, there can be no assurance that such pending legal proceedings will not have a material effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations. The Company anticipates that, similar to the rest of the insurance and reinsurance industry, it will continue to be subject to litigation and arbitration proceedings in the ordinary course of business, including litigation generally related to the scope of coverage with respect to asbestos and environmental claims. There can be no assurance that any such future litigation will not have a material effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations. Due to the growing insignificance of the Company’s consulting activities in relation to its core reinsurance operations, during 2011 the Company reevaluated its segment reporting and concluded that it has one reportable segment. As a result of the decreasing relative significance of consulting services and the associated revenues and earnings, the Company no longer monitors the results of consulting activities separately for evaluating business performance and for making resource allocation decisions. Accordingly, effective January 1, 2011, the 170 20. SEGMENT INFORMATION Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) Company no longer reports separately the results of its consulting activities. Prior to 2011, the Company reported two segments: reinsurance and consulting. 171 21. CONDENSED UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA 2011 Quarters Ended December 31 September 30 June 30 March 31 Consulting fees $ 10,154 $ 1,623 $ 2,045 $ 4,036 Net investment income 9,434 18,966 22,928 18,542 Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) 8,368 (8,980 ) 5,264 3,368 Gain on bargain purchase — — — 13,105 27,956 11,609 30,237 39,051 Net reduction in ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities: Reduction in estimates of net ultimate losses (177,308 ) (42,467 ) (27,829 ) (2,612 ) Reduction in provisions for bad debt (38,751 ) (2,399 ) (1,672 ) — Reduction in provisions for unallocated loss adjustment expense liabilities (7,669 ) (14,113 ) (11,783 ) (11,537 ) Amortization of fair value adjustments 16,782 8,865 6,969 10,077 (206,946 ) (50,114 ) (34,315 ) (4,072 ) Salaries and benefits 41,818 20,923 16,723 10,382 General and administrative expenses 5,090 20,759 28,211 17,750 Interest expense 2,431 2,435 1,697 1,966 Net foreign exchange (gains) losses (15 ) (8,878 ) 1,932 7,334 (157,622 ) (14,875 ) 14,248 33,360 EARNINGS BEFORE INCOME TAXES 185,578 26,484 15,989 5,691 Income taxes (19,256 ) (4,436 ) (975 ) (617 ) NET EARNINGS 166,322 22,048 15,014 5,074 Less: Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interest (37,571 ) (9,984 ) (5,639 ) (1,571 ) NET EARNINGS ATTRIBUTABLE TO ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED $ 128,751 $ 12,064 $ 9,375 $ 3,503 EARNINGS PER SHARE — BASIC Net earnings attributable to Enstar Group Limited ordinary shareholders $ 8.89 $ 0.85 $ 0.67 $ 0.27 EARNINGS PER SHARE — DILUTED Net earnings attributable to Enstar Group Limited ordinary shareholders $ 8.71 $ 0.83 $ 0.66 $ 0.26 Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued) 172 2010 Quarters Ended December 31 September 30 June 30 March 31 Consulting fees $ 3,268 $ 2,119 $ 3,500 $ 14,128 Net investment income 30,622 20,165 22,998 26,121 Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) 4,527 10,635 (4,227 ) 2,202 38,417 32,919 22,271 42,451 Net reduction in ultimate loss and loss adjustment expense liabilities: Reduction in estimates of net ultimate losses (220,129 ) (20,890 ) (35,104 ) (1,942 ) Reduction in provisions for bad debt (35,145 ) (1,304 ) (7,768 ) (5,339 ) Reduction in provisions for unallocated loss adjustment expense liabilities (8,819 ) (10,171 ) (11,696 ) (8,965 ) Amortization of fair value adjustments 30,336 6,250 12,202 6,650 (233,757 ) (26,115 ) (42,366 ) (9,596 ) Salaries and benefits 39,221 18,012 14,254 15,190 General and administrative expenses 19,728 13,185 15,801 10,487 Interest expense 2,093 2,961 2,805 2,394 Net foreign exchange (gains) losses (1,785 ) (586 ) (5,615 ) 7,588 (174,500 ) 7,457 (15,121 ) 26,063 EARNINGS BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND SHARE OF NET EARNINGS OF PARTLY OWNED COMPANY 212,917 25,462 37,392 16,388 Income taxes (64,116 ) (979 ) (16,115 ) (5,922 ) Share of net earnings of partly owned company — 1,351 2,203 7,150 NET EARNINGS 148,801 25,834 23,480 17,616 Less: Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interest (24,509 ) (4,391 ) (11,050 ) (1,695 ) NET EARNINGS ATTRIBUTABLE TO ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED $ 124,292 $ 21,443 $ 12,430 $ 15,921 EARNINGS PER SHARE — BASIC Net earnings attributable to Enstar Group Limited ordinary shareholders $ 9.61 $ 1.56 $ 0.91 $ 1.17 EARNINGS PER SHARE — DILUTED Net earnings attributable to Enstar Group Limited ordinary shareholders $ 9.37 $ 1.53 $ 0.89 $ 1.15 Table of Contents SCHEDULE II ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS As of December 31, 2011 and 2010 See accompanying notes to the condensed financial statements. 173 2011 2010 (in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share data) ASSETS Cash and cash equivalents $ 171,322 $ 25,498 Balances due from subsidiaries 116,368 129,509 Investments in subsidiaries 1,570,519 1,388,529 Goodwill 21,222 21,222 Accounts receivable and other assets 296 253 TOTAL ASSETS $ 1,879,727 $ 1,565,011 LIABILITIES Accounts payable and accrued liabilities $ 7,512 $ 10,009 Loans payable 82,814 152,333 Balances due to subsidiaries 105,990 186,848 TOTAL LIABILITIES 196,316 349,190 COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY Share capital Authorized issued and fully paid, par value $1 each (Authorized 2011: 156,000,000; 2010: 156,000,000) Ordinary shares (Issued 2011: 13,665,051; 2010: 12,940,021) 13,665 12,940 Non-voting convertible ordinary shares: Series A (issued 2011: 2,972,892; 2010: 2,972,892) 2,973 2,973 Series B, C and D (issued and outstanding 2011: 2,725,637 ; 2010: nil) 2,726 — Treasury stock at cost (Series A non-voting convertible ordinary shares 2011: 2,972,892; 2010: 2,972,892) (421,559 ) (421,559 ) Additional paid-in capital 956,329 667,907 Accumulated other comprehensive income 27,096 35,017 Retained earnings 804,836 651,143 Total Enstar Group Limited Shareholders’ Equity 1,386,066 948,421 Noncontrolling interest 297,345 267,400 TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 1,683,411 1,215,821 TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY $ 1,879,727 $ 1,565,011 Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS For the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 See accompanying notes to the condensed financial statements. 174 2011 2010 2009 (in thousands of U.S. dollars) INCOME Net investment income $ 3,928 $ 3,528 $ 1,122 Dividend income from subsidiaries 18,900 8,872 1,019 22,828 12,400 2,141 EXPENSES Salaries and benefits 2,738 1,985 50 General and administrative expenses 17,566 11,028 6,780 Interest expense 9,813 8,182 15,977 Foreign exchange (gains) losses (29 ) 17 (401 ) 30,088 21,212 22,406 LOSS BEFORE EQUITY IN UNDISTRIBUTED EARNINGS OF SUBSIDIARIES (7,260 ) (8,812 ) (20,265 ) EQUITY IN UNDISTRIBUTED EARNINGS OF SUBSIDIARIES 215,718 224,543 197,273 NONCONTROLLING INTEREST (54,765 ) (41,645 ) (41,798 ) NET EARNINGS ATTRIBUTABLE TO ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED $ 153,693 $ 174,086 $ 135,210 Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS For the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 See accompanying notes to the condensed financial statements. 175 2011 2010 2009 (in thousands of U.S. dollars) OPERATING ACTIVITIES: Net cash flows used in operating activities $ (142,600 ) $ (92,038 ) $ (35,610 ) INVESTING ACTIVITIES: Return of capital, net 18,838 8,407 55,721 FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Repayment of loans (185,442 ) (19,206 ) (12,482 ) Receipt of loans 167,650 115,000 — Proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares 287,377 424 2,796 Net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities 269,585 96,218 (9,686 ) NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 145,824 12,587 10,425 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR 25,498 12,911 2,486 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR $ 171,322 $ 25,498 $ 12,911 Table of Contents ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED NOTES TO THE CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Enstar Group Limited (“Enstar”) was incorporated under the laws of Bermuda on August 16, 2001 and with its subsidiaries (collectively the “Company”) acquires and manages insurance and reinsurance companies in run-off and portfolios of insurance and reinsurance business in run-off, and provides management, consultancy and other services to the insurance and reinsurance industry. Basis of preparation — The condensed financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The accompanying condensed financial statements have been prepared using the equity method to account for the investments in subsidiaries. Under the equity method, the investments in consolidated subsidiaries are stated at cost plus the equity in undistributed earnings of consolidated subsidiaries since the date of acquisition. These condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Company has guaranteed the obligations of one of its subsidiaries in respect of a letter of credit issued on its behalf by a London-based bank in the amount of £7.5 million (approximately $11.7 million) in respect of its insurance contract requirements. The guarantee will be triggered should losses incurred by the subsidiary exceed available cash on hand resulting in the letter of credit being drawn. As at December 31, 2011, the Company had not recorded any liability associated with the guarantee. During 2010, the Company provided guarantees supporting the obligations of one of its subsidiaries in respect of the acquisition, by the subsidiary, of two portfolios of insurance and reinsurance businesses in run-off. The total guarantee provided upon acquisition was approximately $198.4 million and will increase or decrease over time in line with relevant independent actuarial assessments, but will always be subject to an overall maximum cap with respect to reinsurance liabilities. As at December 31, 2011, the total guarantee was $128.2 million. On July 12, 2011, the Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Fitzwilliam Insurance Limited (“Fitzwilliam”), in connection with the acquisition of Clarendon National Insurance Company (“Clarendon”), entered into a reinsurance agreement with Hannover Re, which provides adverse development cover (“ADC”) to Clarendon to reinsure Hannover for the first $80.0 million of the ADC. The Company provided a parental guarantee to Hannover in the amount of $80.0 million supporting the obligations of Fitzwilliam. 176 1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS 2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 3. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES Table of Contents REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Enstar Group Limited We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Enstar Group Limited and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Controls over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 of the Company and our report dated February 24, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule. /s/ Deloitte & Touche Ltd. Hamilton, Bermuda February 24, 2012 177 Table of Contents Not applicable Disclosure Controls and Procedures Our management has performed an evaluation, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act as of December 31, 2011. Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC and is accumulated and communicated to management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting Our management was responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act). Our management has performed an assessment, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011. In making this assessment, our management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Based upon that assessment, our management believes that, as of December 31, 2011, our internal control over financial reporting is effective. The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 has been audited by our independent registered public accounting firm as stated in its report. This report appears on page 177. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. As a result, even those internal control systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements. Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting Our management has performed an evaluation, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, of changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2011. Based upon that evaluation there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2011 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. Not applicable. 178 ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION Table of Contents PART III The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from our definitive proxy statement for the 2012 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders that will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 pursuant to Regulation 14A. The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from our definitive proxy statement for the 2012 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders that will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 pursuant to Regulation 14A. The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from our definitive proxy statement for the 2012 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders that will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 pursuant to Regulation 14A. The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from our definitive proxy statement for the 2012 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders that will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 pursuant to Regulation 14A. The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from our definitive proxy statement for the 2012 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders that will be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 pursuant to Regulation 14A. 179 ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES Table of Contents PART IV (a) Financial Statements, Financial Statement Schedules and Exhibits. 1. Financial Statements Included in Part II — See Item 8 of this report. 2. Financial Statement Schedules Included in Part II — See Item 8 of this report. 3. Exhibits The information required by this Item is set forth on the exhibit index that follows the signature page of this report. 180 ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES Table of Contents SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on February 24, 2012. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on February 24, 2012. 181 ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED By: /s/ D OMINIC F. S ILVESTER Dominic F. Silvester Chief Executive Officer Signature Title /s/ R OBERT J. C AMPBELL Robert J. Campbell Chairman and Director /s/ D OMINIC F. S ILVESTER Dominic F. Silvester Chief Executive Officer and Director /s/ R ICHARD J. H ARRIS Richard J. Harris Chief Financial Officer (signing in his capacity as both principal financial officer and principal accounting officer) /s/ P AUL J. O’S HEA Paul J. O’Shea Executive Vice President and Director /s/ T. W HIT A RMSTRONG T. Whit Armstrong Director /s/ C HARLES T. A KRE , J R . Charles T. Akre, Jr. Director /s/ S UMIT R AJPAL Sumit Rajpal Director Table of Contents Exhibit Index 182 Exhibit No. Description 2.1 Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 23, 2006, as amended on November 21, 2006, by and among Castlewood Holdings Limited, CWMS Subsidiary Corp. and The Enstar Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 (and Annex A) to the proxy statement/prospectus that forms a part of the Company’s Form S-4 declared effective December 15, 2006). 2.2 Recapitalization Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2006, among Castlewood Holdings Limited, The Enstar Group, Inc. and the other parties signatory thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 (and Annex C) to the proxy statement/prospectus that forms a part of the Company’s Form S-4 declared effective December 15, 2006). 3.1 Memorandum of Association of Enstar Group Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 10-K/A filed on May 5, 2011). 3.2 Third Amended and Restated Bye-Laws of Enstar Group Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1(b) of the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on August 5, 2011). 3.3 Certificate of Designations for the Series A Convertible Participating Non-Voting Perpetual Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on April 21, 2011). 10.1 Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2007, by and among Castlewood Holdings Limited, Trident II, L.P., Marsh & McLennan Capital Professionals Fund, L.P., Marsh & McLennan Employees’ Securities Company, L.P., J. Christopher Flowers, Dominic F. Silvester and other parties thereto set forth on the Schedule of Shareholders attached thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K12B filed on January 31, 2007). 10.2+ Form of Director Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Form S-3 (No. 333-151461) initially filed on June 5, 2008). 10.3+ Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, effective May 1, 2007 and amended and restated June 4, 2007, by and among Enstar Group Limited and Dominic F. Silvester (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on August 9, 2007). 10.4+ Letter Agreement, effective January 1, 2011, by and between Enstar Group Limited and Dominic F. Silvester, amending Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between Enstar Group Limited and Dominic F. Silvester (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on May 6, 2011). 10.5+ Employment Agreement, effective May 1, 2007, by and among the Company and Paul J. O’Shea (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on May 3, 2007). 10.6+ Letter Agreement, effective January 1, 2011, by and between Enstar Group Limited and Paul J. O’Shea, amending Employment Agreement by and between Enstar Group Limited and Paul J. O’Shea (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on May 6, 2011). 10.7+ Employment Agreement, effective May 1, 2007, by and among Enstar Group Limited and Nicholas A. Packer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on May 3, 2007). 10.8+ Letter Agreement, effective January 1, 2011, by and between Enstar Group Limited and Nicholas A. Packer, amending Employment Agreement by and between Enstar Group Limited and Nicholas A. Packer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on May 6, 2011). 10.9+ Employment Agreement, effective May 1, 2007, by and among Enstar Group Limited and Richard J. Harris (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on May 3, 2007). 10.10+ Letter Agreement, effective January 1, 2011, by and between Enstar Group Limited and Richard J. Harris, amending Employment Agreement by and between Enstar Group Limited and Richard J. Harris (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on May 6, 2011). ¿ ¿ Table of Contents 183 Exhibit No. Description 10.11+ Castlewood Holdings Limited 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the proxy statement/prospectus that forms a part of the Company’s Form S-4 declared effective December 15, 2006), as amended by the First Amendment to Castlewood Holdings Limited 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on April 6, 2007). 10.12+ Castlewood Holdings Limited 2006-2010 Annual Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the proxy statement/prospectus that forms a part of the Company’s Form S-4 declared effective December 15, 2006), as amended by the First Amendment to Castlewood Holdings Limited 2006-2010 Annual Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on April 6, 2007). 10.13+ Form of Award Agreement under the Castlewood Holdings Limited 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on April 6, 2007). 10.14+ Enstar Group Limited Amended and Restated Employee Share Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement filed on April 29, 2008). 10.15+ Enstar Group Limited Deferred Compensation and Ordinary Share Plan for Non-Employee Directors, effective as of June 5, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on June 11, 2007). 10.16+ The Enstar Group, Inc. 1997 Amended Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to The Enstar Group, Inc.’s Form 10-Q filed on August 14, 2001), as amended by the Amendment to the 1997 Omnibus Inventive Plan (incorporated by reference to Annex A to the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders of The Enstar Group, Inc. filed on April 22, 2003). 10.17+ The Enstar Group, Inc. 2001 Outside Directors’ Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Annex B to the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders of The Enstar Group, Inc. filed on May 8, 2001). 10.18+ The Enstar Group, Inc. Deferred Compensation and Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on May 8, 2009). 10.19+ Enstar Group Limited 2011-2015 Annual Incentive Compensation Program (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on March 7, 2011). 10.20+ Share Repurchase Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2010, by and among Enstar Group Limited, Dominic F. Silvester and R&H Trust Co. (NZ) Limited, as trustee of the Left Trust (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on October 1, 2010). 10.21+ Share Repurchase Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2010, by and among Enstar Group Limited, Paul J. O’Shea and R&H Trust Co. (BVI) Limited, as trustee of the Elbow Trust (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on October 1, 2010). 10.22+ Share Repurchase Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2010, by and among Enstar Group Limited, Nicholas A. Packer and Hove Investments Holding Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on October 1, 2010). 10.23+ Separation Agreement and General Release, dated as of August 20, 2010, by and among Enstar Group Limited, Enstar (US), Inc. and John J. Oros (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on November 5, 2010). 10.24 Investment Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2011, by and among Enstar Group Limited, GSCP VI AIV Navi, Ltd., GSCP VI Offshore Navi, Ltd., GSCP VI Parallel AIV Navi, Ltd., GSCP VI Employee Navi, Ltd., and GSCP VI GmbH Navi, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on April 21, 2011). 10.25 Form of Warrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on April 21, 2011). 10.26 Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2011, by and among Enstar Group Limited, GSCP VI AIV Navi, Ltd., GSCP VI Offshore Navi, Ltd., GSCP VI Parallel AIV Navi, Ltd., GSCP VI Employee Navi, Ltd., and GSCP VI GmbH Navi, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on April 21, 2011). Table of Contents 184 Exhibit No. Description 10.27 Facilities Agreement, dated as of December 29, 2010, by and among Enstar Group Limited, certain of its subsidiaries, Barclays Corporate and Barclays Bank PLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on March 7, 2011). 10.28 Term Facility Agreement dated March 4, 2011 between Clarendon Holdings, Inc. and National Bank Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on May 6, 2011). 10.29 Revolving Credit Facility Agreement dated June 13, 2011 among Enstar Group Limited and certain of its Subsidiaries, National Australia Bank Limited and Barclays Corporate as Arrangers, and National Australia Bank Limited as Agent and Security Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Company’s Form 10-Q filed on August 5, 2011). 21.1* List of Subsidiaries. 23.1* Consent of Deloitte & Touche. 31.1* Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 as adopted under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 31.2* Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 as adopted under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 32.1** Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 32.2** Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 101*** Interactive Data Files. * filed herewith ** furnished herewith *** XBRL Interactive Data Files will be filed by amendment to this annual report on Form 10-K within 30 days of the filing date of this report, as permitted by Rule 405(a)(2) of Regulation S-T. + denotes management contract or compensatory arrangement ¿ certain of the schedules and similar attachments are not filed but Enstar Group Limited undertakes to furnish a copy of the schedules or similar attachments to the SEC upon request Exhibit 21.1 ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED LISTING OF SUBSIDIARIES February 24, 2012 Name % of Voting Securities Jurisdiction Enstar Group Limited N/A Bermuda A. Cumberland Holdings Ltd. 100% Bermuda 1) Enstar Australia Holdings Pty Ltd. 100% Australia a) Enstar Australia Limited 100% Australia i) Cranmore Adjusters (Australia) PTY Limited 100% Australia b) AG Australia Holdings Limited 100% Australia i) Gordian Runoff Limited 100% Australia c) Shelly Bay Holdings Limited 100% Australia i) Church Bay Limited 100% Australia ii) Harrington Sound Limited 100% Australia I) TGI Australia Limited 100% Australia B. Enstar Limited 100% Bermuda 1) Enstar (EU) Holdings Limited 100% England a) Enstar (EU) Limited 100% England b) Cranmore Adjusters Limited 100% England c) Enstar (EU) Finance Limited 100% England 2) Cranmore (Bermuda) Limited 100% Bermuda a) Cranmore (Asia) Limited 100% Bermuda i) Cranmore (Asia) Pte Limited 100% Singapore 3) Enstar Brokers Limted 100% Bermuda 4) Castlewood (Bermuda) Ltd. 100% Bermuda 5) Bantry Holdings Ltd. 50% Bermuda a) Blackrock Holdings Ltd. 30% Bermuda i) Kinsale Brokers Limited 100% England 6) Enstar Insurance Management Services Ireland Limited 100% Ireland 7) Enstar Investment Management Ltd. 100% Bermuda C. Kenmare Holdings Ltd. 100% Bermuda 1) Fitzwilliam Insurance Limited 100% Bermuda 2) Revir Limited 100% Bermuda a) River Thames Insurance Company Limited 100% England b) Overseas Reinsurance Corporation Limited 100% Bermuda c) Regis Agencies Limited 100% England 3) Hudson Reinsurance Company Limited 100% Bermuda a) Chatsworth Limited 100% Bermuda i) Global Legacy Acquisition L.P. 98% Bermuda 4) Harper Holdings SARL 100% Luxembourg a) Harper Insurance Limited 100% Switzerland b) Enstar Holdings (US) Inc. 100% Delaware i) Enstar (US) Inc. 100% Delaware A) Enstar New York, Inc 100% New York I) Financial Guaranty Advisers, LLC 33% Delaware ii) Cranmore (US) Inc. 100% Delaware iii) Enstar Investments Inc. 100% Delaware A) Sun Gulf Holdings Inc. 100% Delaware I) Capital Assurance Company Inc. 100% Florida II) Capital Assurance Services Inc. 100% Florida III) Constellation Reinsurance Company 100% New York B) CLIC Holdings, Inc. 100% Delaware I) Claremont Liability Insurance Company 100% California C) PWAC Holdings, Inc. 100% Delaware I) Providence Washington Insurance Solutions, LLC 100% Rhode Island II) PW Acquisition Co. 100% Rhode Island ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED LISTING OF SUBSIDIARIES February 24, 2012 Name % of Voting Securities Jurisdiction x) Providence Washington Holdings, Inc. 100% Rhode Island xa) PW Holdings, Inc. 100% Rhode Island xaa) Providence Washington Insurance Company 100% Rhode Island xaai) York Insurance Company 100% Rhode Island xaaii) American Concept Insurance Company 100% Rhode Island D) Clarendon Holdings, Inc. 100% Delaware I) Clarendon National Insurance Company 100% New Jersey x) Clarendon Select Insurance Company 100% Florida xi) Clarendon America Insurance Company 100% New Jersey xii) Harbor Specialty Insurance Company 100% New Jersey 5) Mercantile Indemnity Company Limited 100% England 6) Longmynd Insurance Company Limited 100% England 7) Fieldmill Insurance Company Limited 100% England 8) Virginia Holdings Ltd. 100% Bermuda a) Unione Italiana (U.K.) Reinsurance Company Limited 100% England b) Seaton Insurance Company 100% Rhode Island c) Cavell Holdings Limited 100% England i) Cavell Insurance Company Limited 100% England 9) Courtenay Holdings Ltd. 100% Bermuda a) Enstar Acquisitions Limited 100% England i) Goshawk Insurance Holdings Limited 99.45% England A) Goshawk Holdings (Bermuda) Limited 100% Bermuda I) Rosemont Reinsurance Ltd. 100% Bermuda B) Goshawk Dedicated Limited 100% England b) Simcoe Holdings Ltd. 100% Bermuda i) Electricity Producers Insurance Company (Bermuda) Limited 100% Bermuda c) Royston Holdings Limited 100% Bermuda i) Royston Run-off Limited 100% England A) Unionamerica Holdings Limited 100% England I) Unionamerica Acquisition Company Limited 100% England x) Unionamerica Insurance Company Limited 100% England xi) SPRE Limited 100% England d) Rombalds Limited 100% England i) Guildhall Insurance Company Limited 100% England 10) Comox Holdings Ltd. 50.1% Bermuda a) Bosworth Run-off Limited 100% England 11) Sundown Holdings Ltd. 100% Bermuda 12) Oceania Holdings Ltd. 100% Bermuda a) Inter-Ocean Holdings Ltd. 100% Bermuda i) Inter-Ocean Re-insurance Company Ltd. 100% Bermuda A) Inter-Ocean Reinsurance (Ireland) Ltd. 95.0% Ireland 13) Flatts Limited 100% England a) Marlon Insurance Company Limited 100% England i) Marlon Management Services Limited 100% England ii) The Copenhagen Reinsurance Company Limited 100% Denmark A) The Copenhagen Reinsurance Company (UK) Limited 100% England I) Copenhagen Reinsurance Services Limited 100% England 14) Shelbourne Group Limited 56.80% England a) SGL No.1 Ltd. 100% England b) SGL No.2 Ltd. 10% England c) Shelbourne Syndicate Services Limited 100% England 15) Hillcot Re Limited 100% England a) Hillcot Underwriting Management Limited 100% England 16) Northshore Holdings Limited 100% Bermuda 17) Hove Holdings Limited 100% Bermuda (4) (2) ENSTAR GROUP LIMITED LISTING OF SUBSIDIARIES February 24, 2012 a) Mongard Ltd. 100% Bermuda 18) Nordic Run-off Limited 100% England a) Forsakringsaktieboleget Assuransinvest MF 100% Sweden 19) Knapton Holdings Limited 100% England a) Knapton Insurance Limited 100% England 20) New Castle Reinsurance Company Ltd. 100% Bermuda 21) Laguna Life Limited 100% Ireland 22) Enstar Financing Ltd. 100% Bermuda D. Hillcot Holdings Ltd. 100% Bermuda 1) Brampton Insurance Company Limited 100% England E. Enstar USA Inc. 100% Georgia 1) Enstar Financial Services Inc. 100% Florida 2) Enstar Group Operations Inc. 100% Georgia F. B.H. Acquisition Limited 100% Bermuda 1) Brittany Insurance Company Ltd. 100% Bermuda 2) Paget Holdings GmbH Limited 100% Austria a) Compagnie Europeenne d’Assurances Industrielles S.A. 99.9% Belgium (1) The remaining 0.1% of the company’s voting securities is owned directly by Brittany Insurance Company Ltd. (2) The remaining 5.0% of the company’s voting securities is owned directly by Inter-Ocean Holdings Limited (3) B.H. Acquisition Ltd. is 33% owned by Enstar USA, Inc. and 67% owned by Enstar Limited (4) Goshawk Insurance Holdings plc is 89.44% owned by Enstar Acquisition Ltd. and 10.01% owned by Kenmare Holdings Limited (3) (1) Exhibit 23.1 CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statements No. 333-149551, 333-148863, 333-148862 and 333-141793 on Form S-8 of our report dated February 24, 2012, relating to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule of Enstar Group Limited and subsidiaries (the “Company”), and the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, appearing in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Enstar Group Limited and subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2011. /s/ Deloitte & Touche Ltd. Hamilton, Bermuda February 24, 2012 EXHIBIT 31.1 CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 I, Dominic F. Silvester, certify that: Dated: February 24, 2012 1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Enstar Group Limited; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. /s/ Dominic F. Silvester Dominic F. Silvester Chief Executive Officer EXHIBIT 31.2 CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a), AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 I, Richard J. Harris, certify that: Dated: February 24, 2012 1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Enstar Group Limited; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. /s/ Richard J. Harris Richard J. Harris Chief Financial Officer EXHIBIT 32.1 CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 In connection with the Annual Report of Enstar Group Limited (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Dominic F. Silvester, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge: Dated: February 24, 2012 (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. /s/ Dominic F. Silvester Dominic F. Silvester Chief Executive Officer EXHIBIT 32.2 CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 In connection with the Annual Report of Enstar Group Limited (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Richard J. Harris, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge: Dated: February 24, 2012 (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. /s/ Richard J. Harris Richard J. Harris Chief Financial Officer 

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above